# Japanese translations for util-linux package
# Linux JM project <linuxjm-discuss@lists.osdn.me>, 2021-2022
# This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: util-linux 2.38\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-04-21 18:43+0900\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-05-31 17:41+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: Linux JM project <linuxjm-discuss@lists.osdn.me>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "ADDPART"
msgstr "ADDPART"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:10 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10
#: original/man8/blkid.8:10 original/man8/blkzone.8:10
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:10 original/man8/cfdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:10 original/man8/chmem.8:10
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10 original/man8/delpart.8:10
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:10 original/man8/fdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/findfs.8:10 original/man8/findmnt.8:10
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10 original/man8/fstrim.8:10
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:10 original/man8/isosize.8:10
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:10 original/man8/lsblk.8:10
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:10 original/man8/lsns.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.8:10
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10 original/man8/mkswap.8:10
#: original/man8/mount.8:10 original/man8/nologin.8:10 original/man8/partx.8:10
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10 original/man8/raw.8:10
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:10 original/man8/resizepart.8:10
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:10 original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
#: original/man8/setarch.8:10 original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:10 original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
#: original/man8/swapon.8:10 original/man8/switch_root.8:10
#: original/man8/umount.8:10 original/man8/uuidd.8:10 original/man8/vipw.8:10
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:10 original/man8/wipefs.8:10
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "2022-02-17"
msgstr "2022-02-17"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:10 original/man8/agetty.8:10
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10 original/man8/blkid.8:10
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:10 original/man8/blockdev.8:10
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10 original/man8/chcpu.8:10 original/man8/chmem.8:10
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10 original/man8/delpart.8:10
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:10 original/man8/fdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/findfs.8:10 original/man8/findmnt.8:10 original/man8/fsck.8:10
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10 original/man8/fstrim.8:10
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:10 original/man8/isosize.8:10
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:10 original/man8/losetup.8:10
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:10 original/man8/lslocks.8:10 original/man8/lsns.8:10
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:10 original/man8/mount.8:10
#: original/man8/nologin.8:10 original/man8/partx.8:10
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10 original/man8/raw.8:10
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:10 original/man8/resizepart.8:10
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:10 original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
#: original/man8/setarch.8:10 original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:10 original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
#: original/man8/swapon.8:10 original/man8/switch_root.8:10
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:10 original/man8/umount.8:10 original/man8/uuidd.8:10
#: original/man8/vipw.8:10 original/man8/wdctl.8:10 original/man8/wipefs.8:10
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "util-linux 2.38"
msgstr "util-linux 2.38"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:10 original/man8/agetty.8:10
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10 original/man8/blkid.8:10
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:10 original/man8/blockdev.8:10
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10 original/man8/chcpu.8:10 original/man8/chmem.8:10
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10 original/man8/delpart.8:10
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:10 original/man8/fdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/findfs.8:10 original/man8/findmnt.8:10 original/man8/fsck.8:10
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10 original/man8/fstrim.8:10
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:10 original/man8/isosize.8:10
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:10 original/man8/losetup.8:10
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:10 original/man8/lslocks.8:10 original/man8/lsns.8:10
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:10 original/man8/mount.8:10
#: original/man8/nologin.8:10 original/man8/partx.8:10
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10 original/man8/raw.8:10
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:10 original/man8/resizepart.8:10
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:10 original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
#: original/man8/setarch.8:10 original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:10 original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
#: original/man8/swapon.8:10 original/man8/switch_root.8:10
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:10 original/man8/umount.8:10 original/man8/uuidd.8:10
#: original/man8/vipw.8:10 original/man8/wdctl.8:10 original/man8/wipefs.8:10
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "System Administration"
msgstr "システム管理"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:30 original/man8/agetty.8:30
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:30 original/man8/blkid.8:30
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:30 original/man8/blockdev.8:30
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:30 original/man8/chcpu.8:30 original/man8/chmem.8:30
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:30 original/man8/delpart.8:30
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:30 original/man8/fdisk.8:30
#: original/man8/findfs.8:30 original/man8/findmnt.8:30 original/man8/fsck.8:30
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:30 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:30
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:30 original/man8/fstrim.8:30
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:30 original/man8/isosize.8:30
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:30 original/man8/losetup.8:30
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:30 original/man8/lslocks.8:30 original/man8/lsns.8:30
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:30 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:30
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:30 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:30
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:30 original/man8/mount.8:30
#: original/man8/nologin.8:30 original/man8/partx.8:30
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:30 original/man8/raw.8:30
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:30 original/man8/resizepart.8:30
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:30 original/man8/rtcwake.8:30
#: original/man8/setarch.8:30 original/man8/sfdisk.8:30
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:30 original/man8/swaplabel.8:30
#: original/man8/swapon.8:30 original/man8/switch_root.8:30
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:30 original/man8/umount.8:30 original/man8/uuidd.8:30
#: original/man8/vipw.8:30 original/man8/wdctl.8:30 original/man8/wipefs.8:30
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "名前"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:32
msgid "addpart - tell the kernel about the existence of a partition"
msgstr "addpart - パーティションの存在をカーネルに通知する"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:32 original/man8/agetty.8:32
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:32 original/man8/blkid.8:32
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:32 original/man8/blockdev.8:32
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:32 original/man8/chcpu.8:32 original/man8/chmem.8:32
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:32 original/man8/delpart.8:32
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:32 original/man8/fdisk.8:32
#: original/man8/findfs.8:32 original/man8/findmnt.8:32 original/man8/fsck.8:32
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:32 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:32
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:32 original/man8/fstrim.8:32
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:32 original/man8/isosize.8:32
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:32 original/man8/losetup.8:32
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:32 original/man8/lslocks.8:32 original/man8/lsns.8:32
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:32 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:32
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:32 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:32
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:32 original/man8/mount.8:32
#: original/man8/nologin.8:32 original/man8/partx.8:32
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:32 original/man8/raw.8:32
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:32 original/man8/resizepart.8:32
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:32 original/man8/rtcwake.8:32
#: original/man8/setarch.8:32 original/man8/sfdisk.8:32
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:32 original/man8/swaplabel.8:32
#: original/man8/swapon.8:32 original/man8/switch_root.8:32
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:32 original/man8/umount.8:32 original/man8/uuidd.8:32
#: original/man8/vipw.8:32 original/man8/wdctl.8:32 original/man8/wipefs.8:32
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "書式"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:35
msgid "B<addpart> I<device partition start length>"
msgstr "B<addpart> I<device partition start length>"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:35 original/man8/agetty.8:35
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:35 original/man8/blkid.8:41
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:35 original/man8/blockdev.8:39
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:35 original/man8/chcpu.8:39 original/man8/chmem.8:35
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:35 original/man8/delpart.8:35
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:35 original/man8/fdisk.8:37
#: original/man8/findfs.8:35 original/man8/findmnt.8:39 original/man8/fsck.8:35
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:35 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:35
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:35 original/man8/fstrim.8:35
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:35 original/man8/isosize.8:35
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:35 original/man8/losetup.8:57
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:35 original/man8/lslocks.8:35 original/man8/lsns.8:35
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:35 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:35
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:35 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:35
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:35 original/man8/mount.8:47
#: original/man8/nologin.8:35 original/man8/partx.8:37
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:35 original/man8/raw.8:41
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:38 original/man8/resizepart.8:35
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:35 original/man8/rtcwake.8:35
#: original/man8/setarch.8:39 original/man8/sfdisk.8:37
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:35 original/man8/swaplabel.8:35
#: original/man8/swapon.8:37 original/man8/switch_root.8:37
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:35 original/man8/umount.8:39 original/man8/uuidd.8:35
#: original/man8/vipw.8:37 original/man8/wdctl.8:35 original/man8/wipefs.8:39
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "説明"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:38
msgid ""
"B<addpart> tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
"partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
"ioctl."
msgstr ""
"B<addpart> は Linux カーネルに対して、 指定されたパーティションが存在するかど"
"うかを通知する。 このコマンドは、 \"add partition\" ioctl を用いる単純なラッ"
"パーである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:40 original/man8/delpart.8:40
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:40
msgid "This command doesn\\(cqt manipulate partitions on a block device."
msgstr ""
"このコマンドは、 ブロックデバイス上のパーティションを操作するものではない。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:40 original/man8/resizepart.8:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARAMETERS"
msgstr "パラメーター"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:43 original/man8/resizepart.8:43
msgid "I<device>"
msgstr "I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:45 original/man8/resizepart.8:45
msgid "The disk device."
msgstr "ディスクデバイス。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:48 original/man8/resizepart.8:48
msgid "I<partition>"
msgstr "I<partition>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:50 original/man8/resizepart.8:50
msgid "The partition number."
msgstr "パーティション番号。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:53
msgid "I<start>"
msgstr "I<start>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:55
msgid "The beginning of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "パーティションの先頭 (512 バイトセクター単位)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:58 original/man8/resizepart.8:53
msgid "I<length>"
msgstr "I<length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:60
msgid "The length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "パーティション長 (512バイトセクター単位)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:63 original/man8/agetty.8:371
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:84 original/man8/blkid.8:216
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:228 original/man8/blockdev.8:60
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:51 original/man8/chcpu.8:87 original/man8/chmem.8:116
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:55 original/man8/delpart.8:43
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:95 original/man8/fdisk.8:66
#: original/man8/findfs.8:75 original/man8/findmnt.8:295
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:66 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:123
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:61 original/man8/fstrim.8:100
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:161 original/man8/isosize.8:53
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:176 original/man8/lsblk.8:181
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:96 original/man8/lsns.8:104 original/man8/mkfs.8:62
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:73 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:102
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:98 original/man8/mkswap.8:118
#: original/man8/mount.8:555 original/man8/nologin.8:69
#: original/man8/partx.8:162 original/man8/pivot_root.8:57
#: original/man8/raw.8:67 original/man8/readprofile.8:89
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:58 original/man8/rfkill.8:70
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:217 original/man8/setarch.8:119
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:314 original/man8/sulogin.8:68
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:45 original/man8/swapon.8:140
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:45 original/man8/umount.8:139
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:101 original/man8/vipw.8:43 original/man8/wdctl.8:108
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:117 original/man8/zramctl.8:110
msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:65 original/man8/agetty.8:373
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:86 original/man8/blkid.8:218
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:230 original/man8/blockdev.8:62
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:53 original/man8/chcpu.8:89 original/man8/chmem.8:118
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:57 original/man8/delpart.8:45
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:97 original/man8/fdisk.8:68
#: original/man8/findfs.8:77 original/man8/findmnt.8:297
#: original/man8/fsck.8:175 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:68
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:125 original/man8/fsfreeze.8:63
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:102 original/man8/hwclock.8:163
#: original/man8/isosize.8:55 original/man8/ldattach.8:178
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:183 original/man8/lslocks.8:98
#: original/man8/lsns.8:106 original/man8/mkfs.8:64 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:75
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:104 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:100
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:120 original/man8/mount.8:557
#: original/man8/nologin.8:71 original/man8/partx.8:164
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:59 original/man8/raw.8:69
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:91 original/man8/resizepart.8:60
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:72 original/man8/rfkill.8:83
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:219 original/man8/setarch.8:121
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:316 original/man8/sulogin.8:70
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:47 original/man8/swapon.8:142
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:47 original/man8/umount.8:141
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:103 original/man8/vipw.8:45 original/man8/wdctl.8:110
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:119 original/man8/zramctl.8:112
msgid "Display help text and exit."
msgstr "ヘルプテキストを表示して終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:68 original/man8/agetty.8:376
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:89 original/man8/blkid.8:221
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:233 original/man8/blockdev.8:65
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:56 original/man8/chcpu.8:92 original/man8/chmem.8:121
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:60 original/man8/delpart.8:48
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:100 original/man8/fdisk.8:71
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:150 original/man8/findfs.8:80
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:300 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:71
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:128 original/man8/fsfreeze.8:66
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:105 original/man8/hwclock.8:166
#: original/man8/isosize.8:58 original/man8/ldattach.8:181
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:186 original/man8/lslocks.8:101
#: original/man8/lsns.8:109 original/man8/mkfs.8:67 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:78
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:107 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:103
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:123 original/man8/mount.8:560
#: original/man8/nologin.8:74 original/man8/partx.8:167
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:62 original/man8/raw.8:72
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:94 original/man8/resizepart.8:63
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:75 original/man8/rtcwake.8:222
#: original/man8/setarch.8:124 original/man8/sulogin.8:73
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:50 original/man8/swapon.8:145
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:50 original/man8/umount.8:144
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:106 original/man8/vipw.8:48 original/man8/wdctl.8:113
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:122 original/man8/zramctl.8:115
msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--version>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:70 original/man8/agetty.8:378
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:91 original/man8/blkid.8:223
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:235 original/man8/blockdev.8:67
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:58 original/man8/chcpu.8:94 original/man8/chmem.8:123
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:62 original/man8/delpart.8:50
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:102 original/man8/fdisk.8:73
#: original/man8/findfs.8:82 original/man8/findmnt.8:302
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:73 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:130
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:68 original/man8/fstrim.8:107
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:168 original/man8/isosize.8:60
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:183 original/man8/lsblk.8:188
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:103 original/man8/lsns.8:111
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:109 original/man8/mkswap.8:125
#: original/man8/mount.8:562 original/man8/nologin.8:76
#: original/man8/partx.8:169 original/man8/pivot_root.8:64
#: original/man8/raw.8:74 original/man8/readprofile.8:96
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:65 original/man8/rfkill.8:77
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:224 original/man8/setarch.8:126
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:75 original/man8/swaplabel.8:52
#: original/man8/swapon.8:147 original/man8/switch_root.8:52
#: original/man8/umount.8:146 original/man8/uuidd.8:108 original/man8/vipw.8:50
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:115 original/man8/wipefs.8:124
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:117
msgid "Print version and exit."
msgstr "バージョンを表示して、 終了する。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:71 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:95
#: original/man8/blkid.8:257 original/man8/blkzone.8:240
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:224 original/man8/chcpu.8:119
#: original/man8/chmem.8:163 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:69
#: original/man8/delpart.8:51 original/man8/fdformat.8:109
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:309 original/man8/findfs.8:111
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:378 original/man8/fsck.8:230
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:95 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:184
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:78 original/man8/fstrim.8:135
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:576 original/man8/ldattach.8:187
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:270 original/man8/lslocks.8:163
#: original/man8/lsns.8:115 original/man8/mkfs.8:81 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:85
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:121 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:131
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:162 original/man8/mount.8:2390
#: original/man8/nologin.8:88 original/man8/partx.8:214
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:98 original/man8/resizepart.8:66
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:136 original/man8/rtcwake.8:245
#: original/man8/setarch.8:144 original/man8/sfdisk.8:667
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:75 original/man8/swapon.8:235
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:72 original/man8/umount.8:219
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:126 original/man8/vipw.8:62 original/man8/wipefs.8:155
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "関連項目"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:78
msgid "B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
msgstr "B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:78 original/man8/agetty.8:586
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:98 original/man8/blkid.8:263
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:243 original/man8/blockdev.8:179
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:231 original/man8/chcpu.8:122
#: original/man8/chmem.8:166 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:73
#: original/man8/delpart.8:58 original/man8/fdformat.8:116
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:315 original/man8/findfs.8:116
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:382 original/man8/fsck.8:243
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:99 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:192
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:81 original/man8/fstrim.8:139
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:590 original/man8/isosize.8:82
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:191 original/man8/losetup.8:223
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:275 original/man8/lslocks.8:168
#: original/man8/lsns.8:122 original/man8/mkfs.8:96 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:88
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:125 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:136
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:166 original/man8/mount.8:2411
#: original/man8/nologin.8:93 original/man8/partx.8:221
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:105 original/man8/raw.8:86
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:183 original/man8/resizepart.8:74
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:141 original/man8/rtcwake.8:250
#: original/man8/setarch.8:148 original/man8/sfdisk.8:674
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:82 original/man8/swaplabel.8:80
#: original/man8/swapon.8:245 original/man8/switch_root.8:78
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:104 original/man8/umount.8:225
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:130 original/man8/wdctl.8:120
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:159 original/man8/zramctl.8:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "REPORTING BUGS"
msgstr "バグ報告"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:81 original/man8/agetty.8:589
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:101 original/man8/blkid.8:266
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:246 original/man8/blockdev.8:182
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:234 original/man8/chcpu.8:125
#: original/man8/chmem.8:169 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:76
#: original/man8/delpart.8:61 original/man8/fdformat.8:119
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:318 original/man8/findfs.8:119
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:385 original/man8/fsck.8:246
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:102 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:195
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:84 original/man8/fstrim.8:142
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:593 original/man8/isosize.8:85
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:194 original/man8/losetup.8:226
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:278 original/man8/lslocks.8:171
#: original/man8/lsns.8:125 original/man8/mkfs.8:99 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:91
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:128 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:139
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:169 original/man8/mount.8:2414
#: original/man8/nologin.8:96 original/man8/partx.8:224
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:108 original/man8/raw.8:89
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:186 original/man8/resizepart.8:77
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:144 original/man8/rtcwake.8:253
#: original/man8/setarch.8:151 original/man8/sfdisk.8:677
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:85 original/man8/swaplabel.8:83
#: original/man8/swapon.8:248 original/man8/switch_root.8:81
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:107 original/man8/umount.8:228
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:133 original/man8/wdctl.8:123
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:162 original/man8/zramctl.8:154
msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at"
msgstr "バグ報告は、 以下に示す issue トラッカーを利用すること。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/addpart.8:82 original/man8/agetty.8:590
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:102 original/man8/blkid.8:267
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:247 original/man8/blockdev.8:183
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:235 original/man8/chcpu.8:126
#: original/man8/chmem.8:170 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:77
#: original/man8/delpart.8:62 original/man8/fdformat.8:120
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:319 original/man8/findfs.8:120
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:386 original/man8/fsck.8:247
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:103 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:196
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:85 original/man8/fstrim.8:143
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:594 original/man8/isosize.8:86
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:195 original/man8/losetup.8:227
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:279 original/man8/lslocks.8:172
#: original/man8/lsns.8:126 original/man8/mkfs.8:100
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:92 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:129
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:140 original/man8/mkswap.8:170
#: original/man8/mount.8:2415 original/man8/nologin.8:97
#: original/man8/partx.8:225 original/man8/pivot_root.8:109
#: original/man8/raw.8:90 original/man8/readprofile.8:187
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:78 original/man8/rfkill.8:145
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:254 original/man8/setarch.8:152
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:678 original/man8/sulogin.8:86
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:84 original/man8/swapon.8:249
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:82 original/man8/tunelp.8:108
#: original/man8/umount.8:229 original/man8/uuidd.8:134 original/man8/vipw.8:68
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:124 original/man8/wipefs.8:163
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "AVAILABILITY"
msgstr "入手方法"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/addpart.8:85
msgid ""
"The B<addpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<addpart> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "AGETTY"
msgstr "AGETTY"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "2022-03-25"
msgstr "2022-03-25"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:32
msgid "agetty - alternative Linux getty"
msgstr "agetty - もう一つの Linux getty"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:35
msgid "B<agetty> [options] I<port> [I<baud_rate>...] [I<term>]"
msgstr "B<agetty> [options] I<port> [I<baud_rate>...] [I<term>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:38
msgid ""
"B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
"login command. It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
msgstr ""
"B<agetty> は tty ポートをオープンして、 ログイン名の入力プロンプトを表示す"
"る。 そして /bin/login コマンドを起動する。 通常は B<init>(8) から呼び出され"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:40
msgid ""
"B<agetty> has several I<non-standard> features that are useful for hardwired "
"and for dial-in lines:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:50
msgid ""
"Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
"uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
"bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
"with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
"(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
"line). See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-chars> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:61
msgid ""
"Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
msgstr ""
"オプションとして、 Hayes(tm) 互換モデムによって生成される CONNECT メッセージ"
"から、 ボーレートを推定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:72
msgid ""
"Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
"for call-back applications)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:83
msgid "Optionally does not display the contents of the I</etc/issue> file."
msgstr "オプションとして、 I</etc/issue> ファイルの内容を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:94
msgid ""
"Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of I</"
"etc/issue> or I</etc/issue.d>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:105
msgid "Optionally does not ask for a login name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:116
msgid ""
"Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of I</bin/login>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:127
msgid "Optionally turns on hardware flow control."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:138
msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:141
msgid ""
"This program does not use the I</etc/gettydefs> (System V) or I</etc/"
"gettytab> (SunOS 4) files."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:141 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "ARGUMENTS"
msgstr "引数"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:144
msgid "I<port>"
msgstr "I<port>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:146
msgid ""
"A path name relative to the I</dev> directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
"B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
"and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:148
msgid ""
"Under System V, a \"-\" I<port> argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:151
msgid "I<baud_rate>,..."
msgstr "I<baud_rate>,..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:153
msgid ""
"A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time B<agetty> "
"receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
"if it were circular."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:155
msgid ""
"Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
"character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:157
msgid "This argument is optional and unnecessary for B<virtual terminals>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:159
msgid ""
"The default for B<serial terminals> is keep the current baud rate (see B<--"
"keep-baud>) and if unsuccessful then default to \\(aq9600\\(aq."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:162
msgid "I<term>"
msgstr "I<term>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:164
msgid ""
"The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
"whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:166
msgid ""
"The default is \\(aqvt100\\(aq, or \\(aqlinux\\(aq for Linux on a virtual "
"terminal, or \\(aqhurd\\(aq for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:167 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:44
#: original/man8/blkid.8:59 original/man8/blkzone.8:198
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:42 original/man8/cfdisk.8:48
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:44 original/man8/chmem.8:88
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:52 original/man8/delpart.8:40
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:72 original/man8/fdisk.8:48
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:50 original/man8/fsck.8:88
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:38 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:85
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:46 original/man8/fstrim.8:44
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:169 original/man8/isosize.8:38
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:113 original/man8/losetup.8:66
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:46 original/man8/lslocks.8:40 original/man8/lsns.8:44
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:44 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:40
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:49 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:55
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:51 original/man8/nologin.8:42
#: original/man8/partx.8:53 original/man8/pivot_root.8:54
#: original/man8/raw.8:54 original/man8/readprofile.8:41
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:42 original/man8/rtcwake.8:48
#: original/man8/setarch.8:46 original/man8/sfdisk.8:197
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:48 original/man8/swaplabel.8:42
#: original/man8/swapon.8:46 original/man8/switch_root.8:42
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:38 original/man8/umount.8:44 original/man8/uuidd.8:38
#: original/man8/vipw.8:40 original/man8/wdctl.8:42 original/man8/wipefs.8:52
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "OPTIONS"
msgstr "オプション"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:170
msgid "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"
msgstr "B<-8>, B<--8bits>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:172
msgid "Assume that the tty is 8-bit clean, hence disable parity detection."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:175
msgid "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--autologin> I<username>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:177
msgid ""
"Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
"password. Using this option causes an B<-f> I<username> option and argument "
"to be added to the B</bin/login> command line. See B<--login-options>, which "
"can be used to modify this option\\(cqs behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:179
msgid ""
"Note that B<--autologin> may affect the way in which B<getty> initializes "
"the serial line, because on auto-login B<agetty> does not read from the line "
"and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:182
msgid "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--noreset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:184
msgid ""
"Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See B<termios>(3) for more "
"details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:187
msgid "B<-E>, B<--remote>"
msgstr "B<-E>, B<--remote>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:189
msgid ""
"Typically the B<login>(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
"something such as B<telnetd>(8). This option allows B<agetty> to pass what "
"it is using for a hostname to B<login>(1) for use in B<utmp>(5). See B<--"
"host>, B<login>(1), and B<utmp>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:191
msgid ""
"If the B<--host> I<fakehost> option is given, then an B<-h> I<fakehost> "
"option and argument are added to the I</bin/login> command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:193
msgid ""
"If the B<--nohostname> option is given, then an B<-H> option is added to the "
"B</bin/login> command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:195
msgid "See B<--login-options>."
msgstr "B<--login-options> を参照。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:198
msgid "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--issue-file> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:200
msgid ""
"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
"instead of I</etc/issue> (or other). All specified files and directories are "
"displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
"path is a directory then display all files with I<.issue> file extension in "
"version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
"displayed on different terminals. The B<--noissue> option will override this "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:203
msgid "B<--show-issue>"
msgstr "B<--show-issue>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:205
msgid ""
"Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
"Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
"other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
"information as proper output depends on terminal and B<agetty> command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:208
msgid "B<-h, --flow-control>"
msgstr "B<-h, --flow-control>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:210
msgid ""
"Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
"disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:213
msgid "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"
msgstr "B<-H>, B<--host> I<fakehost>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:215
msgid ""
"Write the specified I<fakehost> into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
"is given, since B<agetty> is used for local hardwired connections and "
"consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
"concentrators and the like."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:218
msgid "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noissue>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:220
msgid ""
"Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing the "
"login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
"receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
"the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:223
msgid "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"
msgstr "B<-I>, B<--init-string> I<initstring>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:225
msgid ""
"Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
"else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
"be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\(rs). For "
"example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\(rs12."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:228
msgid "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"
msgstr "B<-J>, B<--noclear>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:230
msgid ""
"Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
"screen is cleared."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:233
msgid "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login-program> I<login_program>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:235
msgid ""
"Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
"use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
"for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See B<--login-"
"options>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:238
msgid "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"
msgstr "B<-L>, B<--local-line>[=I<mode>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:240
msgid ""
"Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional I<mode> argument is B<auto>, "
"B<always> or B<never>. If the I<mode> argument is omitted, then the default "
"is B<always>. If the B<--local-line> option is not given at all, then the "
"default is B<auto>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:242
msgid "I<always>"
msgstr "I<always>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:244
msgid ""
"Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
"be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
"does not set the carrier-detect signal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:247
msgid "I<never>"
msgstr "I<never>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:249
msgid ""
"Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
"detect signal is expected on the line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:252
msgid "I<auto>"
msgstr "I<auto>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:254
msgid ""
"The B<agetty> default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
"setting enabled by the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:258
msgid "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--extract-baud>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:260
msgid ""
"Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
"\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\". B<agetty> assumes that the "
"modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the "
"first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:262
msgid ""
"Since the B<--extract-baud> feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
"still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
"on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:265
msgid "B<--list-speeds>"
msgstr "B<--list-speeds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:267
msgid "Display supported baud rates. These are determined at compilation time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:270
msgid "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--skip-login>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:272
msgid ""
"Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
"the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
"a BBS system. Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, B<agetty> gets no "
"input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
"parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
"defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
"character. Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/"
"login) is run as root."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:275
msgid "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"
msgstr "B<-N>, B<--nonewline>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:277
msgid "Do not print a newline before writing out I</etc/issue>."
msgstr "I</etc/issue> の書き込み前に、 新たな行は出力しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:280
msgid "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--login-options> I<login_options>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:282
msgid ""
"Options and arguments that are passed to B<login>(1). Where \\(rsu is "
"replaced by the login name. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:284
msgid "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar -- \\(rsu\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<--login-options \\(aq-h darkstar -- \\(rsu\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:286
msgid "See B<--autologin>, B<--login-program> and B<--remote>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:288
msgid "Please read the B<SECURITY NOTICE> below before using this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:291
msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-pause>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:293
msgid ""
"Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
"B<--autologin> to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:296
msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:298
msgid "Change root to the specified directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:301
msgid "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"
msgstr "B<-R>, B<--hangup>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:303
msgid "Call B<vhangup>(2) to do a virtual hangup of the specified terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:306
msgid "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--keep-baud>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:308
msgid ""
"Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
"used when B<agetty> receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
"specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
"baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
"unexpected BREAKs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:311
msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<timeout>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:313
msgid ""
"Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. Use of "
"this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:316
msgid "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"
msgstr "B<-U>, B<--detect-case>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:318
msgid ""
"Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
"detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
"terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
"has no support for any Unicode characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:321
msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait-cr>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:323
msgid ""
"Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
"character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others) and the login "
"prompt. This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:326
msgid "B<--nohints>"
msgstr "B<--nohints>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:328
msgid "Do not print hints about Num, Caps and Scroll Locks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:331
msgid "B<--nohostname>"
msgstr "B<--nohostname>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:333
msgid ""
"By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
"hostname at all will be shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:336
msgid "B<--long-hostname>"
msgstr "B<--long-hostname>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:338
msgid ""
"By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
"option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by B<gethostname>(3P) or (if "
"not found) by B<getaddrinfo>(3) is shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:341
msgid "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"
msgstr "B<--erase-chars> I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:343
msgid ""
"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
"backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
"name. The default additional \\(aqerase\\(aq has been \\(aq#\\(aq, but since "
"util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:346
msgid "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"
msgstr "B<--kill-chars> I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:348
msgid ""
"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
"kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
"name. The default additional \\(aqkill\\(aq has been \\(aq@\\(aq, but since "
"util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:351
msgid "B<--chdir> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--chdir> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:353
msgid "Change directory before the login."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:356
msgid "B<--delay> I<number>"
msgstr "B<--delay> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:358
msgid "Sleep seconds before open tty."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:361
msgid "B<--nice> I<number>"
msgstr "B<--nice> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:363
msgid "Run login with this priority."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:366
msgid "B<--reload>"
msgstr "B<--reload>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:368
msgid ""
"Ask all running B<agetty> instances to reload and update their displayed "
"prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
"command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
"Linux B<inotify>(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:379 original/man8/chmem.8:142
#: original/man8/losetup.8:200 original/man8/partx.8:176
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:65 original/man8/readprofile.8:122
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:109 original/man8/setarch.8:127
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:109 original/man8/zramctl.8:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLE"
msgstr "例"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:382
msgid ""
"This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</etc/"
"inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
"fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:384
msgid "For a hardwired line or a console tty:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:388
msgid "B</sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1>"
msgstr "B</sbin/agetty 9600 ttyS1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:393
msgid ""
"For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
"this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:397
msgid "B</sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100>"
msgstr "B</sbin/agetty --local-line 9600 ttyS1 vt100>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:402
msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:406
msgid "B</sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200>"
msgstr "B</sbin/agetty --extract-baud --timeout 60 ttyS1 9600,2400,1200>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:411
msgid ""
"For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
"example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
"computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
"and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:415
msgid ""
"B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
"115200 ttyS1>"
msgstr ""
"B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
"115200 ttyS1>"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:418
#, no-wrap
msgid "SECURITY NOTICE"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:421
msgid ""
"If you use the B<--login-program> and B<--login-options> options, be aware "
"that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
"then get passed to the used login program. B<agetty> does check for a "
"leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so "
"embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how "
"the login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
"that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:423
msgid ""
"Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
"should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
"passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\(rsu."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:423
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISSUE FILES"
msgstr "issue ファイル"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:426
msgid ""
"The default issue file is I</etc/issue>. If the file exists, then B<agetty> "
"also checks for I</etc/issue.d> directory. The directory is optional "
"extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
"after I</etc/issue> content. If the I</etc/issue> does not exist, then the "
"directory is ignored. All files B<with .issue extension> from the directory "
"are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
"party messages independently on the primary system I</etc/issue> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:428
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
"supported. If the default I</etc/issue> does not exist, then B<agetty> "
"checks for I</run/issue> and I</run/issue.d>, thereafter for I</usr/lib/"
"issue> and I</usr/lib/issue.d>. The directory I</etc> is expected for host "
"specific configuration, I</run> is expected for generated stuff and I</usr/"
"lib> for static distribution maintained configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:430
msgid ""
"The default path maybe overridden by B<--issue-file> option. In this case "
"specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
"and directory locations are ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:432
msgid ""
"The issue file feature can be completely disabled by B<--noissue> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:434
msgid ""
"It is possible to review the current issue file by B<agetty --show-issue> on "
"the current terminal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:436
msgid ""
"The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
"date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\(rs) "
"immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:438
msgid "4 or 4{I<interface>}"
msgstr "4 または 4{I<interface>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:440
msgid ""
"Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
"\\(rs4{eth0}). If the I<interface> argument is not specified, then select "
"the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no "
"configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine"
"\\(cqs hostname."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:443
msgid "6 or 6{I<interface>}"
msgstr "6 または 6{I<interface>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:445
msgid "The same as \\(rs4 but for IPv6."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:448
msgid "b"
msgstr "b"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:450
msgid "Insert the baudrate of the current line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:453
msgid "d"
msgstr "d"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:455
msgid "Insert the current date."
msgstr "現在日付を挿入する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:458
msgid "e or e{I<name>}"
msgstr "e または e{I<name>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:460
msgid ""
"Translate the human-readable I<name> to an escape sequence and insert it "
"(for example: \\(rse{red}Alert text.\\(rse{reset}). If the I<name> argument "
"is not specified, then insert \\(rs033. The currently supported names are: "
"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
"magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
"silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:463
msgid "s"
msgstr "s"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:465
msgid ""
"Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
"\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:468
msgid "S or S{VARIABLE}"
msgstr "S または S{VARIABLE}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:470
msgid ""
"Insert the VARIABLE data from I</etc/os-release>. If this file does not "
"exist then fall back to I</usr/lib/os-release>. If the VARIABLE argument is "
"not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see "
"\\(rss). This escape code can be used to keep I</etc/issue> distribution and "
"release independent. Note that \\(rsS{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real "
"terminal escape sequence."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:473
msgid "l"
msgstr "l"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:475
msgid "Insert the name of the current tty line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:478
msgid "m"
msgstr "m"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:480
msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as B<uname -m>."
msgstr "マシンのアーキテクチャー識別子を挿入する。  B<uname -m> と同じ。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:483
msgid "n"
msgstr "n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:485
msgid ""
"Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
"B<uname -n>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:488
msgid "o"
msgstr "o"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:490
msgid "Insert the NIS domainname of the machine. Same as B<hostname -d>."
msgstr "マシンの NIS ドメイン名を挿入する。 B<hostname -d> と同じ。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:493
msgid "O"
msgstr "O"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:495
msgid "Insert the DNS domainname of the machine."
msgstr "マシンの DNS ドメイン名を挿入する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:498
msgid "r"
msgstr "r"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:500
msgid "Insert the release number of the OS. Same as B<uname -r>."
msgstr "OS のリリース番号を挿入する。  B<uname -r> と同じ。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:503
msgid "t"
msgstr "t"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:505
msgid "Insert the current time."
msgstr "現在時刻を挿入する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:508
msgid "u"
msgstr "u"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:510
msgid "Insert the number of current users logged in."
msgstr "現在ログインしているユーザー数を挿入する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:513
msgid "U"
msgstr "U"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:515
msgid ""
"Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"E<lt>nE<gt> users\" where E<lt>nE<gt> is "
"the number of current users logged in."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:518
msgid "v"
msgstr "v"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:520
msgid "Insert the version of the OS, that is, the build-date and such."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:523
msgid "An example. On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
msgstr "例として、 私のシステム上の以下のような I</etc/issue> ファイル、 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:528
#, no-wrap
msgid "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"
msgstr "This is \\(rsn.\\(rso (\\(rss \\(rsm \\(rsr) \\(rst\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:533
msgid "displays as:"
msgstr "では、 以下のような表示になる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:538
#, no-wrap
msgid "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"
msgstr "This is thingol.orcan.dk (Linux i386 1.1.9) 18:29:30\n"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:541 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:63
#: original/man8/fsck.8:223 original/man8/hwclock.8:558
#: original/man8/losetup.8:189 original/man8/mount.8:2338
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:97 original/man8/rtcwake.8:228
#: original/man8/swapon.8:202 original/man8/tunelp.8:95
#: original/man8/umount.8:200 original/man8/zramctl.8:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILES"
msgstr "ファイル"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:544
msgid "I</var/run/utmp>"
msgstr "I</var/run/utmp>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:546
msgid "the system status file."
msgstr "システムの状態ファイル。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:549
msgid "I</etc/issue>"
msgstr "I</etc/issue>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:551
msgid "printed before the login prompt."
msgstr "ログインプロンプトの手前に表示される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:554
msgid "I</etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release>"
msgstr "I</etc/os-release /usr/lib/os-release>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:556
msgid "operating system identification data."
msgstr "オペレーティングシステムの識別データ。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:559
msgid "I</dev/console>"
msgstr "I</dev/console>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:561
msgid "problem reports (if B<syslog>(3) is not used)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:564
msgid "I</etc/inittab>"
msgstr "I</etc/inittab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:566
msgid "B<init>(8) configuration file for SysV-style init daemon."
msgstr "SysV 風の init デーモンに対する B<init>(8) 設定ファイル。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:567 original/man8/mkfs.8:71
#: original/man8/mount.8:2374 original/man8/raw.8:78
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "BUGS"
msgstr "バグ"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:570
msgid ""
"The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires that "
"B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call "
"(within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always "
"use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple baud rate "
"command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:572
msgid ""
"The text in the I</etc/issue> file (or other) and the login prompt are "
"always output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:574
msgid ""
"The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires that "
"the modem emits its status message I<after> raising the DCD line."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:574 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:577
msgid ""
"Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
"the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility. Error messages "
"are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
"there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/agetty.8:577 original/man8/blkdiscard.8:92
#: original/man8/blkid.8:254 original/man8/blkzone.8:236
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:176 original/man8/cfdisk.8:218
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:113 original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:66
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:106 original/man8/fdisk.8:303
#: original/man8/findfs.8:105 original/man8/findmnt.8:375
#: original/man8/fsck.8:226 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:169
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:75 original/man8/fstrim.8:131
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:585 original/man8/ldattach.8:184
#: original/man8/losetup.8:218 original/man8/lsblk.8:266
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:160 original/man8/lsns.8:112 original/man8/mkfs.8:74
#: original/man8/mount.8:2387 original/man8/nologin.8:85
#: original/man8/partx.8:207 original/man8/raw.8:83 original/man8/rfkill.8:121
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:234 original/man8/setarch.8:139
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:662 original/man8/sulogin.8:79
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:69 original/man8/switch_root.8:67
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:116 original/man8/wipefs.8:152
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:144
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "作者"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:583
msgid "The original B<agetty> for serial terminals was written by"
msgstr "シリアル端末向けに B<agetty> の最初のバージョンを書いたのは、 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:585
msgid "and ported to Linux by"
msgstr "そして Linux のポートを行ったのは "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/agetty.8:593
msgid ""
"The B<agetty> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<agetty> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLKDISCARD"
msgstr "BLKDISCARD"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:32
msgid "blkdiscard - discard sectors on a device"
msgstr "blkdiscard - デバイス上のセクターを破棄する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:35
msgid "B<blkdiscard> [options] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<device>"
msgstr "B<blkdiscard> [options] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:38
msgid ""
"B<blkdiscard> is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-"
"state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike B<fstrim>(8), "
"this command is used directly on the block device."
msgstr ""
"B<blkdiscard> はデバイスセクターの破棄を行う。 これはソリッドステートドライ"
"ブ (SSD) やシンプロビジョニングストレージに対して用いることができる。 "
"B<fstrim>(8) とは異なり、 このコマンドはブロックデバイス上において直接用いら"
"れる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:40
msgid ""
"By default, B<blkdiscard> will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
"be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトで B<blkdiscard> は、 デバイス上のブロックすべてを破棄する。 オプ"
"ションを用いれば、 その動作を変更して、 範囲指定やサイズ指定を行うことができ"
"る。 これについては後述する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:42 original/man8/blkzone.8:40
msgid "The I<device> argument is the pathname of the block device."
msgstr "I<device> 引数はブロックデバイスのパス名である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:44
msgid ""
"B<WARNING: All data in the discarded region on the device will be lost!>"
msgstr "B<警告: デバイス上において破棄した範囲のデータはすべて失われる。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:47
msgid ""
"The I<offset> and I<length> arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"引数 I<offset> と I<length> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数"
"を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様"
"に使うことができる。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は "
"\"KiB\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサ"
"フィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使うことができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:49 original/man8/blkzone.8:218
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:118 original/man8/mkswap.8:59
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:217 original/man8/umount.8:76
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:65
msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:51
msgid ""
"Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
"(B<O_EXCL>) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
"kernel subsystem. The B<--force> option disables the exclusive access mode."
msgstr ""
"チェックをすべて無効にする。 v2.36 以降ブロックデバイスは、 デフォルトで排他"
"的モード (B<O_EXCL>) により開かれる。 こうしてマウントされたファイルシステム"
"と別のカーネルサブシステムの間での競合が避けられる。 B<--force> オプション"
"は、 その排他的なアクセスモードを無効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:54 original/man8/losetup.8:106
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:95
msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<offset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:56
msgid ""
"Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
"value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""
"デバイス上の破棄開始位置を表すバイトオフセット。 指定する値は、 デバイスセク"
"ターサイズに合わせる必要がある。 デフォルト値はゼロである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:59
msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:61
msgid ""
"The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
"provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
"value extends past the end of the device, B<blkdiscard> will stop at the "
"device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
msgstr ""
"破棄するバイト数 (開始位置からのカウント)。 指定する値は、 デバイスセクターサ"
"イズに合わせる必要がある。 指定した値がデバイス終端を超えて拡張された場合、 "
"B<blkdiscard> はデバイスサイズ境界において処理終了する。 デフォルトは、 デバ"
"イス最終位置までの拡張である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:64
msgid "B<-p>, B<--step> I<length>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--step> I<length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:66
msgid ""
"The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
"discard all by one ioctl call."
msgstr ""
"1 回の処理において破棄するバイト数。 デフォルトは 1 つの ioctl 呼び出しにつ"
"き、 すべてを破棄する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:69
msgid "B<-s>, B<--secure>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--secure>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:71
msgid ""
"Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
"except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
"garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
"device."
msgstr ""
"安全に破棄を行う。 安全な破棄とは通常の破棄と同様であるが、 ガーベージコレク"
"ションが生成する可能性のある廃棄ブロックのコピーも、 必ず廃棄します。 この機"
"能はデバイスにおけるサポートが必要です。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:74
msgid "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"
msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zeroout>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:76
msgid "Zero-fill rather than discard."
msgstr "破棄ではなくゼロ埋めを行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:79 original/man8/blkzone.8:223
#: original/man8/chmem.8:111 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:41
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:103 original/man8/hwclock.8:293
#: original/man8/losetup.8:141 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:58
#: original/man8/mount.8:541 original/man8/partx.8:157
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:84 original/man8/rtcwake.8:212
#: original/man8/setarch.8:59 original/man8/swapon.8:135
#: original/man8/umount.8:134
msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:81
msgid ""
"Display the aligned values of I<offset> and I<length>. If the B<--step> "
"option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
msgstr ""
"指定された I<offset> と I<length> の値を表示する。 B<--step> オプションが指定"
"された場合、 1 秒ごとに破棄処理の進捗を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:98
msgid "B<fstrim>(8)"
msgstr "B<fstrim>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkdiscard.8:105
msgid ""
"The B<blkdiscard> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<blkdiscard> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/blkid.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLKID"
msgstr "BLKID"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:32
msgid "blkid - locate/print block device attributes"
msgstr "blkid - ブロックデバイスの属性を検索/表示する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:35
msgid "B<blkid> B<--label> I<label> | B<--uuid> I<uuid>"
msgstr "B<blkid> B<--label> I<label> | B<--uuid> I<uuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:37
msgid ""
"B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
"file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
"token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> [B<--no-encoding> B<--garbage-collect> B<--list-one> B<--cache-"
"file> I<file>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-"
"token> I<NAME=value>] [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:39
msgid ""
"B<blkid> B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--"
"size> I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--"
"usages> I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device>..."
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> B<--probe> [B<--offset> I<offset>] [B<--output> I<format>] [B<--"
"size> I<size>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] [B<--match-types> I<list>] [B<--"
"usages> I<list>] [B<--no-part-details>] I<device>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:41
msgid ""
"B<blkid> B<--info> [B<--output format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device>..."
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> B<--info> [B<--output format>] [B<--match-tag> I<tag>] I<device>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:44
msgid ""
"The B<blkid> program is the command-line interface to working with the "
"B<libblkid>(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
"filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
"(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
"fields)."
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> プログラムは、 B<libblkid>(3) ライブラリを利用するためのコマンドライ"
"ンインターフェースである。 B<blkid> は、 ブロックデバイスの中身がどんなタイプ"
"か (たとえば、 ファイルシステムか、 スワップか) を判定することができる。 ま"
"た、 ブロックデバイスの中身のメタデータ (たとえば、 LABEL や UUID といった"
"フィールド) を調べて、 どんな属性 (トークン、 NAME=value ペア) を持っているか"
"を特定することもできる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:46
msgid ""
"B<It is recommended to use> B<lsblk>(8) B<command to get information about "
"block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or> "
"B<findmnt>(8) B<to search in already mounted filesystems.>"
msgstr ""
"B<ブロックデバイスについて情報を取得するには、 >B<lsblk>(8) B<の使用をお勧め"
"する。 デバイス中のファイルシステム群の概要を知るには、 lsblk --fs が便利であ"
"る。 すでにマウント済みのファイルシステムを調べるには、 >B<findmnt>(8) B<を使"
"うとよい。> "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:50
msgid ""
"B<lsblk>(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, "
"easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get "
"actual information. B<blkid> reads information directly from devices and for "
"non-root users it returns cached unverified information. B<blkid> is mostly "
"designed for system services and to test B<libblkid>(3) functionality."
msgstr ""
"B<lsblk>(8) の方が提供する情報も多いし、 出力形式の制御もしやすく、 スクリプ"
"ト中でも使いやすい。 また、 現時点での情報を得るのに、 ルート権限を必要としな"
"い。 B<blkid> の方は、 情報をデバイスから直接読み込むので、 ルート以外のユー"
"ザーに対しては、 キャッシュした情報、 すなわち、 最新であることの保証のない情"
"報を返すことになる。 B<blkid> の主な用途は、 システム管理で使用することと、 "
"B<libblkid>(3) の機能をテストすることなのである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:55
msgid ""
"When I<device> is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
"is possible to specify multiple I<device> arguments on the command line. If "
"none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in I</"
"proc/partitions> are shown, if they are recognized."
msgstr ""
"I<device> を指定すると、 そのデバイスのトークンのみが表示される。 複数の "
"I<device> をコマンドラインで引数に指定してもよい。 I<device> を一つも指定しな"
"い場合は、 I</proc/partitions> に記載されている、 すべてのパーティションや"
"パーティション分割されていないデバイスのうち、 認識されたものが表示される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:57
msgid ""
"B<blkid> has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with "
"a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more "
"specified devices."
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> には、 主な仕事が二つある。 特定の NAME=value ペアを属性に持つデバイ"
"スを探し出すことと、 指定された一つ以上のデバイスについて NAME=value ペアを表"
"示することである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:59
msgid ""
"For security reasons B<blkid> silently ignores all devices where the probing "
"result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
"level probing mode (B<-p>) provides more information and extra exit status "
"in this case. It\\(cqs recommended to use B<wipefs>(8) to get a detailed "
"overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
msgstr ""
"セキュリティ上の理由から、 B<blkid> は、 検出結果に相反するものがあった場合に"
"は (複数の相矛盾するファイルシステムが検出された場合などは)、 警告も出さず"
"に、 そうしたデバイスをすべて無視する。 そうした場合に low-level 精査モード "
"(B<-p>) を使用すると、 より多くの情報が得られるし、 終了ステータスも特別なも"
"のになる。 デバイスの詳しい全体像をつかんだり、 デバイスから古くなったもの "
"(古いマジックストリング) を削除したりするには、 B<wipefs>(8) を使用するとよ"
"い。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:62
msgid ""
"The I<size> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
"EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
"as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
"TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"I<size> や I<offset> という引数の後ろには、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) の"
"ような乗数を表すサフィックスを続けることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, "
"YiB も同様である (\"iB\" をつけるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB"
"\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサ"
"フィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:64
msgid "B<-c>, B<--cache-file> I<cachefile>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--cache-file> I<cachefile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:66
msgid ""
"Read from I<cachefile> instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
"the B<CONFIGURATION FILE> section for more details). If you want to start "
"with a clean cache (i.e., don\\(cqt report devices previously scanned but "
"not necessarily available at this time), specify I</dev/null>."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトのキャッシュファイルではなく、 I<cachefile> から情報を読み込む (詳"
"細は B<設定ファイル> のセクションを参照)。 キャッシュを白紙の状態にして、 コ"
"マンドを実行したいのなら (すなわち、 以前スキャンしたことがあっても、 現時点"
"で使用できるとはかぎらないデバイスについて、 報告しないようにするには)、 "
"I<cashefile> に I</dev/null> を指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:69
msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-encoding>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--no-encoding>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:71
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
"encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the B<--output udev> "
"output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
msgstr ""
"非表示文字をエンコードしない。 デフォルトで非表示文字は ^ や M- を使う表記法"
"でエンコードされる。 なお、 B<--output udev> の出力フォーマットでは、 別のエ"
"ンコード方式を使っていて、 これを無効にすることはできない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:74
msgid "B<-D>, B<--no-part-details>"
msgstr "B<-D>, B<--no-part-details>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:76
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
"level probing mode."
msgstr ""
"低レベル精査モードのとき、 パーティションテーブルから取得した情報 "
"(PART_ENTRY_* タグ) を表示しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:79
msgid "B<-g>, B<--garbage-collect>"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--garbage-collect>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:81
msgid ""
"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
"no longer exist."
msgstr ""
"blkid キャッシュに対してガベージコレクション処理を行ない、 すでに存在していな"
"いデバイスを削除する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:84
msgid "B<-H>, B<--hint> I<setting>"
msgstr "B<-H>, B<--hint> I<setting>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:88
msgid ""
"Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions "
"to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is "
"\"session_offset=I<number>\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
msgstr ""
"精査ヒント (probing hint) を設定する。 このヒントは任意に選ぶものであり、 た"
"とえば別の場所に対して精査機能を実現するものである。 現在サポートされているの"
"は \"session_offset=I<number>\" であり、 マルチセッション UDF においてセッ"
"ションオフセットを設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:91 original/man8/readprofile.8:54
msgid "B<-i>, B<--info>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--info>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:93
msgid ""
"Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The \\(aqexport"
"\\(aq output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used "
"together with the B<--probe> option."
msgstr ""
"I/O リミット (I/O トポロジーとも言う) について情報を表示する。 \\(aqexport"
"\\(aq 出力フォーマットが自動的に有効になる。 このオプションは、 B<--probe> オ"
"プションと合わせて使うことができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:96
msgid "B<-k>, B<--list-filesystems>"
msgstr "B<-k>, B<--list-filesystems>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:98
msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit."
msgstr ""
"フィルシステムと RAID について、 既知のタイプをすべて列挙して、 終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:101
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list-one>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list-one>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:103
msgid ""
"Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
"B<--match-token> option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
"specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
"returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
"note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
"Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
"not specified, B<blkid> will print all of the devices that match the search "
"parameter."
msgstr ""
"B<--match-token> オプションで指定した検索パラメーターに一致するデバイスを、 "
"一つだけ見つけ出す。 検索パラメーターに一致するデバイスがいくつもあった場合"
"は、 最も優先順位が高いデバイスを報告し、 同じ優先順位の中では、 最初に見つ"
"かったデバイスを報告する (ただし、 検索に udev を使用する場合もあるため、 こ"
"れ以降を参照のこと)。 デバイスのタイプを優先順位の高い方から並べると、 "
"Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD の順になり、 最後に普通のブロックデバイスが来"
"る。 このオプションが指定されていない場合、 B<blkid> は、 検索パラメーターに"
"一致したデバイスをすべて表示することになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:105
msgid ""
"This option forces B<blkid> to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens "
"in B<--match-token>. The goal is to provide output consistent with other "
"utils (like B<mount>(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for "
"multiple devices."
msgstr ""
"このオプションを B<--match-token> で LABEL や UUID のトークンを指定した場合に"
"使うと、 強制的に B<blkid> に udev を使用させることになる。 そのように、 検索"
"に udev を使用させるのは、 システムが複数のデバイスに対して同名のタグを使用し"
"ている場合に、 出力を他のユーティリティ (たとえば B<mount>(8) など) と矛盾し"
"ないようにするためである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:108 original/man8/mkswap.8:71
#: original/man8/mount.8:397 original/man8/swaplabel.8:55
msgid "B<-L>, B<--label> I<label>"
msgstr "B<-L>, B<--label> I<label>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:110
msgid ""
"Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<label>; this is equal to B<--"
"list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label>. This lookup method "
"is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
"setting in I</etc/blkid.conf>). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
"reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The B<--label> option "
"works on systems with and without udev."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムのラベルに I<label> を使用しているデバイスを見つけ出す。 これ"
"は、 B<--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=>I<label> と同じことで"
"ある。 ここで使われる検索メソッドでは、 /dev/disk/by-label にある udev のシム"
"リンクを信用して使用することができる (ただし I</etc/blkid.conf> の設定次"
"第)。 一般にこうしたシムリンクを不用意に使うのは避けた方がよい。 現状を確認せ"
"ずに、 こうしたシンボリックリンクを使用するのは、 信用できないからである。 こ"
"の B<--label> オプションは、 システムが udev を使っているかいないかにかかわら"
"ず、 問題なく動作する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:112
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, the original B<blkid>(8) from e2fsprogs uses the B<-L> option "
"as a synonym for B<-o list>. For better portability, use B<-l -o device -t "
"LABEL=>I<label> and B<-o list> in your scripts rather than the B<-L> option."
msgstr ""
"困ったことに e2fsprogs 所収のオリジナルの B<blkid>(8) は、 B<-L> オプション"
"を B<-o list> の同義語として使っている。 スクリプトの使い回しが利くようにした"
"いのなら、 スクリプト中では B<-L> オプションよりも B<-l -o device -t "
"LABEL=>I<label> や B<-o list> を使った方がよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:115
msgid "B<-n>, B<--match-types> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--match-types> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:117
msgid ""
"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> of "
"superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
"specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
"精査機能の使用を、 カンマ区切りのリスト I<list> で指定したスーパーブロックの"
"タイプ (名前) に限定する。 リストの項目の前に \"no\" をつければ、 無視すべき"
"タイプを指定することになる。 例を挙げよう。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:119
msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"
msgstr "B<blkid --probe --match-types vfat,ext3,ext4 /dev/sda1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:121
msgid "probes for vfat, ext3 and ext4 filesystems, and"
msgstr ""
"上のコマンドは、 vfat, ext3, ext4 のファイルシステムに対して low-level 精査を"
"行う。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:123
msgid "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"
msgstr "B<blkid --probe --match-types nominix /dev/sda1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:125
msgid ""
"probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
"only useful together with B<--probe>."
msgstr ""
"こちらは、 minix ファイルシステム以外の、 サポートされているすべてのファイル"
"システムに対して low-level 精査を行う。 なお、 この B<--match-types> オプショ"
"ンが役に立つのは、 B<--probe> と一緒に使ったときだけである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:128
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<format>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<format>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:130
msgid ""
"Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
"devices is not fixed. See also option B<-s>. The I<format> parameter may be:"
msgstr ""
"指定した出力フォーマットを使用する。 なお、 変数やデバイスの出力順は固定して"
"いない。 B<-s> オプションも参照していただきたい。 パラメーター I<format> に"
"は、 次のものが使用できる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:132
msgid "B<full>"
msgstr "B<full>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:134
msgid "print all tags (the default)"
msgstr "すべてのタグを表示する (デフォルト)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:137
msgid "B<value>"
msgstr "B<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:139
msgid "print the value of the tags"
msgstr "タグの値のみを表示する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:142
msgid "B<list>"
msgstr "B<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:144
msgid ""
"print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
"unsupported for low-level probing (B<--probe> or B<--info>)."
msgstr ""
"デバイスの情報をユーザーに読みやすいフォーマットで表示する。 この出力フォー"
"マットは low-level 精査 (B<--probe> や B<--info>) では使用できない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:146
msgid ""
"This output format is B<DEPRECATED> in favour of the B<lsblk>(8) command."
msgstr ""
"この出力フォーマットは B<非推奨>である。 B<lsblk> コマンドの使用をお勧めす"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:149
msgid "B<device>"
msgstr "B<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:151
msgid ""
"print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the B<--"
"label> and B<--uuid> options"
msgstr ""
"デバイス名しか表示しない。 この出力フォーマットは、 B<--label> や B<--uuid> "
"では、 常に有効になる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:154
msgid "B<udev>"
msgstr "B<udev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:156
msgid ""
"print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
"keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
"to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
"valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with \\(aq_"
"\\(aq. The keys with I<_ENC> postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars."
msgstr ""
"key=value ペアを udev 環境にインポートしやすいように表示する。 キー (key) に"
"は、 ID_FS か ID_PART というプレフィックスがつく。 値 (value) は、 udev 環境"
"で問題を起こさないように修正されることがある。 値に使用できるのは、 プレーン "
"ASCII と 16 進数エスケープ表記、 それに有効な UTF-8 であり、 それ以外はすべ"
"て (ホワイトスペースも含めて) \\(aq_\\(aq で置き換えられる。 なお、 I<_ENC> "
"というサフィックスがついたキーでは、 問題を起こしそうな文字に対して 16 進数エ"
"スケープ表記を使用している。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:158
msgid ""
"The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
"detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
"including empty partitions."
msgstr ""
"udev 出力フォーマットでは、 複数の矛盾するスーパーブロックが検出された場合に"
"は、 ID_FS_AMBIVALENT というタグが返される。 また、 ID_PART_ENTRY_* タグが、 "
"空のパーティションも含めて、 すべてのパーティションに対して常に返される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:160
msgid "This output format is B<DEPRECATED>."
msgstr "この出力フォーマットは、 B<非推奨>である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:163
msgid "B<export>"
msgstr "B<export>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:165
msgid ""
"print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
"format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (B<--info> option) are "
"requested."
msgstr ""
"key=value ペアを環境にインポートしやすいように表示する。 この出力フォーマット"
"は、 I/O リミットの情報が求められた場合には (すなわち、 B<--info> オプション"
"が指定された場合は)、 自動的に有効になる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:167
msgid ""
"The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
"potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
msgstr ""
"非表示文字は、 ^ や M- を使う表記法でエンコードされ、 問題を起こしそうな文字"
"は、 すべてエスケープされる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:171
msgid "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--offset> I<offset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:173
msgid ""
"Probe at the given I<offset> (only useful with B<--probe>). This option can "
"be used together with the B<--info> option."
msgstr ""
"指定された I<offset> 位置を調べる (B<--probe> と一緒に使ったときのみ効果があ"
"る)。 このオプションは、 B<--info> とともに使うことができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:176
msgid "B<-p>, B<--probe>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--probe>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:178
msgid "Switch to low-level superblock probing mode (bypassing the cache)."
msgstr ""
"low-level なスーパーブロック精査モードに切り換える (キャッシュはバイパスす"
"る)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:180
msgid ""
"Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
"type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
"by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
"may be different than when executed without B<--probe> (for example "
"PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also B<--no-part-details>."
msgstr ""
"なお、 low-level 精査では、 パーティションテーブルのタイプ (PTTYPE タグ) や"
"パーティションに関する情報 (PART_ENTRY_* タグ) もやはり報告される。 low-"
"level 精査によって生成されるタグ名は、 libblkid によって内的に使用される名前"
"に基づいているので、 B<--probe> をつけずに実行したときのタグ名と異なっている"
"こともある (たとえば、 PART_ENTRY_UUID= と PARTUUID=)。 B<--no-part-details> "
"の項もご覧いただきたい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:183
msgid "B<-s>, B<--match-tag> I<tag>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--match-tag> I<tag>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:185
msgid ""
"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match I<tag>. It is "
"possible to specify multiple B<--match-tag> options. If no tag is specified, "
"then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
"refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use B<--match-tag none> with "
"no other options."
msgstr ""
"(指定された) 各デバイスについて、 I<tag> に一致するタグのみを表示する。 B<--"
"match-tag> オプションは、 複数回指定することもできる。 タグの指定を全くしな"
"かった場合は、 (指定された) すべてのデバイスについて、 すべてのトークンが表示"
"される。 いかなるトークンも表示せず、 ただキャッシュを更新するだけなら、 B<--"
"match-tag none> を、 他のオプションをつけずに、 使用すればよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:188
msgid "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--size> I<size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:190
msgid "Override the size of device/file (only useful with B<--probe>)."
msgstr ""
"デバイス/ファイルのサイズを変更する (B<--probe> と一緒に使ったときのみ役に立"
"つ)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:193
msgid "B<-t>, B<--match-token> I<NAME=value>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--match-token> I<NAME=value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:195
msgid ""
"Search for block devices with tokens named I<NAME> that have the value "
"I<value>, and display any devices which are found. Common values for I<NAME> "
"include B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, and B<UUID>. If there are no devices specified on "
"the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
"specified devices are searched."
msgstr ""
"名前が I<NAME> で、 値が I<value> のトークンを持つブロックデバイスを探して、 "
"見つかったすべてのデバイスを表示する。 I<NAME> によく使われるものには、 "
"B<TYPE>, B<LABEL>, B<UUID> がある。 コマンドラインでデバイスを一つも指定しな"
"いと、 すべてのブロックデバイスが検索される。 デバイスを指定した場合は、 その"
"デバイスのみが検索される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:198
msgid "B<-u>, B<--usages> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--usages> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:200
msgid ""
"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) I<list> of "
"\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
"other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
"which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
"精査機能の使用を、 カンマ区切りのリスト I<list> で指定した用途 (\"usage\") の"
"タイプに限定する。 サポートされている用途のタイプには、 filesystem, raid, "
"crypto, other がある。 リストの項目の前に \"no\" をつければ、 無視すべき用途"
"タイプを指定することになる。 以下に例を示す。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:202
msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"
msgstr "B<blkid --probe --usages filesystem,other /dev/sda1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:204
msgid "probes for all filesystem and other (e.g., swap) formats, and"
msgstr ""
"上のコマンドは、 用途のタイプが filesystem や other (たとえば、 swap) のすべ"
"てに対して low-level 精査を行う。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:206
msgid "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"
msgstr "B<blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:208
msgid ""
"probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
"together with B<--probe>."
msgstr ""
"こちらは、 RAID 以外の、 サポートされている用途タイプのすべてに対して low-"
"level 精査を行う。 なお、 この B<--usages> オプションが役に立つのは、 B<--"
"probe> と一緒に使ったときだけである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:211 original/man8/mount.8:536
msgid "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<uuid>"
msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<uuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:213
msgid ""
"Look up the device that uses this filesystem I<uuid>. For more details see "
"the B<--label> option."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステム UUID に I<uuid> を使用しているデバイスを見つけ出す。 詳しい"
"ことは、 B<--label> オプションを参照のこと。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/blkid.8:224 original/man8/chcpu.8:95 original/man8/chmem.8:124
#: original/man8/findfs.8:83 original/man8/findmnt.8:303
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:74 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:136
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:108 original/man8/hwclock.8:534
#: original/man8/isosize.8:61 original/man8/losetup.8:177
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:214 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:82
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:110 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:113
#: original/man8/mount.8:2258 original/man8/swapon.8:148
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:53 original/man8/zramctl.8:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "終了ステータス"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:227
msgid ""
"If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option B<--"
"match-token>) was found and it\\(cqs possible to gather any information "
"about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option B<--match-"
"tag> filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
msgstr ""
"指定されたデバイス、 または (B<--match-token> オプションで) 指定されたトーク"
"ンによって作業の対象になったデバイスが見つかり、 しかもそのデバイスについて何"
"らかの情報が収集できたときは、 終了ステータス 0 を返す。 なお、 オプション "
"B<--match-tag> は、 出力するタグの限定はするが、 終了ステータスには影響を及ぼ"
"さない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:229
msgid ""
"If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
"identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
"identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
msgstr ""
"指定されたトークンが見つからなかった場合、 指定されたデバイスが一つも見つから"
"なかった場合、 それにデバイスの識別名やデバイスの内容について情報が全く収集で"
"きなかった場合は、 終了ステータス 2 を返す。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:231
msgid "For usage or other errors, an exit status of 4 is returned."
msgstr "使用法の誤りなどに対しては、 終了ステータス 4 を返す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:233
msgid ""
"If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (B<-"
"p>), an exit status of 8 is returned."
msgstr ""
"low-level 精査モード (B<-p>) で矛盾した検査結果が出たときは、 終了ステータス "
"8 を返す。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/blkid.8:233
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
msgstr "設定ファイル"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:236
msgid ""
"The standard location of the I</etc/blkid.conf> config file can be "
"overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_CONF>. The following options "
"control the libblkid library:"
msgstr ""
"標準の設定ファイルは I</etc/blkid.conf> であるが、 この位置は、 環境変数 "
"B<BLKID_CONF> によって変更することができる。 以下に挙げる設定項目は、 "
"libblkid ライブラリを制御している。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:238
msgid "I<SEND_UEVENT=E<lt>yes|notE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<SEND_UEVENT=E<lt>yes|notE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:240
msgid ""
"Sends uevent when I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> symlink "
"does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
"Default is \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
"I</dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/> にあるシンボリックリンク"
"が、 デバイスの LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, PARTLABEL と一致していない場合に、 "
"uevent を送出する。 デフォルトは \"yes\" である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:243
msgid "I<CACHE_FILE=E<lt>pathE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<CACHE_FILE=E<lt>pathE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:245
msgid ""
"Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
"overridden by the environment variable B<BLKID_FILE>. Default is I</run/"
"blkid/blkid.tab>, or I</etc/blkid.tab> on systems without a I</run> "
"directory."
msgstr ""
"キャッシュファイルの位置を標準から変更する。 この設定は、 環境変数 "
"B<BLKID_FILE> によって上書きすることができる。 デフォルトは、 普通 I</run/"
"blkid/blkid.tab> であるが、 I</run> ディレクトのないシステムでは I</etc/"
"blkid.tab> である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:248
msgid "I<EVALUATE=E<lt>methodsE<gt>>"
msgstr "I<EVALUATE=E<lt>methodsE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:250
msgid ""
"Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
"supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
"specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
"method uses udev I</dev/disk/by-*> symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans "
"all block devices from the I</proc/partitions> file."
msgstr ""
"LABEL や UUID からデバイスを特定するためのメソッド (LABEL and UUID "
"evaluation method) を指定する。 現在のところ、 libblkid ライブラリは、 \"udev"
"\" と \"scan\" という二つのメソッドをサポートしている。 一つ以上のメソッド"
"を、 カンマで区切ったリスト形式で指定してもよい。 デフォルトは、 \"udev,scan"
"\" である。 \"udev\" メソッドが、 I</dev/disk/by-*> にある udev のシンボリッ"
"クリンクを使用するのに対して、 \"scan\" メソッドは、 ファイル I</proc/"
"partitions> にあるブロックデバイスをすべてスキャンする。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/blkid.8:251 original/man8/cfdisk.8:187
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:272 original/man8/findfs.8:99
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:308 original/man8/fsck.8:190
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:547 original/man8/losetup.8:183
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:235 original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:107
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:126 original/man8/mount.8:2312
#: original/man8/partx.8:170 original/man8/sfdisk.8:595
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:76 original/man8/swaplabel.8:63
#: original/man8/swapon.8:191 original/man8/umount.8:184
#: original/man8/vipw.8:51 original/man8/wipefs.8:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "環境変数"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:254
msgid "Setting I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> enables debug output."
msgstr "I<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all> と設定すると、 デバッグ出力が有効になる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:257
msgid ""
"B<blkid> was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore "
"Ts\\(cqo and Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> は libblkid のために Andreas Dilger によって書かれ、 Theodore Ts"
"\\(cqo と Karel Zak によって改良された。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:263
msgid "B<libblkid>(3), B<findfs>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<wipefs>(8)"
msgstr "B<libblkid>(3), B<findfs>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<wipefs>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkid.8:270
msgid ""
"The B<blkid> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<blkid> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLKZONE"
msgstr "BLKZONE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:32
msgid "blkzone - run zone command on a device"
msgstr "blkzone - デバイスに対する zone コマンド実行"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:35
msgid "B<blkzone> I<command> [options] I<device>"
msgstr "B<blkzone> I<command> [options] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:38
msgid ""
"B<blkzone> is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned "
"Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to "
"operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options."
msgstr ""
"B<blkzone> は、 ゾーンブロックコマンド (Zoned Block Commands; ZBC) またはゾー"
"ンデバイス ATA コマンド (Zoned-device ATA Commands; ZAC) をサポートするデバイ"
"スにおいて、ゾーンコマンドを実行するために用いられる。 操作対象となるゾーン"
"は、 offset, count, length の各オプションを用いて指定される。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:40 original/man8/blockdev.8:68
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:79 original/man8/rfkill.8:78
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMANDS"
msgstr "コマンド"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "report"
msgstr "report"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:44
msgid ""
"The command B<blkzone report> is used to report device zone information."
msgstr "コマンド B<blkzone report> はデバイスのゾーン情報表示に用いられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:46
msgid ""
"By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
"device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
"zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトでこのコマンドは、 ブロックデバイスの先頭から始まるゾーンをすべて表"
"示する。 オプションを指定すればこの動作は変更することができ、 以降に示すよう"
"に、 開始ゾーンや表示サイズを変更することができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:48
msgid "Report output:"
msgstr "レポート出力"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:52 original/man8/blkzone.8:55
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:59 original/man8/blkzone.8:62
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:66 original/man8/blkzone.8:69
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:73 original/man8/blkzone.8:76
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:80 original/man8/blkzone.8:83
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:87 original/man8/blkzone.8:90
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:94 original/man8/blkzone.8:97
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:101 original/man8/blkzone.8:104
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:115 original/man8/blkzone.8:118
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:122 original/man8/blkzone.8:125
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:129 original/man8/blkzone.8:132
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:136 original/man8/blkzone.8:139
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:143 original/man8/blkzone.8:146
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:150 original/man8/blkzone.8:153
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:157 original/man8/blkzone.8:160
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:164 original/man8/blkzone.8:167
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:171 original/man8/blkzone.8:174
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:48 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:51
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:55 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:58
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:62 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:65
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:69 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:72
#: original/man8/mount.8:891 original/man8/mount.8:894
#: original/man8/mount.8:898 original/man8/mount.8:901
#: original/man8/mount.8:905 original/man8/mount.8:908
#: original/man8/mount.8:912 original/man8/mount.8:915
#: original/man8/mount.8:919 original/man8/mount.8:922
#: original/man8/mount.8:926 original/man8/mount.8:929
#: original/man8/mount.8:933 original/man8/mount.8:936
#: original/man8/mount.8:940 original/man8/mount.8:943
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:68 original/man8/rtcwake.8:71
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:75 original/man8/rtcwake.8:78
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:82 original/man8/rtcwake.8:85
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:89 original/man8/rtcwake.8:92
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:96 original/man8/rtcwake.8:99
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:103 original/man8/rtcwake.8:106
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:110 original/man8/rtcwake.8:113
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:117 original/man8/rtcwake.8:120
#, no-wrap
msgid ".sp\n"
msgstr ".sp\n"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:54
#, no-wrap
msgid "start"
msgstr "start"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "Zone start sector"
msgstr "ゾーン開始セクター"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "len"
msgstr "len"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "Zone length in number of sectors"
msgstr "セクター数単位のゾーン長さ"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "cap"
msgstr "cap"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "Zone capacity in number of sectors"
msgstr "セクター数単位のゾーン容量"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "wptr"
msgstr "wptr"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:78
#, no-wrap
msgid "Zone write pointer position"
msgstr "ゾーンの書き込みポインター位置"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:82 original/man8/blkzone.8:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "reset"
msgstr "reset"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "Reset write pointer recommended"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "non-seq"
msgstr "non-seq"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "Non-sequential write resources active"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "cond"
msgstr "cond"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "Zone condition"
msgstr "ゾーン条件"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "type"
msgstr "type"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "Zone type"
msgstr "ゾーンタイプ"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:111
msgid "Zone conditions:"
msgstr "ゾーン条件"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:117
#, no-wrap
msgid "cl"
msgstr "cl"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:120
#, no-wrap
msgid "Closed"
msgstr "Closed"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "nw"
msgstr "nw"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "Not write pointer"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:131
#, no-wrap
msgid "em"
msgstr "em"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "Empty"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:138
#, no-wrap
msgid "fu"
msgstr "fu"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:141
#, no-wrap
msgid "Full"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "oe"
msgstr "oe"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "Explicitly opened"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:152
#, no-wrap
msgid "oi"
msgstr "oi"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "Implicitly opened"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "ol"
msgstr "ol"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "Offline"
msgstr "オフライン (offline)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:166
#, no-wrap
msgid "ro"
msgstr "ro"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "Read only"
msgstr "読み込み専用 (read only)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:173
#, no-wrap
msgid "x?"
msgstr "x?"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "Reserved conditions (should not be reported)"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "capacity"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:182
msgid ""
"The command B<blkzone capacity> is used to report device capacity "
"information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:184
msgid ""
"By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
"zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
"changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:187
msgid ""
"The command B<blkzone reset> is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
"B<sg_reset_wp>(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset "
"a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "open"
msgstr "open"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:190
msgid ""
"The command B<blkzone open> is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
"Unlike B<sg_zone>(8), open action, this command operates from the block "
"layer and can open a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:190
#, no-wrap
msgid "close"
msgstr "close"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:193
msgid ""
"The command B<blkzone close> is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
"B<sg_zone>(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
"can close a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:193
#, no-wrap
msgid "finish"
msgstr "finish"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:196
msgid ""
"The command B<blkzone finish> is used to finish (transition to full "
"condition) one or more zones. Unlike B<sg_zone>(8), finish action, this "
"command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:198
msgid ""
"By default, the B<reset>, B<open>, B<close> and B<finish> commands will "
"operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options "
"may be used to modify this behavior as explained below."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトで B<reset>, B<open>, B<close>, B<finish> の書くコマンドは、 デバイ"
"スセクター 0 のゾーンから処理を開始して、 すべてのゾーンについて処理を行う。 "
"オプションを用いればその動作を変更できる。 これについては後述する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:201
msgid ""
"The I<offset> and I<length> option arguments may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
"specify I<offset> and I<length> in hex."
msgstr ""
"引数 I<offset> と I<length> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数"
"を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様"
"である。 (\"iB\" をつけるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ"
"意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサフィックスをつ"
"けてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:203
msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<sector>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<sector>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:205
msgid ""
"The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
"sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
"is zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:208
msgid "B<-l>, B<--length> I<sectors>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--length> I<sectors>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:210
msgid ""
"The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
"value is the number of sectors remaining after I<offset>. This option cannot "
"be used together with the option B<--count>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:213
msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<count>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--count> I<count>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:215
msgid ""
"The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
"is the number of zones starting from I<offset>. This option cannot be used "
"together with the option B<--length>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:220
msgid ""
"Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:225
msgid ""
"Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
"reset."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:243
msgid "B<sg_rep_zones>(8)"
msgstr "B<sg_rep_zones>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blkzone.8:250
msgid ""
"The B<blkzone> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<blkzone> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLOCKDEV"
msgstr "BLOCKDEV"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:32
msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
msgstr "blockdev - コマンドラインからブロックデバイスの ioctl を呼び出す"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:35
msgid ""
"B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>...] I<device> "
"[I<device>...]"
msgstr ""
"B<blockdev> [B<-q>] [B<-v>] I<command> [I<command>...] I<device> "
"[I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:37
msgid "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<blockdev> B<--report> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:39
msgid "B<blockdev> B<-h>|B<-V>"
msgstr "B<blockdev> B<-h>|B<-V>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:42
msgid ""
"The utility B<blockdev> allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
"command line."
msgstr ""
"B<blockdev> ユーティリティを使えば、 コマンドラインからブロックデバイスの "
"ioctl を呼び出すことができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:45
msgid "B<-q>"
msgstr "B<-q>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:47
msgid "Be quiet."
msgstr "メッセージを出力しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:50 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:52
msgid "B<-v>"
msgstr "B<-v>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:52 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:105
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:214 original/man8/setarch.8:61
#: original/man8/swapon.8:137
msgid "Be verbose."
msgstr "詳細に表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:55
msgid "B<--report>"
msgstr "B<--report>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:57
msgid ""
"Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
"devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in I</proc/partitions> "
"are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
"指定したデバイスの情報を表示する。 複数のデバイスを指定することもできる。 何"
"も指定しない場合は、 I</proc/partitions> に記載されているすべてのデバイスが表"
"示される。 パーティションの開始セクター (StartSec) は 512-byte セクターによる"
"表示である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:71
msgid "It is possible to give multiple devices and multiple commands."
msgstr "デバイスもコマンドも複数指定できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:73
msgid "B<--flushbufs>"
msgstr "B<--flushbufs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:75
msgid "Flush buffers."
msgstr "バッファをフラッシュする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:78
msgid "B<--getalignoff>"
msgstr "B<--getalignoff>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:80
msgid "Get alignment offset."
msgstr "アラインメントオフセット (alignment offset) を取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:83
msgid "B<--getbsz>"
msgstr "B<--getbsz>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:85
msgid ""
"Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It"
"\\(cqs the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
"example) by filesystem driver on mount."
msgstr ""
"ブロックサイズをバイト単位で表示する。 このサイズが示しているのは、 デバイス"
"のトポロジーではない。 これは、 カーネルによって内部的に使用されるサイズであ"
"り、 マウント時に (たとえば) ファイルシステムドライバーによって変更されること"
"もある。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:88
msgid "B<--getdiscardzeroes>"
msgstr "B<--getdiscardzeroes>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:90
msgid "Get discard zeroes support status."
msgstr "discard zeroes サポートの状態を取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:93
msgid "B<--getfra>"
msgstr "B<--getfra>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:95
msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムの先読み (readahead) の大きさを 512 バイトセクター単位で取得"
"する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:98
msgid "B<--getiomin>"
msgstr "B<--getiomin>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:100
msgid "Get minimum I/O size."
msgstr "最小 I/O サイズを取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:103
msgid "B<--getioopt>"
msgstr "B<--getioopt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:105
msgid "Get optimal I/O size."
msgstr "最適 I/O サイズを取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:108
msgid "B<--getmaxsect>"
msgstr "B<--getmaxsect>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:110
msgid "Get max sectors per request."
msgstr "1 リクエストあたりの最大セクター数を取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:113
msgid "B<--getpbsz>"
msgstr "B<--getpbsz>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:115
msgid "Get physical block (sector) size."
msgstr "物理ブロック (セクター) サイズを取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:118
msgid "B<--getra>"
msgstr "B<--getra>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:120
msgid "Print readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "先読みの大きさを (512 バイトセクター単位で) 表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:123
msgid "B<--getro>"
msgstr "B<--getro>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:125
msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
msgstr ""
"読み込み専用か否かを検出する。 デバイスが読み込み専用ならば 1 を、 さもなけれ"
"ば 0 を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:128
msgid "B<--getsize64>"
msgstr "B<--getsize64>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:130
msgid "Print device size in bytes."
msgstr "デバイスのサイズをバイト単位で表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:133
msgid "B<--getsize>"
msgstr "B<--getsize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:135
msgid ""
"Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the B<--"
"getsz> option."
msgstr ""
"デバイスのサイズをセクター単位で表示する (32 ビットまでしか対応していな"
"い！)。 これは非推奨であり、 B<--getsz> オプションを使った方がよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:138
msgid "B<--getss>"
msgstr "B<--getss>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:140
msgid "Print logical sector size in bytes - usually 512."
msgstr "論理セクターサイズをバイト単位で表示する。 通常は 512 バイトである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:143
msgid "B<--getsz>"
msgstr "B<--getsz>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:145
msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr "デバイスのサイズを 512 バイトセクター単位で取得する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:148
msgid "B<--rereadpt>"
msgstr "B<--rereadpt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:150
msgid "Reread partition table"
msgstr "パーティションテーブルの再読み込みを行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:153
msgid "B<--setbsz> I<bytes>"
msgstr "B<--setbsz> I<bytes>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:155
msgid ""
"Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
"descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
"persists for as long as B<blockdev> has the device open, and is lost once "
"B<blockdev> exits."
msgstr ""
"ブロックサイズを設定する。 なお、 このブロックサイズは、 ブロックデバイスを"
"オープンしている現在のファイルディスクリプターに限定されたものである。 そのた"
"め、 ブロックサイズの変更は B<blockdev> がデバイスをオープンしている間だけ続"
"き、 blockdev が終了すると失われる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:158
msgid "B<--setfra> I<sectors>"
msgstr "B<--setfra> I<sectors>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:160
msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as B<--setra> on 2.6 kernels)."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムの先読みの大きさを設定する (2.6 カーネルの B<--setra> と同"
"様)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:163
msgid "B<--setra> I<sectors>"
msgstr "B<--setra> I<sectors>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:165
msgid "Set readahead (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "先読みの大きさを (512 バイトセクター単位で) 設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:168
msgid "B<--setro>"
msgstr "B<--setro>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:170
msgid ""
"Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
"by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
"will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
msgstr ""
"読み込み専用に設定する。 デバイスへの現在のアクティブなアクセスは、 この変更"
"の影響を受けないかもしれない。 たとえば、 既に読み書きモードでマウントされて"
"いるファイルシステムは、 影響を受けない。 変更は再マウント後に適用される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:173
msgid "B<--setrw>"
msgstr "B<--setrw>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:175
msgid "Set read-write."
msgstr "読み書き可に設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:179
msgid ""
"B<blockdev> was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
"blockdev を書いたのは Andries E. Brouwer であり、 それを Karel Zak が書き直し"
"た。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/blockdev.8:186
msgid ""
"The B<blockdev> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<blockdev> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "CFDISK"
msgstr "CFDISK"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:32
msgid "cfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
msgstr "cfdisk - ディスクパーティションテーブルの表示や操作を行う"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:35
msgid "B<cfdisk> [options] [I<device>]"
msgstr "B<cfdisk> [options] [I<device>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:38
msgid ""
"B<cfdisk> is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The "
"default device is I</dev/sda>."
msgstr ""
"B<cfdisk> は、 ブロックデバイスのパーティション操作を行う、 curses ベースのプ"
"ログラムである。 デフォルトのデバイスは I</dev/sda> である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:40
msgid ""
"Note that B<cfdisk> provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
"friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use B<fdisk>(8) instead."
msgstr ""
"ここで B<cfdisk> は、 パーティション操作の基本的な機能をわかりやすいインター"
"フェースで提供するものである。 より高度な機能が必要な場合は、 代わりに "
"B<fdisk>(8) を使用すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:42
msgid ""
"All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
"unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
"the write command."
msgstr ""
"ディスクラベルの変更は、 メモリ内においてのみ行われるので、 変更内容を書き込"
"むまでは、ディスクは変更されないままである。 write コマンドの利用時には注意す"
"ること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:44
msgid ""
"Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""
"B<cfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.25 以来、 MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN, SGI のディスクラベ"
"ルをサポートしているが、 CHS (シリンダー/ヘッド/セクター) によるアドレシング"
"の機能はもはや提供していない。 CHS が Linux にとって重要だったことは一度もな"
"かったし、 このアドレシング方法は、 最近のデバイスでは全く無意味なのである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:46
msgid ""
"Since version 2.25 B<cfdisk> also does not provide a \\(aqprint\\(aq command "
"any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities B<partx>(8) and "
"B<lsblk>(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
msgstr ""
"B<cfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.25 以来、 \\(aqprint\\(aq コマンドももう提供して"
"いない。 その機能は、 B<partx>(8) や B<lsblk>(8) といったユーティリティによっ"
"て、 ごく使いやすく、 機能的にも豊富な形で提供されている。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:48
msgid ""
"If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use B<wipefs>(8)."
msgstr ""
"デバイスから古いパーティションテーブルを消去したい場合は、 B<wipefs>(8) を使"
"用するとよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:61
msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:63
msgid ""
"Colorize the output. The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, B<never> "
"or B<always>. If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<auto>. "
"The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see B<--help> "
"output. See also the B<COLORS> section."
msgstr ""
"出力をカラー表示にする。 指定が任意の引数 I<when> には B<auto>, B<never>, "
"B<always> が使える。 引数 I<when> を省略すると、 デフォルトの B<auto> にな"
"る。 カラー表示は無効にすることもできる。 プログラムに埋め込まれた現在のデ"
"フォルトが有効か無効かを知りたければ、 B<--help> の出力を見ればよい。 B<カ"
"ラー表示> セクションも参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:66 original/man8/fdisk.8:93
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:68 original/man8/mkswap.8:76
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:227 original/man8/wipefs.8:75
msgid "B<--lock>[=I<mode>]"
msgstr "B<--lock>[=I<mode>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:68 original/man8/fdisk.8:95
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:70 original/man8/mkswap.8:78
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:229
msgid ""
"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
"I<mode> can be B<yes>, B<no> (or 1 and 0) or B<nonblock>. If the I<mode> "
"argument is omitted, it defaults to B<yes>. This option overwrites "
"environment variable B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. The default is not to use any "
"lock at all, but it\\(cqs recommended to avoid collisions with B<systemd-"
"udevd>(8) or other tools."
msgstr ""
"操作するデバイスやファイルに対して、 排他 BSD ロックを用いる。 I<mode> は任意"
"の引数であり、 B<yes>,  B<no> (あるいは 1 か 0) または B<nonblock> の指定が可"
"能である。 I<mode> 引数が省略された場合、 そのデフォルトは B<yes> である。 こ"
"のオプションは、 環境変数 B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE> を上書きする。 デフォルト"
"は、 ロックを一切利用しない。 ただし B<systemd-udevd>(8) や他のツールを用いる"
"際の衝突は避けることが推奨される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:71 original/man8/losetup.8:131
#: original/man8/mount.8:477 original/man8/umount.8:124
msgid "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--read-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:73
msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
msgstr "読み込み専用モードで開く。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:76
msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zero>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:78
msgid ""
"Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
"the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
"without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
"create a new partition table from scratch or from an B<sfdisk>(8)-compatible "
"script."
msgstr ""
"メモリ中の 0 で初期化されたパーティションテーブルに対して作業を開始する。 こ"
"のオプションは、 ディスク上のパーティションテーブルを 0 で初期化するわけでは"
"ない。 そうではなくて、 既存のパーティションテーブルを読み込まずに、 プログラ"
"ムを起動するだけである。 このオプションを使用すれば、 白紙の状態から新しい"
"パーティションテーブルを作成できるし、 B<sfdisk>(8) 互換のスクリプトを使って"
"新しいパーティションテーブルを作ることもできる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:82
msgid ""
"The commands for B<cfdisk> can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
"(pressing I<Enter> after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of "
"the available commands:"
msgstr ""
"B<cfdisk> のコマンドは、 対応するキーを押すことで入力することができる (コマン"
"ドのキーに続けて、 I<Enter> を押す必要はない)。 使用できるコマンドのリストを"
"挙げておく。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:84
msgid "B<b>"
msgstr "B<b>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:86
msgid ""
"Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
"which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
"available for all partition label types."
msgstr ""
"選択しているパーティションのブート可能フラグの有効/無効を切り換える。 このコ"
"マンドを使えば、 ディスクドライブ上のどの基本パーティション (primary "
"partition) をブート可能にするかを選択できる。 このコマンドは、 パーティション"
"のラベルのタイプによっては、 使えないかもしれない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:89
msgid "B<d>"
msgstr "B<d>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:91
msgid ""
"Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
"free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
"current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
"unusable cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""
"選択しているパーティションを削除する。 このコマンドは、 選択しているパーティ"
"ションを空き領域に変更し、 そのパーティションのすぐ前後に空き領域があれば、 "
"それとひとつに結合する。 パーティションにすでに空き領域、 あるいは使用不可の"
"指標がついている場合は、 削除できない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:94
msgid "B<h>"
msgstr "B<h>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:96
msgid "Show the help screen."
msgstr "ヘルプ画面を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:99
msgid "B<n>"
msgstr "B<n>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:101
msgid ""
"Create a new partition from free space. B<cfdisk> then prompts you for the "
"size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
"entire available free space at the current position."
msgstr ""
"空き領域から新しいパーティションを作成する。 B<cfdisk> はその際、 作成したい"
"パーティションのサイズを問い合わせてくる。 デフォルトのサイズは、 現在位置か"
"ら利用できる空き領域のすべてである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:103
msgid ""
"The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
"optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
"サイズの後ろには、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサフィック"
"スをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使える (\"iB\" "
"を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味である)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:106
msgid "B<q>"
msgstr "B<q>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:108
msgid ""
"Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
"disk."
msgstr ""
"プログラムを中止する。 このコマンドは、 ディスクにデータを全く書き込むことな"
"く、 プログラムを終了させる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:111
msgid "B<r>"
msgstr "B<r>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:113
msgid ""
"Reduce or enlarge the current partition. B<cfdisk> then prompts you for the "
"new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
"marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
"現在のパーティションを縮小または拡張する。 B<cfdisk>は、 新たなパーティション"
"サイズの入力を求めてくる。 デフォルトサイズは、 現在のサイズである。 フリース"
"ペース (free space) または利用不可 (unusable) として印がつけられているパー"
"ティションは、 サイズ変更することはできない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:115
msgid ""
"B<Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
"partition.>"
msgstr ""
"B<なお、 パーティションサイズを縮小すると、 そのパーティション内のデータを破"
"壊することがあるため注意すること。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:118
msgid "B<s>"
msgstr "B<s>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:120
msgid ""
"Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
"adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
"longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
msgstr ""
"パーティションをその開始セクターが昇順になるようにソートする。 パーティション"
"の削除と追加を行っていると、 パーティションの番号が、 ディスク上の順番と一致"
"しなくなるということが起きがちである。 このコマンドは、 その一致を修復する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:123
msgid "B<t>"
msgstr "B<t>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:125
msgid ""
"Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as "
"I<Linux> partitions."
msgstr ""
"パーティションのタイプを変更する。 デフォルトでは、 新規パーティションは "
"I<Linux> パーティション (Linux filesystem) として作成される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:128
msgid "B<u>"
msgstr "B<u>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:130
msgid ""
"Dump the current in-memory partition table to an B<sfdisk>(8)-compatible "
"script file."
msgstr ""
"現在メモリ中にあるパーティションテーブルを B<sfdisk>(8) 互換のスクリプトファ"
"イルにダンプする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:132
msgid ""
"The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>(8) B<sfdisk>(8) "
"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
msgstr ""
"このスクリプトファイルは、 B<cfdisk>, B<fdisk>, B<sfdisk> などの libfdisk ア"
"プリケーション間で互換である。 詳細については、 B<sfdisk>(8) を参照していただ"
"きたい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:134
msgid ""
"It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into B<cfdisk> if there is no "
"partition table on the device or when you start B<cfdisk> with the B<--zero> "
"command-line option."
msgstr ""
"デバイス上にパーティションテーブルが存在しない場合や、 B<cfdisk> にコマンドラ"
"インオプション B<--zero> をつけて起動した場合には、 sfdisk のスクリプトを "
"B<cfdisk> にロードすることも可能である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:137
msgid "B<W>"
msgstr "B<W>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:139
msgid ""
"Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
"this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
"write by entering `yes\\(aq or `no\\(aq. If you enter `yes\\(aq, B<cfdisk> "
"will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read "
"the partition table from the disk."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルをディスクに書き込む (大文字の W を入力しなければならな"
"い)。 このコマンドは、 ディスク上のデータを破壊することになるかもしれないの"
"で、 書き込みを承認するか、 否認するかを、 'yes\\(aq または 'no\\(aq と打ち込"
"んで明らかにしなければならない。 'yes\\(aq と打ち込んだ場合は、 B<cfdisk> は"
"パーティションテーブルをディスクに書き込んでから、 カーネルに対してディスクか"
"らパーティションテーブルを再読み込みするように指示を出す。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:141
msgid ""
"The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
"you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
"B<partprobe>(8) or B<partx>(8), or by rebooting the system."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルの再読み込みは常に成功するとはかぎらない。 うまく行かな"
"かった場合には、 B<partprobe>(8) や B<partx>(8) を使うなり、 システムをリブー"
"トするなりして、 新しいパーティション情報をカーネルに教えてやる必要がある。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:144
msgid "B<x>"
msgstr "B<x>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:146
msgid "Toggle extra information about a partition."
msgstr "パーティションについて追加情報の表示/不表示を切り換える。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:149
msgid "I<Up Arrow>, I<Down Arrow>"
msgstr "I<上矢印キー>, I<下矢印キー>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:151
msgid ""
"Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
"partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
"(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
"partition displayed on the screen."
msgstr ""
"カーソルを前の、 または次のパーティションに移動する。 ひとつの画面に表示し切"
"れないほどのパーティションがあるときは、 画面に表示されている最後の (最初の) "
"パーティションの位置で、 カーソルを下に (上に) 動かせば、 パーティションの次"
"の (前の) 一団を表示することができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:154
msgid "I<Left Arrow>, I<Right Arrow>"
msgstr "I<左矢印キー>, I<右矢印キー>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:156
msgid ""
"Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting I<Enter> will execute "
"the currently selected item."
msgstr ""
"前の、 または次のメニュー項目を選択する。 I<Enter> を押すと、 現在選択してい"
"る項目が実行されることになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:159
msgid ""
"All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
"(except for B<W>rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
"I<Esc> key to return to the main menu."
msgstr ""
"すべてのコマンドの入力は、 (ディスクに書き込む B<W> を除いて) 大文字でも、 小"
"文字でももよい。 サブメニューにいるときや、 プロンプトが出ているときは、 "
"I<Esc> キーを押せば、 メインメニューに戻ることができる。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:159 original/man8/fdisk.8:224
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:552
#, no-wrap
msgid "COLORS"
msgstr "カラー表示"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:163 original/man8/fdisk.8:228
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:556
msgid ""
"The output colorization is implemented by B<terminal-colors.d>(5) "
"functionality.  Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
msgstr ""
"カラー出力は B<terminal-colors.d>(5) の機能により実現されている。 自動的なカ"
"ラー表示は、 以下の空ファイルを用意することで無効にできる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:167
msgid "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable>"
msgstr "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:172
msgid "for the B<cfdisk> command or for all tools by"
msgstr ""
"これは B<cfdisk> コマンドに対してのみであり、 ツール全体に対しては以下のファ"
"イルを用いる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:176 original/man8/fdisk.8:241
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:569
msgid "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/disable>"
msgstr "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/disable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:182 original/man8/fdisk.8:247
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:575
msgid ""
"The user-specific I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d> or I<$HOME/.config/"
"terminal-colors.d> overrides the global setting."
msgstr ""
"ユーザー固有の指定 I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d> または I<$HOME/."
"config/terminal-colors.d> は、 グローバル設定を上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:185 original/man8/fdisk.8:250
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:578
msgid ""
"Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this "
"case I<terminal-colors.d> directories do not have to exist yet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:187
msgid ""
"B<cfdisk> does not support color customization with a color-scheme file."
msgstr ""
"B<cfdisk> は、 カラースキームファイルによるカラー表示のカスタマイズに対応して"
"いない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:190
msgid "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<CFDISK_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:192
msgid "enables cfdisk debug output."
msgstr "cfdisk のデバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:195 original/man8/fdisk.8:280
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:603
msgid "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<LIBFDISK_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:197 original/man8/fdisk.8:282
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:605
msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
msgstr "libfdisk デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:200 original/man8/fdisk.8:285
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:243 original/man8/mount.8:2330
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:608 original/man8/swapon.8:199
msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:202 original/man8/fdisk.8:287
#: original/man8/findfs.8:104 original/man8/fsck.8:217
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:131 original/man8/partx.8:175
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:610 original/man8/swaplabel.8:68
msgid "enables libblkid debug output."
msgstr "libblkid デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:205 original/man8/fdisk.8:290
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:326 original/man8/lsblk.8:253
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:613
msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:207 original/man8/fdisk.8:292
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:615
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
msgstr "libsmartcols デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:210 original/man8/fdisk.8:295
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:331 original/man8/lsblk.8:258
msgid "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"
msgstr "B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING>=on"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:212
msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled B<LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG>."
msgstr ""
"目に見える埋め文字 (padding characters) を使用する。 LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG を有"
"効にしておく必要がある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:215 original/man8/fdisk.8:300
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:618
msgid "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
msgstr "B<LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>=E<lt>modeE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:217 original/man8/fdisk.8:302
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:112 original/man8/mkswap.8:136
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:620 original/man8/wipefs.8:135
msgid ""
"use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See B<--lock> for more "
"details."
msgstr ""
"排他 BSD ロックを用いる。 モードには \"1\" または \"0\" がある。 詳しくは "
"B<--lock> を参照のこと。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:223
msgid ""
"The current B<cfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<cfdisk> from"
msgstr ""
"現在の B<sfdisk> の実装は、 最初の B<sfdisk> を元にしている。 作者は以下であ"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:231
msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"
msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/cfdisk.8:238
msgid ""
"The B<cfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<cfdisk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHCPU"
msgstr "CHCPU"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:32
msgid "chcpu - configure CPUs"
msgstr "chcpu - CPU を設定する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:35
msgid "B<chcpu> B<-c>|B<-d>|B<-e>|B<-g> I<cpu-list>"
msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-c>|B<-d>|B<-e>|B<-g> I<cpu-list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:37
msgid "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"
msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-p> I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:39
msgid "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
msgstr "B<chcpu> B<-r>|B<-h>|B<-V>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:42
msgid ""
"B<chcpu> can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan "
"for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching I<mode> of the underlying "
"hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs "
"to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
msgstr ""
"B<chcpu> は CPU の状態を修正する。 CPU の有効無効を指定し、 新たな CPU のス"
"キャン、 ハイパーバイザーのディスパッチ I<mode> の変更、 ハイパーバイザーから"
"の CPU の要求 (設定)、 ハイパーバイザーへの CPU の返却 (設定解除) を行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:44
msgid ""
"Some options have a I<cpu-list> argument. Use this argument to specify a "
"comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
"or ranges of addresses. For example, B<0,5,7,9-11> makes the command "
"applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
msgstr ""
"オプションの中には、 引数 I<cpu-list> を取るものがある。 この引数は、 CPU を"
"カンマ区切りで指定する。 このリストでは、 CPU アドレスを個々に指定するか、 ア"
"ドレスの範囲を指定する。 たとえば B<0,5,7,9-11> と指定すると、 このコマンドに"
"おいて CPU アドレス 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 を指定することになる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:47
msgid "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<cpu-list>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--configure> I<cpu-list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:49
msgid ""
"Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
"takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
"which your kernel runs."
msgstr ""
"指定された CPU の設定を行う。 CPU の設定とは、 ハイパーバイザーが CPU プール"
"の中から 1 つの CPU を取り出して、 稼働しているカーネル上の仮想ハードウェアに"
"対して割り当てることを意味する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:52
msgid "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<cpu-list>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable> I<cpu-list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:54
msgid ""
"Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
"offline."
msgstr ""
"指定された CPU を無効化する。 CPU の無効化とは、 カーネルがその CPU をオフラ"
"インにすることである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:57
msgid "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<cpu-list>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable> I<cpu-list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:59
msgid ""
"Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
"online. A CPU must be configured, see B<-c>, before it can be enabled."
msgstr ""
"指定された CPU を有効化する。 CPU の有効化とは、 カーネルがその CPU をオンラ"
"インにすることである。 CPU を有効化するためには、 CPU を設定しなければならな"
"い。 B<-c> 参照。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:62
msgid "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<cpu-list>"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--deconfigure> I<cpu-list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:64
msgid ""
"Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
"hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
"instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see B<-"
"d>, before it can be deconfigured."
msgstr ""
"指定された CPU の設定解除を行う。 CPU の設定解除とは、 ハイパーバイザーが、 "
"稼働している Linux インスタンス上の仮想ハードウェアから CPU を削除することを"
"意味する。 削除された CPU は CPU プールに戻される。 CPU の設定解除を行うため"
"には、 CPU はオフラインでなければならない。 B<-d> 参照。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:67
msgid "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--dispatch> I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:69
msgid ""
"Set the CPU dispatching I<mode> (polarization). This option has an effect "
"only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
"Available I<modes> are:"
msgstr ""
"CPU ディスパッチの I<mode> (負荷分散化) を設定する。 このオプションが利用でき"
"るのは、 利用するハードウェアアーキテクチャーとハイパーバイザーが、 CPU 負荷"
"分散化 (polarization) をサポートしている場合のみである。 利用可能な I<mode> "
"は以下のとおり。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:71
msgid "B<horizontal>"
msgstr "B<horizontal>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:73
msgid "The workload is spread across all available CPUs."
msgstr "利用可能な CPU すべてに対して負荷を分散する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:76
msgid "B<vertical>"
msgstr "B<vertical>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:78
msgid "The workload is concentrated on few CPUs."
msgstr "少数の CPU に負荷を集中させる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:82
msgid "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--rescan>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:84
msgid ""
"Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
"new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
"attached CPUs."
msgstr ""
"CPU の再スキャンを実行する。 再スキャンをすることで、 Linux カーネルは新たな "
"CPU を認識する。 新たに追加した CPU の自動検出ができないシステムでは、 このオ"
"プションを利用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:98
msgid "B<chcpu> has the following exit status values:"
msgstr "B<chcpu> が用いる終了ステータス値は以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:100 original/man8/chmem.8:129
#: original/man8/findfs.8:86 original/man8/fsck.8:44
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:77 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:141
#: original/man8/isosize.8:64 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:113
#: original/man8/mount.8:2263 original/man8/swapon.8:153
msgid "B<0>"
msgstr "B<0>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:102 original/man8/chmem.8:131
#: original/man8/findfs.8:88 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:79
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:113 original/man8/isosize.8:66
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:219 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:115
#: original/man8/mount.8:2265 original/man8/swapon.8:155
msgid "success"
msgstr "成功。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:105 original/man8/chmem.8:134
#: original/man8/findfs.8:91 original/man8/fsck.8:49 original/man8/isosize.8:69
#: original/man8/mount.8:2268
msgid "B<1>"
msgstr "B<1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:107 original/man8/chmem.8:136
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:118 original/man8/lsblk.8:224
msgid "failure"
msgstr "失敗。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:110 original/man8/chmem.8:139
#: original/man8/isosize.8:79 original/man8/mount.8:2298
#: original/man8/swapon.8:183
msgid "B<64>"
msgstr "B<64>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:112 original/man8/chmem.8:141
msgid "partial success"
msgstr "部分的な成功。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:116 original/man8/rtcwake.8:240
#, no-wrap
msgid "COPYRIGHT"
msgstr "著作権"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:119
msgid "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"
msgstr "Copyright IBM Corp. 2011"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:122
msgid "B<lscpu>(1)"
msgstr "B<lscpu>(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chcpu.8:129
msgid ""
"The B<chcpu> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<chcpu> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/chmem.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHMEM"
msgstr "CHMEM"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:32
msgid "chmem - configure memory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:35
msgid ""
"B<chmem> [B<-h] [>-V*] [B<-v>] [B<-e>|B<-d>] [I<SIZE>|I<RANGE> B<-b> "
"I<BLOCKRANGE>] [B<-z> I<ZONE>]"
msgstr ""
"B<chmem> [B<-h] [>-V*] [B<-v>] [B<-e>|B<-d>] [I<SIZE>|I<RANGE> B<-b> "
"I<BLOCKRANGE>] [B<-z> I<ZONE>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:38
msgid ""
"The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
"offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:48
msgid ""
"Specify I<SIZE> as E<lt>sizeE<gt>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, E<lt>sizeE<gt> "
"specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, "
"E<lt>sizeE<gt> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). "
"The default unit is MiB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:59
msgid ""
"Specify I<RANGE> in the form 0xE<lt>startE<gt>-0xE<lt>endE<gt> as shown in "
"the output of the B<lsmem>(1) command. E<lt>startE<gt> is the hexadecimal "
"address of the first byte and E<lt>endE<gt> is the hexadecimal address of "
"the last byte in the memory range."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:70
msgid ""
"Specify I<BLOCKRANGE> in the form E<lt>firstE<gt>-E<lt>lastE<gt> or "
"E<lt>blockE<gt> as shown in the output of the B<lsmem>(1) command. "
"E<lt>firstE<gt> is the number of the first memory block and E<lt>lastE<gt> "
"is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a "
"single block can be specified. I<BLOCKRANGE> requires the B<--blocks> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:81
msgid ""
"Specify I<ZONE> as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
"B<lsmem -o +ZONES> command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
"for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
"currently belongs to the first zone. By default, B<chmem> will set memory "
"online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
"can be changed by specifying the B<--zone> option with another valid zone. "
"For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
"memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
"likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
"kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
"cache pages). Use the B<--help> option to see all available zones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:84
msgid ""
"I<SIZE> and I<RANGE> must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as "
"shown in the output of the B<lsmem>(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:86
msgid ""
"Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
"it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
"because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
"cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
"online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
"offline instead of the requested amount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:88
msgid ""
"When setting memory online B<chmem> starts with the lowest memory block "
"numbers. When setting memory offline B<chmem> starts with the highest memory "
"block numbers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:91
msgid "B<-b>, B<--blocks>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--blocks>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:93
msgid ""
"Use a I<BLOCKRANGE> parameter instead of I<RANGE> or I<SIZE> for the B<--"
"enable> and B<--disable> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:96
msgid "B<-d>, B<--disable>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--disable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:98
msgid ""
"Set the specified I<RANGE>, I<SIZE>, or I<BLOCKRANGE> of memory offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:101
msgid "B<-e>, B<--enable>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--enable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:103
msgid "Set the specified I<RANGE>, I<SIZE>, or I<BLOCKRANGE> of memory online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:106
msgid "B<-z>, B<--zone>"
msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zone>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:108
msgid ""
"Select the memory I<ZONE> where to set the specified I<RANGE>, I<SIZE>, or "
"I<BLOCKRANGE> of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
"online to the zone Movable, if possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:113
msgid ""
"Verbose mode. Causes B<chmem> to print debugging messages about it\\(cqs "
"progress."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:127
msgid "B<chmem> has the following exit status values:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:145
msgid "B<chmem --enable 1024>"
msgstr "B<chmem --enable 1024>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:147
msgid "This command requests 1024 MiB of memory to be set online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:150
msgid "B<chmem -e 2g>"
msgstr "B<chmem -e 2g>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:152
msgid "This command requests 2 GiB of memory to be set online."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:155
msgid "B<chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff>"
msgstr "B<chmem --disable 0x00000000e4000000-0x00000000f3ffffff>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:157
msgid ""
"This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
"ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:160
msgid "B<chmem -b -d 10>"
msgstr "B<chmem -b -d 10>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:162
msgid "This command requests the memory block number 10 to be set offline."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:166
msgid "B<lsmem>(1)"
msgstr "B<lsmem>(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/chmem.8:173
msgid ""
"The B<chmem> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<chmem> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "CTRLALTDEL"
msgstr "CTRLALTDEL"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:32
msgid "ctrlaltdel - set the function of the Ctrl-Alt-Del combination"
msgstr "ctrlaltdel - Ctrl-Alt-Del キーの機能を設定する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:35
msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:38
msgid ""
"Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear that "
"there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> sequence "
"can perform."
msgstr ""
"I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> コードにおける調査によると、 E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
"キーの組み合わせには 2 種類の機能がサポートされていることがわかる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:40
msgid "B<hard>"
msgstr "B<hard>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:42
msgid ""
"Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2) and without any "
"other preparation. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"B<sync>(2) の呼び出しを行わずに、 すぐにコンピューターを再起動する。 他に準備"
"処理は何も行わない。 これがデフォルトである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:45
msgid "B<soft>"
msgstr "B<soft>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:47
msgid ""
"Make the kernel send the B<SIGINT> (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
"(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
"B<init>(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
"B<init>(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
"for the version that you are currently using."
msgstr ""
"カーネルに対して B<SIGINT> (割り込み) シグナルを B<init> プロセス (プロセス "
"ID が必ず 1 であるもの) に送信するようにする。 このオプションを指定するな"
"ら、 B<init>(8) プログラムはこの機能をサポートしていなければならない。 Linux "
"コミュニティー内には B<init>(8) プログラムが数種類あるので、 現在利用している"
"バージョンに応じたドキュメントを参照すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:50
msgid ""
"When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
"setting."
msgstr "このコマンドを引数を与えずに実行すると、 現在の設定を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:52
msgid ""
"The function of B<ctrlaltdel> is usually set in the I</etc/rc.local> file."
msgstr ""
"B<ctrlaltdel> の機能は、 普通は I</etc/rc.local> ファイル内において設定され"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:66
msgid "I</etc/rc.local>"
msgstr "I</etc/rc.local>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:73
msgid "B<init>(8), B<systemd>(1)"
msgstr "B<init>(8), B<systemd>(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ctrlaltdel.8:80
msgid ""
"The B<ctrlaltdel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<ctrlaltdel> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/delpart.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "DELPART"
msgstr "DELPART"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/delpart.8:32
msgid "delpart - tell the kernel to forget about a partition"
msgstr "delpart - カーネルに対してパーティション情報の削除を通知する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/delpart.8:35
msgid "B<delpart> I<device partition>"
msgstr "B<delpart> I<device partition>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/delpart.8:38
msgid ""
"B<delpart> asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified I<partition> "
"(a number) on the specified I<device>. The command is a simple wrapper "
"around the \"del partition\" ioctl."
msgstr ""
"B<delpart> は Linux カーネルに対して、 指定された I<device> 上の、 指定された"
"パーティション (番号) の情報を削除するように通知する。 このコマンドは、 "
"\"del partition\" ioctl を用いる単純なラッパーである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/delpart.8:58
msgid "B<addpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
msgstr "B<addpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/delpart.8:65
msgid ""
"The B<delpart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<delpart> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FDFORMAT"
msgstr "FDFORMAT"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:32
msgid "fdformat - low-level format a floppy disk"
msgstr "fdformat - フロッピーディスクの低レベルフォーマットを行う"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:35
msgid "B<fdformat> [options] I<device>"
msgstr "B<fdformat> [options] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:38
msgid ""
"B<fdformat> does a low-level format on a floppy disk. I<device> is usually "
"one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is "
"shown for informational purposes only):"
msgstr ""
"B<fdformat> は、 フロッピーディスクの低レベルフォーマットを行う。 I<device> "
"は通常、 以下のいずれかである (フロッピーデバイスでは、 major 番号は 2 であ"
"る。 また以下において示す minor 番号は、 参考のために示すものである)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:51
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
"/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
"/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
"/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
"/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"
msgstr ""
"/dev/fd0d360  (minor = 4)\n"
"/dev/fd0h1200 (minor = 8)\n"
"/dev/fd0D360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0H360  (minor = 12)\n"
"/dev/fd0D720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0H720  (minor = 16)\n"
"/dev/fd0h360  (minor = 20)\n"
"/dev/fd0h720  (minor = 24)\n"
"/dev/fd0H1440 (minor = 28)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:67
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
"/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
"/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
"/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
"/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"
msgstr ""
"/dev/fd1d360 (minor = 5)\n"
"/dev/fd1h1200 (minor = 9)\n"
"/dev/fd1D360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1H360 (minor = 13)\n"
"/dev/fd1D720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1H720 (minor = 17)\n"
"/dev/fd1h360 (minor = 21)\n"
"/dev/fd1h720 (minor = 25)\n"
"/dev/fd1H1440 (minor = 29)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:72
msgid ""
"The generic floppy devices, I</dev/fd0> and I</dev/fd1>, will fail to work "
"with B<fdformat> when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
"has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use B<setfdprm>(8) to load "
"the disk parameters."
msgstr ""
"一般的なフロッピーデバイス、 I</dev/fd0> と I</dev/fd1> に対して、 標準ではな"
"いフォーマットを用いた場合や、 あらかじめフォーマットが自動検出できていなかっ"
"た場合、 B<fdformat> の処理は失敗する。 このような場合には、 B<setfdprm>(8) "
"を用いて、 ディスクパラメーターのロードを行うこと。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:75
msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<N>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--from> I<N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:77
msgid "Start at the track I<N> (default is 0)."
msgstr "トラック I<N> から開始する (デフォルトは 0)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:80
msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--to> I<N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:82
msgid "Stop at the track I<N>."
msgstr "トラック I<N> において停止する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:85
msgid "B<-r>, B<--repair> I<N>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--repair> I<N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:87
msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max I<N> retries)."
msgstr "検証処理中に失敗となったトラックの修復を試みる (最大リトライ数 I<N>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:90
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-verify>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-verify>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:92
msgid "Skip the verification that is normally performed after the formatting."
msgstr "フォーマット直後に通常行われる検証処理をスキップする。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:103 original/man8/fsfreeze.8:72
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:296 original/man8/losetup.8:180
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:261 original/man8/lslocks.8:155
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:137 original/man8/nologin.8:77 original/man8/raw.8:75
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:225 original/man8/sfdisk.8:621
#: original/man8/swapon.8:213 original/man8/switch_root.8:56
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOTES"
msgstr "注"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:106
msgid ""
"This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use B<ufiformat>(8) "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"このユーティリティーは、 USB フロッピーディスクドライブを取り扱わない。 代わ"
"りに B<ufiformat>(8) を用いること。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:116
msgid "B<fd>(4), B<emkfs>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<setfdprm>(8), B<ufiformat>(8)"
msgstr "B<fd>(4), B<emkfs>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<setfdprm>(8), B<ufiformat>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdformat.8:123
msgid ""
"The B<fdformat> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<fdformat> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FDISK"
msgstr "FDISK"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:32
msgid "fdisk - manipulate disk partition table"
msgstr "fdisk - ディスクのパーティションテーブルを操作する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:35
msgid "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>"
msgstr "B<fdisk> [options] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:37
msgid "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<fdisk> B<-l> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:40
msgid ""
"B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
"partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables."
msgstr ""
"B<fdisk> は、 パーティションテーブルの作成と操作を行う対話方式のプログラムで"
"ある。 この B<fdisk> は、 GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI, BSD のパーティションテーブルを"
"理解することができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:42
msgid ""
"Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
"I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, usually "
"found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices"
"\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
msgstr ""
"ブロックデバイスは、 I<パーティション>と呼ばれる 1 個以上の論理ディスクに分割"
"することができる。 この分割に関する情報は、 通常ディスクのセクター 0 に存在す"
"るI<パーティションテーブル>に記録される。 (BSD の世界では、 「ディスクスライ"
"ス」とか「ディスクラベル」という言い方をする。)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:44
msgid ""
"All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
"B<fdisk> is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
"alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
"to follow B<fdisk>\\(aqs defaults as the default values (e.g., first and "
"last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the +/-"
"E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device "
"properties."
msgstr ""
"すべてのパーティション分割は、 デフォルトではデバイスの I/O リミット (I/O ト"
"ポロジーとも言う) に基づいて行われる。 そのため B<fdisk> は、 4K-sector のサ"
"イズにふさわしくディスクレイアウトを最適化したり、 MBR や GPT のために最近の"
"デバイスで開始点や終了点のオフセットを適切な値に揃えたりできるのである。 だか"
"ら、 デフォルトの値に (たとえば、 パーティションの最初や最後のセクターの値"
"に) B<fdisk> の提示するデフォルトを使うのは、 いつだって賢明なことである。 ま"
"た、 パーティションのサイズを +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{M,G,...} の表記で指定すれ"
"ば、 必ずデバイスのプロパティに合わせて大きさが調整されることになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:46
msgid ""
"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
"Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with B<fdisk -S "
"E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>> advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
msgstr ""
"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) アドレシングは非推奨であり、 デフォルトでは使用さ"
"れない。 だから、 SSD や 4K-sector のデバイスを使うときは、 B<fdisk -S "
"E<lt>nE<gt> -H E<lt>nE<gt>> といったアドバイスのある古い記事や助言には、 どう"
"か従わないでいただきたい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:48
msgid ""
"Note that B<partx>(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
"layouts, B<fdisk> is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
"the output of B<fdisk> is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
"always be backward compatible."
msgstr ""
"なお、 ディスクレイアウトを表示するスクリプトのためには、 B<partx>(8) が豊富"
"なインターフェースを提供している。 B<fdisk> の方は、 主として人間が使うことを"
"想定しているのである。 B<fdisk> は、 出力については後方互換を保証していな"
"い。 入力 (コマンド) については、 どれも後方互換のはずである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:51
msgid "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<sectorsize>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<sectorsize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:53
msgid ""
"Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
"4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
"kernels or to override the kernel\\(cqs ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, "
"B<fdisk> differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This "
"option changes both sector sizes to I<sectorsize>."
msgstr ""
"ディスクのセクターサイズを指定する。 有効な値は、 512, 1024, 2048, 4096 であ"
"る。 (最近のカーネルはセクターサイズの情報を持っている。 このオプションを使う"
"のは、 カーネルが古い場合や、 カーネルの持っている情報を変更したい場合のみに"
"すること。) util-linux-2.17 以降 B<fdisk> は、 論理セクターサイズと物理セク"
"ターサイズを区別している。 このオプションは、 両方のセクターサイズを "
"I<sectorsize> に変更する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:56
msgid "B<-B>, B<--protect-boot>"
msgstr "B<-B>, B<--protect-boot>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:58
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new "
"disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
msgstr ""
"新しいディスクラベルを作成するとき、 ディスクの最初のセクターの先頭部分を消去"
"しない。 この機能は、 GPT と MBR に対してサポートされている。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:61
msgid "B<-c>, B<--compatibility>[=I<mode>]"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--compatibility>[=I<mode>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:63
msgid ""
"Specify the compatibility mode, \\(aqdos\\(aq or \\(aqnondos\\(aq. The "
"default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use "
"the option without the I<mode> argument \\(em then the default is used. Note "
"that the optional I<mode> argument cannot be separated from the B<-c> option "
"by a space, the correct form is for example B<-c>=I<dos>."
msgstr ""
"互換モードが \\(aqdos\\(aq か \\(aqnondos\\(aq か指定する。 デフォルトは、 "
"non-DOS モードである。 後方互換のために、 このオプションは、 引数の I<mode> "
"なしで使うこともできる。 その場合は、 デフォルトが使用される。 気をつけてほし"
"いのは、 オプションの B<-c> と、 指定が任意の引数 I<mode> との間を空白で区"
"切ってはいけないことだ。 正しい書式は、 たとえば B<-c>=I<dos> である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:76
msgid "B<-L>, B<--color>[=I<when>]"
msgstr "B<-L>, B<--color>[=I<when>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:78 original/man8/sfdisk.8:214
msgid ""
"Colorize the output. The optional argument I<when> can be B<auto>, B<never> "
"or B<always>. If the I<when> argument is omitted, it defaults to B<auto>. "
"The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the B<--"
"help> output. See also the B<COLORS> section."
msgstr ""
"出力をカラー表示にする。 指定が任意の引数 I<when> には、 B<auto>, B<never>, "
"B<always> が使える。 引数 I<when> を省略すると、 デフォルトの B<auto> にな"
"る。 カラー表示は無効にすることもできる。 プログラムに埋め込まれた現在のデ"
"フォルトが有効か無効かを知りたければ、 B<--help> の出力を見ればよい。 「B<カ"
"ラー表示>」セクションも参照していただきたい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:81 original/man8/findmnt.8:129
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:88 original/man8/losetup.8:146
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:112 original/man8/lsns.8:52 original/man8/partx.8:82
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:83
msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
msgstr "指定されたデバイスのパーティションテーブルを一覧表示して終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:85
msgid ""
"If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in I</proc/partitions> (if "
"this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
"they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in I</proc/"
"partitions>."
msgstr ""
"デバイス指定がない場合は、 I</proc/partitions> に記述されたデバイスが (この"
"ファイルが存在していれば) 用いられる。 デバイスの順番は常に、 コマンドライン"
"での指定順か、 あるいは I</proc/partitions> に示されたカーネルに従う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:88
msgid "B<-x>, B<--list-details>"
msgstr "B<-x>, B<--list-details>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:90
msgid "Like B<--list>, but provides more details."
msgstr "B<--list> と同様であるが、 さらに詳細情報を提供する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:98
msgid "B<-n>, B<--noauto-pt>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noauto-pt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:100
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt automatically create a default partition table on empty device. "
"The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like "
"\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq, etc.)."
msgstr ""
"空のデバイス上には、 デフォルトパーティションの自動生成は行わない。 パーティ"
"ションテーブルは、 ユーザーが明示的に (\\(aqo\\(aq, \\(aqg\\(aq などのコマン"
"ドを実行して) 生成しなければならない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:103 original/man8/findmnt.8:159
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:132 original/man8/lslocks.8:69 original/man8/lsns.8:62
#: original/man8/partx.8:112 original/man8/sfdisk.8:272
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:65 original/man8/zramctl.8:78
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:105 original/man8/lslocks.8:71 original/man8/lsns.8:64
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:274 original/man8/wipefs.8:87
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
"supported columns."
msgstr ""
"出力する項目を指定する。 B<--help> を実行すれば、 サポートされている項目一覧"
"を見ることができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:107 original/man8/sfdisk.8:276
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
"format I<+list> (e.g., B<-o +UUID>)."
msgstr ""
"I<list> を I<+list> という書式で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張するこ"
"とができる (たとえば B<-o +UUID>)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:110
msgid "B<-s>, B<--getsz>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--getsz>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:112
msgid ""
"Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
"is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
msgstr ""
"指定した各ブロックデバイスについて 512-byte セクターでサイズを表示する。 この"
"オプションは非推奨であり、 B<blockdev>(8) を使った方がよい。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:115 original/man8/lsns.8:84 original/man8/mkfs.8:47
#: original/man8/partx.8:137
msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:117
msgid ""
"Enable support only for disklabels of the specified I<type>, and disable "
"support for all other types."
msgstr ""
"指定したタイプ (I<type>) のディスクラベルに対してのみサポートを有効にし、 ほ"
"かのすべてのタイプに対するサポートは無効にする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:120
msgid "B<-u>, B<--units>[=I<unit>]"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--units>[=I<unit>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:122
msgid ""
"When listing partition tables, show sizes in \\(aqsectors\\(aq or in "
"\\(aqcylinders\\(aq. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward "
"compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the I<unit> argument "
"\\(em then the default is used. Note that the optional I<unit> argument "
"cannot be separated from the B<-u> option by a space, the correct form is "
"for example \\(aqB<-u=>I<cylinders>\\(aq."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルの一覧表示をするとき、 「セクター数」または「シリンダー"
"数」でサイズを表示する。 デフォルトは、 セクター数でのサイズ表示である。 後方"
"互換を考慮して、 このオプションは、 I<unit> 引数なしでも使えるようになってい"
"る。 その場合は、 デフォルトが使用される。 気をつけてほしいのは、 オプション"
"の B<-u> と、 指定が任意の引数 I<unit> との間を空白で区切ってはいけないこと"
"だ。 すなわち、 正しい書式は、 たとえば \\(aqB<-u=>I<cylinders>\\(aq である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:125
msgid "B<-C>, B<--cylinders> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-C>, B<--cylinders> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:127
msgid ""
"Specify the I<number> of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
"would want to do so."
msgstr ""
"ディスクのシリンダー数 I<number> を指定する。 なぜそんなことをしたがるのか、 "
"筆者にはさっぱりわからないが。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:130
msgid "B<-H>, B<--heads> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-H>, B<--heads> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:132
msgid ""
"Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
"course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
"and 16."
msgstr ""
"ディスクのヘッド数を指定する (もちろん、 物理的なヘッド数ではなく、 パーティ"
"ションテーブルで使うヘッド数である)。 妥当な値は 255 または 16 である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:135
msgid "B<-S>, B<--sectors> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sectors> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:137
msgid ""
"Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
"number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
"value is 63."
msgstr ""
"ディスクの 1 トラックあたりのセクター数を指定する (もちろん、 物理的なセク"
"ター数ではなく、 パーティションテーブルで使うセクター数である)。 妥当な値は "
"63 である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:140 original/man8/sfdisk.8:299
msgid "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<when>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wipe> I<when>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:142
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
"B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the default is "
"B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. "
"In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a "
"new partition table is created. See also B<wipefs>(8) command."
msgstr ""
"デバイスからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテーブルのシグナチャーを"
"消去する。 衝突 (collision) が起きないようにするためである。  引数の I<when> "
"には、 B<auto>, B<never>, B<always> が使える。 このオプションが指定されない場"
"合のデフォルトは、 B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナチャーが消去されるのは、 対"
"話モードのときだけである。  いずれの場合でも、 新しいパーティションテーブルが"
"作成される前に、 検出されたシグナチャーが、 警告メッセージとして通知される。 "
"B<wipefs>(8) コマンドの説明も参照のこと。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:145 original/man8/sfdisk.8:304
msgid "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<when>"
msgstr "B<-W>, B<--wipe-partitions> I<when>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:147
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
"partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can "
"be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the "
"default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
"interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected "
"signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is "
"created. See also B<wipefs>(8) command."
msgstr ""
"新たに作成するパーティションからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテー"
"ブルのシグナチャーを消去する。  衝突 (collision) が起きないようにするためであ"
"る。 引数の I<when> には、 B<auto>, B<never>, B<always>が使える。 このオプ"
"ションが指定されない場合のデフォルトは、 B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナ"
"チャーが消去されるのは、 対話モードのときだけで、 それもユーザーが承認した後"
"である。 いずれの場合でも、 新しいパーティションが作成される前に、 検出された"
"シグナチャーが、 警告メッセージとして通知される。 B<wipefs>(8) コマンドの説明"
"も参照のこと。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:152 original/man8/fsck.8:180
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:311
msgid "Display version information and exit."
msgstr "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:153
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVICES"
msgstr "デバイス"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:156
msgid ""
"The I<device> is usually I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> or so. A device name "
"refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside "
"the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a "
"difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be "
"I</dev/hd*> (IDE) or I</dev/sd*> (SCSI)."
msgstr ""
"I<デバイス>は普通、 I</dev/sda>, I</dev/sdb> などである。 デバイス名は、 ディ"
"スク全体を指している。 libata (ATA ホストコントローラーと ATA デバイスをサ"
"ポートするために Linux カーネルの内部で使われるライブラリ) が存在しない古いシ"
"ステムでは、 IDE と SCSI のディスクを区別している。 その場合は、 デバイス名"
"が I</dev/hd*> (IDE) や I</dev/sd*> (SCSI) となる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:158
msgid ""
"The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
"example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
"system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/admin-guide/"
"devices.txt> file)."
msgstr ""
"「パーティション」は、 デバイス名の後ろにパーティション番号がついたものだ。 "
"たとえば、 I</dev/sda1> は、 そのシステムの最初のハードディスクの最初のパー"
"ティションである。 Linux kernel 文書 (この場合は、 I<Documentation/admin-"
"guide/devices.txt> というファイル) もご覧になっていただきたい。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:158
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZES"
msgstr "サイズ"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:161
msgid ""
"The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
"sectors or by +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
msgstr ""
"\"Last sector (最終セクター)\" という問い合わせに対しては、 パーティションサ"
"イズをセクター数でも +/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} という表記でも指定でき"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:163
msgid ""
"If the size is prefixed by \\(aq+\\(aq then it is interpreted as relative to "
"the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by \\(aq-\\(aq then it "
"is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
"partition)."
msgstr ""
"サイズの前に \\(aq+\\(aq をつけると、 そのパーティションの最初のセクターから"
"の相対的なサイズと解釈される。  サイズの前に \\(aq-\\(aq をつけた場合は、 最"
"大位置 (そのパーティションのために利用できる最後のセクター) からのサイズにな"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:165
msgid ""
"In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
"by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
"meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgstr ""
"サイズをバイト数で指定する場合は、 数字の後に KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 のよう"
"な乗数を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB "
"も同様に使える。 \"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば \"K\" は \"KiB\" と"
"同じ意味である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:167
msgid ""
"The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The +/-"
"E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
msgstr ""
"相対的なサイズは、 必ずデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて大きさが調整される。 "
"+/-E<lt>sizeE<gt>{K,B,M,G,...} というこの表記法をお勧めする所以である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:169
msgid ""
"For backward compatibility B<fdisk> also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
"MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
"are deprecated."
msgstr ""
"後方互換のため B<fdisk> は KB=1000, MB=1000*1000 といったサフィックスも受け入"
"れる。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。 ただし、 こういった 10^N を表"
"すサフィックスは非推奨である。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
msgstr "スクリプトファイル"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:172
msgid ""
"B<fdisk> allows reading (by \\(aqI\\(aq command) B<sfdisk>(8) compatible "
"script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then "
"it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the "
"device."
msgstr ""
"B<fdisk> では、 sfdisk 互換のスクリプトファイルを読み込むことができる (\\(aqI"
"\\(aq コマンドを使用する)。 スクリプトはメモリ中のパーティションテーブルに適"
"用されるので、 そのパーティションテーブルに変更を加えてから、 それをデバイス"
"に書き出すことが可能である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:174
msgid ""
"And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
"the script file by command \\(aqO\\(aq."
msgstr ""
"また逆に、 現在メモリ中にあるディスクレイアウトを、 \\(aqO\\(aq コマンドを"
"使って、 スクリプトファイルに書き出すこともできる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:176
msgid ""
"The script files are compatible between B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), B<fdisk> "
"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see B<sfdisk>(8)."
msgstr ""
"このスクリプトファイルは、 B<cfdisk>(8), B<sfdisk>(8), B<fdisk> などの "
"libfdisk アプリケーション間で互換である。 詳細については、 B<sfdisk>(8) を参"
"照していただきたい。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:176
#, no-wrap
msgid "DISK LABELS"
msgstr "ディスクラベル"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:179
msgid "B<GPT (GUID Partition Table)>"
msgstr "B<GPT (GUID Partition Table)>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:181
msgid ""
"GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
"bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
"an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
"usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
msgstr ""
"GPT は、 パーティションテーブルのレイアウトについての最近の規格である。 GPT "
"は、 各パーティションに対して、 64 ビットの論理ブロックアドレス、 チェックサ"
"ム、 UUID、 それに、 どんなパーティションかを示す名前を使用する。  また、 "
"パーティションの数に制限がない (とは言え、 パーティショニングツールの多くで"
"は、 パーティション数の上限をたいてい 128 にしている)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:183
msgid ""
"Note that the first sector is still reserved for a B<protective MBR> in the "
"GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
"recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
msgstr ""
"なお GPT の仕様では、 今でも最初のセクターが B<protective MBR> のために留保さ"
"れている。 MBR 専用のパーティショニングツールが、 誤認識して GPT ディスクを上"
"書きしてしまうのを防ぐためである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:185
msgid ""
"GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
"UEFI boot loader."
msgstr ""
"GPT は、 MBR より常によい選択である。 UEFI のブートローダーを持つ最近のハード"
"ウェアでは、 なおさらのことだ。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:188
msgid "B<DOS-type (MBR)>"
msgstr "B<DOS-type (MBR)>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:190
msgid ""
"A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
"In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
"`primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box "
"holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of "
"sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four "
"primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are "
"numbered starting from 5."
msgstr ""
"DOS 形式のパーティションテーブルは、 記述できるパーシションの数に上限がな"
"い。 セクター 0 には、 4 パーティションを記述する余地がある (これらは基本パー"
"ティションと呼ばれる)。 そのうちのひとつは拡張パーティションにすることができ"
"る。 これは、 論理パーティションを入れる容器であり、 セクターの連鎖リストの形"
"になっている記述子 (descriptors) が、 それぞれの対応する論理パーティションの"
"前についている。 4 個の基本パーティションは、 存在するしないにかかわらず、 "
"1-4 の番号を取る。 論理パーティションの番号は 5 から始まる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:192
msgid ""
"In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
"partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
"32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 bits). "
"The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The "
"latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when "
"the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And "
"second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are "
"available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
"never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> and may be "
"unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
msgstr ""
"DOS 形式のパーティションテーブルでは、 各パーティションの開始オフセットとサイ"
"ズは、 2 つの方法で記録される。 すなわち、 セクターの絶対数 (32 ビットで指定"
"される) と、 B<シリンダー数/ヘッド数/セクター数> (B<C/H/S>) の三つ組としてで"
"ある (10+8+6 ビットで指定される)。 前者には問題がない。 512-byte セクターで最"
"大 2 TB まで表現できる。 後者には 2 つの問題がある。 第一に、 こうした C/H/S "
"のフィールドを埋めることができるのは、 ヘッド数や 1 トラックあたりのセクター"
"数が分かっている場合に限られる。 第二に、 そうした数値の妥当な値が分かってい"
"る場合でも、 利用できる 24 ビットでは十分ではない。 DOS は C/H/S のみを使"
"い、 Windows は両方を使う。 Linux は C/H/S を全く使わない。 B<C/H/S 方式のア"
"ドレス指定は非推奨となっている>。 fdisk の将来のバージョンではサポートされな"
"いかもしれない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:194
msgid ""
"B<Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.> "
"B<fdisk> does not care about cylinder boundaries by default."
msgstr ""
"B<DOS 互換のパーティションを作成したいなら>、 「B<DOS モード ...>」B<セクショ"
"ンをお読みになるとよい>。 B<fdisk> はデフォルトでは、 シリンダー境界に留意し"
"ない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:197
msgid "B<BSD/Sun-type>"
msgstr "B<BSD/Sun-type>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:199
msgid ""
"A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
"a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses "
"its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will "
"destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested within a "
"DOS partition."
msgstr ""
"BSD/Sun 形式のディスクラベルは、 8 個のパーティションを記述できる。 そのうち"
"の 3 番目は、 ディスク全体を表すパーティションとなる。 パーティションが (ス"
"ワップパーティションのように) その最初のセクターを実際に使用する場合には、 そ"
"のパーティションをシリンダ ー0 から始めてはならない。 ディスクラベルを破壊す"
"ることになるからである。 なお、 B<BSD ラベル> は、 通常 DOS パーティションの"
"中にネストされる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:202
msgid "B<IRIX/SGI-type>"
msgstr "B<IRIX/SGI-type>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:204
msgid ""
"An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
"should be an entire `volume\\(aq partition, while the ninth should be "
"labeled `volume header\\(aq. The volume header will also cover the partition "
"table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five "
"cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header "
"directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do "
"not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
"partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
"SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
msgstr ""
"IRIX/SGI 形式のディスクラベルは、 16 個のパーティションを記述できる。 そのう"
"ちの 11 番目は、 ボリューム全体を表すパーティションであり、 9 番目は、 ボ"
"リュームヘッダーと名づけられる。 このボリュームヘッダーには、 パーティション"
"テーブルも含まれる。 すなわち、 ブロック 0 から始まって、 デフォルトでは 5 シ"
"リンダー分を占める。 ボリュームヘッダーの残りのスペースは、 ヘッダーのディレ"
"クトリエントリ用に使用することができる。 どのパーティションも、 ボリューム"
"ヘッダーと重なってはいけない。 また、 ボリュームヘッダーのパーティションタイ"
"プを変更してはならないし、 そこにファイルシステムを作ってもいけない。 パー"
"ティションテーブルがなくなってしまうからである。 このタイプのラベルを使うの"
"は、 IRIX/SGI マシンで Linux を動かすときか、 Linux の元で IRIX/SGI のディス"
"クを扱うときだけにすること。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:206
msgid ""
"A B<sync>(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
"disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルが更新されたときは、 プログラムを終了する前に "
"B<sync>(2) と ioctl(BLKRRPART) (ディスクからパーティションテーブルを再読み込"
"みする) が実行される。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:207
#, no-wrap
msgid "DOS MODE AND DOS 6.X WARNING"
msgstr "DOS モードと DOS 6.x に関する警告"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:210
msgid ""
"B<Note that all this is deprecated. You don\\(cqt have to care about things "
"like> B<geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really "
"want> B<DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and "
"cylinder> B<units by using the \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq fdisk command-"
"line options.>"
msgstr ""
"B<このセクションで述べていることは、 すべて非推奨である点に注意すること。> B<"
"最近のオペレーティングシステムでは、 ジオメトリやシリンダー数といったことに気"
"を使う必要はない。> B<本当に DOS 互換のパーティション分割を行いたいのであれ"
"ば、 fdisk > B<のコマンドラインオプション \\(aq-c=dos -u=cylinders\\(aq を使"
"用して> B<DOS モードと cylinder 単位を有効にしなければならない。> "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:212
msgid ""
"The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
"the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
"than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
"clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
"change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
"flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
msgstr ""
"DOS 6.x の FORMAT コマンドは、 パーティションのデータ領域の最初のセクター"
"に、 ある種の情報を探しに行き、 それをパーティションテーブルの情報より信頼で"
"きるものとして扱う。 また DOS の FORMAT は、 DOS の FDISK が、 サイズの変更が"
"あったときには必ず、 パーティションのデータ領域の最初の 512 バイトをクリアす"
"ることを当てにしている。 DOS の FORMAT は、 /U フラグが指定されたときでさ"
"え、 上記の追加情報を見に行こうとする。 これは、 DOS の FORMAT や FDISK のバ"
"グと考えられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:214
msgid ""
"The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk>(8) to change the "
"size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
"B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
"format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a DOS "
"partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> and "
"rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would "
"use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to zero the "
"first 512 bytes of the partition."
msgstr ""
"要するにこういうことだ。 B<fdisk> や B<cfdisk>(8) を使って、 パーティション"
"テーブル上の DOS の領域のサイズを変更する場合には、 DOS の FORMAT でそのパー"
"ティションをフォーマットする前に、 B<dd>(1) コマンドを使って、 そのパーティ"
"ションのB<最初の 512 バイトを 0 で初期化することも>行わなければならないのであ"
"る。 たとえば、 B<fdisk> を使って、 パーティションテーブル中の I</dev/sda1> "
"に DOS の領域を作成しているのならば、 (B<fdisk> を終了し、 パーティションテー"
"ブルの情報が有効になるように Linux をリブートした後で) B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/"
"dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> というコマンドを実行して、 そのパーティションの最初"
"の 512 バイトを 0 で初期化することになるだろう。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:216
msgid ""
"B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not "
"necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really "
"have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be "
"described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the "
"disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
msgstr ""
"通常 B<fdisk> はディスクジオメトリを自動的に取得する。 それは必ずしも実際の物"
"理的なディスクジオメトリとはかぎらない (そうなのだ。 最近のディスクには、 物"
"理的なジオメトリのようなものは実のところ存在しない。 「シリンダー数/ヘッド数/"
"セクター数」といった単純化された形で記述できるようなものは、 確かに存在しない"
"のだ)。 それでも MS-DOS がパーティションテーブルで使用するのは、 このディスク"
"ジオメトリなのである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:218
msgid ""
"Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
"only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
"operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from another "
"operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
"the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
"for good cooperation with other systems."
msgstr ""
"たいていの場合、 デフォルトで万事うまく行くし、 Linux がディスク上の唯一のシ"
"ステムなら、 問題はまったく起きない。 それでも、 ディスクを他のオペレーティン"
"グシステムと共有しなければならないのなら、 他の OS の FDISK でパーティション"
"を少なくとも 1 つ作っておくのは、 多くの場合、 よい考えである。 Linux は、 "
"ブートするとき、 パーティションテーブルを調べて、 他のシステムとうまくやって"
"行くためには、 どんな (見せかけの) ジオメトリが必要かを推測しようとと試みるか"
"らである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:220
msgid ""
"Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
"is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
"physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
"partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
"partition)."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルが DOS モードで表示される際には、 パーティションテーブ"
"ルの各領域について、 整合性のチェックが必ず行われる。 このチェックは、 物理開"
"始点と論理開始点、 物理終了点と論理終了点が同じかどうかと、 各パーティション"
"の開始点や終了点が、 シリンダー境界と一致しているかどうかをチェックしている "
"(ただし後者のチェックでは、 最初のパーティションは除外される)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:222
msgid ""
"Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
"cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
"beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
"unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
msgstr ""
"MS-DOS のバージョンによっては、 作成する最初のパーティションを、 シリンダー境"
"界ではなく、 先頭シリンダーの第 2 セクターから始めるものがある。 開始点が先頭"
"シリンダー中にあるパーティションでは、 シリンダー境界からパーティションが始ま"
"るわけがないが、 それが問題になることは、 お手元のマシンに OS/2 も入っていな"
"いかぎり、 まずないだろう。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:224
msgid ""
"For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
"program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
"program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux B<cfdisk>(8) "
"programs."
msgstr ""
"最善の結果を得るためには、 必ずその OS に固有のパーティションテーブル作成プロ"
"グラムを使うべきである。 たとえば、 DOS のパーティションは、 DOS の FDISK プ"
"ログラムで作り、 Linux のパーティションは、 Linux の B<fdisk> か "
"B<cfdisk>(8) プログラムで作るべきなのだ。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:232
msgid "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable>"
msgstr "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/fdisk.disable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:237
msgid "for the B<fdisk> command or for all tools by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:252
msgid "The logical color names supported by B<fdisk> are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:254 original/man8/sfdisk.8:582
msgid "B<header>"
msgstr "B<header>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:256 original/man8/sfdisk.8:584
msgid "The header of the output tables."
msgstr "出力するテーブルのヘッダー。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:259
msgid "B<help-title>"
msgstr "B<help-title>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:261
msgid "The help section titles."
msgstr "ヘルプセクションのタイトル。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:264 original/man8/sfdisk.8:587
msgid "B<warn>"
msgstr "B<warn>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:266 original/man8/sfdisk.8:589
msgid "The warning messages."
msgstr "警告メッセージ。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:269 original/man8/sfdisk.8:592
msgid "B<welcome>"
msgstr "B<welcome>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:271 original/man8/sfdisk.8:594
msgid "The welcome message."
msgstr "ウェルカムメッセージ。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:275
msgid "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<FDISK_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:277
msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
msgstr "fdisk のデバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:297 original/man8/findmnt.8:333
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:260
msgid "use visible padding characters."
msgstr "目に見える埋め文字 (padding characters) を使用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:309
msgid ""
"The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
"others."
msgstr ""
"最初のバージョンを書いたのは、 Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc, その他の人"
"たちだった。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:315
msgid "B<cfdisk>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"
msgstr "B<cfdisk>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<partx>(8), B<sfdisk>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fdisk.8:322
msgid ""
"The B<fdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<fdisk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/findfs.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FINDFS"
msgstr "FINDFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:32
msgid "findfs - find a filesystem by label or UUID"
msgstr "findfs - ラベルまたは UUID によるファイルシステムの検索"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:35
msgid "B<findfs> B<NAME>=I<value>"
msgstr "B<findfs> B<NAME>=I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:38
msgid ""
"B<findfs> will search the block devices in the system looking for a "
"filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:"
msgstr ""
"B<findfs> はシステム内のブロックデバイスを調べて、 指定されたタグを用いている"
"ファイルシステムまたはパーティションを検索する。 現在サポートされているタグは"
"以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:40
msgid "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<LABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:42
msgid "Specifies filesystem label."
msgstr "ファイルシステムラベルを指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:45
msgid "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<UUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:47
msgid "Specifies filesystem UUID."
msgstr "ファイルシステムの UUID を指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:50
msgid "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<PARTUUID>=I<E<lt>uuidE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:52
msgid ""
"Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
"for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
msgstr ""
"パーティション UUID を指定する。 このパーティション識別子は、 たとえば GUID "
"Partition Table (GPT) パーティションテーブルに対してサポートされている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:55
msgid "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<PARTLABEL>=I<E<lt>labelE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:57
msgid ""
"Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
"example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
msgstr ""
"パーティションラベル (名) を指定する。 パーティションラベルは、 たとえば "
"GUID Partition Table (GPT) や MAC パーティションテーブルに対してサポートされ"
"ている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:60
msgid ""
"If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
"stdout."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムまたはパーティションが見つかった場合、 そのデバイス名が標準出"
"力に表示される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:62
msgid ""
"The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
"example by"
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムやパーティションの全体的な概要は、 たとえば以下を実行して得る"
"ことができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:66
msgid "B<lsblk --fs>"
msgstr "B<lsblk --fs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:68
msgid "B<partx --show E<lt>diskE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<partx --show E<lt>diskE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:70
msgid "B<blkid>"
msgstr "B<blkid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:93
msgid "label or uuid cannot be found"
msgstr "ラベルまたは UUID が見つからなかった。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:96 original/man8/fsck.8:54 original/man8/mount.8:1113
#: original/man8/mount.8:2273 original/man8/swapon.8:158
msgid "B<2>"
msgstr "B<2>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:98
msgid "usage error, wrong number of arguments or unknown option"
msgstr "使用法に関するエラー。 引数の数の誤りや不明なオプション指定など。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:102 original/man8/mkswap.8:129
#: original/man8/partx.8:173 original/man8/swaplabel.8:66
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:128
msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:108
msgid "B<findfs> was originally written by"
msgstr "B<findfs> を元々作成したのは以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:110
msgid "and re-written for the util-linux package by"
msgstr "また util-linux パッケージ向けに書き直したのは以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:116
msgid "B<blkid>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<partx>(8)"
msgstr "B<blkid>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<partx>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findfs.8:123
msgid ""
"The B<findfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<findfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FINDMNT"
msgstr "FINDMNT"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:32
msgid "findmnt - find a filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:35
msgid "B<findmnt> [options]"
msgstr "B<findmnt> [options]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:37
msgid "B<findmnt> [options] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"
msgstr "B<findmnt> [options] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:39
msgid ""
"B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target> I<path>|B<--"
"mountpoint> I<mountpoint>]"
msgstr ""
"B<findmnt> [options] [B<--source>] I<device> [B<--target> I<path>|B<--"
"mountpoint> I<mountpoint>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:42
msgid ""
"B<findmnt> will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The "
"B<findmnt> command is able to search in I</etc/fstab>, I</etc/mtab> or I</"
"proc/self/mountinfo>. If I<device> or I<mountpoint> is not given, all "
"filesystems are shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:44
msgid ""
"The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
"label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that B<findmnt> follows "
"B<mount>(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
"(and vice versa) if the B<--target>, B<--mountpoint> or B<--source> options "
"are not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:46
msgid ""
"The command-line option B<--target> accepts any file or directory and then "
"B<findmnt> displays the filesystem for the given path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:48
msgid ""
"The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
"default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:50
msgid ""
"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
"one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why B<findmnt> "
"provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all "
"devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another "
"tag specified in I<fstab> when executed with B<--fstab> and B<--evaluate>)."
msgstr ""
"ブロックデバイスとファイルシステムの関係は 1 対 1 となるわけではない。 ファイ"
"ルシステムが複数のブロックデバイスを利用する場合がある。 B<findmnt> におい"
"て、 SOURCE あるいは SOURCES (複数) カラムが設けられているのは、 このためであ"
"る。 カラム SOURCES には、 同一のファイルシステム UUID (B<--fstab> や B<--"
"evaluate> を使って実行された場合には I<fstab> 内に指定された別のタグ) を見出"
"すことができたデバイスがすべて表示される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:53
msgid "B<-A>, B<--all>"
msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:55
msgid "Disable all built-in filters and print all filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:58
msgid "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--ascii>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:60
msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting."
msgstr "ツリー状の表示にするのに ascii 文字を用いる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:63 original/man8/lsblk.8:59
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:43 original/man8/partx.8:61
msgid "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--bytes>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:65 original/man8/lsblk.8:61
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:45 original/man8/partx.8:63
msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
msgstr "読みやすい表記ではなく、 バイト単位によりサイズを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:71 original/man8/lsblk.8:67
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:51 original/man8/partx.8:69
msgid ""
"By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are "
"in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in "
"order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of "
"them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K"
"\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part "
"of these abbreviations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:74
msgid "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"
msgstr "B<-C>, B<--nocanonicalize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:76
msgid ""
"Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
"and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:79
msgid "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--canonicalize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:81
msgid "Canonicalize all printed paths."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:84
msgid "B<--deleted>"
msgstr "B<--deleted>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:86
msgid ""
"Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:89
msgid "B<-D>, B<--df>"
msgstr "B<-D>, B<--df>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:91
msgid ""
"Imitate the output of B<df>(1). This option is equivalent to B<-o SOURCE,"
"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET> but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
"B<--all> to print all filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:94
msgid "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<word>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--direction> I<word>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:96
msgid "The search direction, either B<forward> or B<backward>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:99
msgid "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evaluate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:101
msgid ""
"Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
"device names for the SOURCE column.  It\\(cqs an unusual situation, but the "
"same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there "
"is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices "
"where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for I<fstab> "
"only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:104
msgid "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--tab-file> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:106
msgid ""
"Search in an alternative file. If used with B<--fstab>, B<--mtab> or B<--"
"kernel>, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
"then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:109
msgid "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--first-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:111
msgid "Print the first matching filesystem only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:114
msgid "B<-i>, B<--invert>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--invert>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:116
msgid "Invert the sense of matching."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:119 original/man8/losetup.8:171
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:107 original/man8/lslocks.8:59 original/man8/lsns.8:47
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:45 original/man8/wipefs.8:70
msgid "B<-J>, B<--json>"
msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:121 original/man8/lslocks.8:61
#: original/man8/lsns.8:49 original/man8/rfkill.8:47 original/man8/wipefs.8:72
msgid "Use JSON output format."
msgstr "出力に JSON フォーマットを使用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:124
msgid "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"
msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kernel>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:126
msgid ""
"Search in I</proc/self/mountinfo>. The output is in the tree-like format. "
"This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
"kernel (see also B<--mtab>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:131
msgid ""
"Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
"the output is restricted by the B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S> or B<-T> option and the "
"option B<--submounts> is not used or if more that one source file (the "
"option B<-F>) is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:134
msgid "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-M>, B<--mountpoint> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:136
msgid ""
"Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also B<--target>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:139
msgid "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mtab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:141
msgid ""
"Search in I</etc/mtab>. The output is in the list format by default (see B<--"
"tree>). The output may include user space mount options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:144
msgid "B<-N>, B<--task> I<tid>"
msgstr "B<-N>, B<--task> I<tid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:146
msgid ""
"Use alternative namespace I</proc/E<lt>tidE<gt>/mountinfo> rather than the "
"default I</proc/self/mountinfo>. If the option is specified more than once, "
"then tree-like output is disabled (see the B<--list> option). See also the "
"B<unshare>(1) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:149 original/man8/losetup.8:161
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:127 original/man8/lslocks.8:64 original/man8/lsns.8:57
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:50 original/man8/wdctl.8:60
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:73
msgid "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noheadings>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:151 original/man8/lsblk.8:129
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:66 original/man8/lsns.8:59 original/man8/rfkill.8:52
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:82
msgid "Do not print a header line."
msgstr "ヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:154
msgid "B<-O>, B<--options> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--options> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:156
msgid ""
"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
"in a comma-separated list. The B<-t> and B<-O> options are cumulative in "
"effect. It is different from B<-t> in that each option is matched exactly; a "
"leading I<no> at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
"used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
"be disabled by \"+\" prefix."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:161
msgid ""
"Define output columns. See the B<--help> output to get a list of the "
"currently supported columns. The B<TARGET> column contains tree formatting "
"if the B<--list> or B<--raw> options are not specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:163
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
"format I<+list> (e.g., B<findmnt -o +PROPAGATION>)."
msgstr ""
"I<list> を I<+list> という書式で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張するこ"
"とができる (たとえば B<findmnt -o +PROPAGATION>)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:166 original/man8/losetup.8:156
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:76 original/man8/lsns.8:69 original/man8/partx.8:117
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:60 original/man8/swapon.8:110
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:83
msgid "B<--output-all>"
msgstr "B<--output-all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:168
msgid ""
"Output almost all available columns. The columns that require B<--poll> are "
"not included."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:171 original/man8/lsblk.8:144
#: original/man8/partx.8:122
msgid "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"
msgstr "B<-P>, B<--pairs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:173
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
"value characters are hex-escaped (\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>). See also option B<--"
"shell>."
msgstr ""
"key=\"value\" ペア形式の出力を生成する。 問題を起こしそうな文字はすべて 16 進"
"数にエスケープされる (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。 B<--shell> オプションも参照のこ"
"と。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:176
msgid "B<-p>, B<--poll>[I<=list>]"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--poll>[I<=list>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:178
msgid ""
"Monitor changes in the I</proc/self/mountinfo> file. Supported actions are: "
"mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
"comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:180
msgid ""
"The time for which B<--poll> will block can be restricted with the B<--"
"timeout> or B<--first-only> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:182
msgid ""
"The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
"mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
"information cached by B<findmnt>. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:184
msgid "B<ACTION>"
msgstr "B<ACTION>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:186
msgid ""
"mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:189
msgid "B<OLD-TARGET>"
msgstr "B<OLD-TARGET>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:191
msgid "available for umount and move actions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:194
msgid "B<OLD-OPTIONS>"
msgstr "B<OLD-OPTIONS>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:196
msgid "available for umount and remount actions"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:200
msgid "B<--pseudo>"
msgstr "B<--pseudo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:202
msgid "Print only pseudo filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:205
msgid "B<--shadow>"
msgstr "B<--shadow>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:207 original/man8/findmnt.8:252
msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:210
msgid "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"
msgstr "B<-R>, B<--submounts>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:212
msgid ""
"Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
"restrictions defined by options B<-t>, B<-O>, B<-S>, B<-T> and B<--"
"direction> are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in "
"tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. "
"This option has no effect for B<--mtab> or B<--fstab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:215 original/man8/lsblk.8:154
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:86 original/man8/lsns.8:79 original/man8/partx.8:127
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:65 original/man8/wdctl.8:88
msgid "B<-r>, B<--raw>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--raw>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:217
msgid ""
"Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
"(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>)."
msgstr ""
"生の (raw) 出力フォーマットを用いる。 問題を起こしそうな文字は、 すべて 16 進"
"数にエスケープされる (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:220
msgid "B<--real>"
msgstr "B<--real>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:222
msgid "Print only real filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:225
msgid "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spec>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--source> I<spec>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:227
msgid ""
"Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are I<device>, "
"I<maj>B<:>I<min>, B<LABEL=>I<label>, B<UUID=>I<uuid>, B<PARTLABEL=>I<label> "
"and B<PARTUUID=>I<uuid>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:230
msgid "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--fstab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:232
msgid ""
"Search in I</etc/fstab>. The output is in the list format (see B<--list>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:235
msgid "B<-T>, B<--target> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--target> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:237
msgid ""
"Define the mount target. If I<path> is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
"then B<findmnt> checks the I<path> elements in reverse order to get the "
"mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
"and unsupported for B<--fstab>). It\\(cqs recommended to use the option B<--"
"mountpoint> when checks of I<path> elements are unwanted and I<path> is a "
"strictly specified mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:240 original/man8/wipefs.8:112
msgid "B<-t>, B<--types> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:242
msgid ""
"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
"a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
"B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. "
"For more details see B<mount>(8)."
msgstr ""
"表示、 または消去するシグナチャーを絞り込む。 複数のタイプは、 カンマで区切っ"
"て指定する。 ファイルシステムタイプのリストにおいては、 各タイプの前に B<no> "
"というプレフィックスをつけることができる。 その場合は、 作業の対象にすべきで"
"はないタイプを指定することになる。 詳しくは B<mount>(8) を参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:245
msgid "B<--tree>"
msgstr "B<--tree>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:247
msgid ""
"Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
"tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., I<fstab>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:250
msgid "B<--shadowed>"
msgstr "B<--shadowed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:255
msgid "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"
msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uniq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:257
msgid ""
"Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
"over-mounted mount points."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:260 original/man8/lslocks.8:91
#: original/man8/lsns.8:89
msgid "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--notruncate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:262
msgid ""
"Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
"B<TARGET>, B<SOURCE>, B<UUID>, B<LABEL>, B<PARTUUID>, B<PARTLABEL> columns. "
"This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:265
msgid "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--nofsroot>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:267
msgid ""
"Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
"subvolumes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:270
msgid "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<milliseconds>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--timeout> I<milliseconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:272
msgid ""
"Specify an upper limit on the time for which B<--poll> will block, in "
"milliseconds."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:275
msgid "B<-x>, B<--verify>"
msgstr "B<-x>, B<--verify>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:277
msgid ""
"Check mount table content. The default is to verify I</etc/fstab> "
"parsability and usability. It\\(cqs possible to use this option also with "
"B<--tab-file>. It\\(cqs possible to specify source (device) or target "
"(mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option B<--verbose> forces "
"B<findmnt> to print more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:280 original/man8/mkswap.8:113
msgid "B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<--verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:282
msgid "Force B<findmnt> to print more information (B<--verify> only for now)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:285
msgid "B<--vfs-all>"
msgstr "B<--vfs-all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:287
msgid ""
"When used with B<VFS-OPTIONS> column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
"This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
"kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:290 original/man8/lsblk.8:201
msgid "B<-y>, B<--shell>"
msgstr "B<-y>, B<--shell>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:292
msgid ""
"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with B<--pairs>. "
"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for B<--pairs> in "
"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it\\(cqs necessary to "
"request this behavior by B<--shell>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:308
msgid ""
"The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for "
"example if no filesystem is found based on the user\\(cqs filter "
"specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:311 original/man8/mount.8:2315
#: original/man8/umount.8:187
msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_FSTAB>=E<lt>pathE<gt>"
msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_FSTAB>=E<lt>pathE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:313
msgid "overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file"
msgstr "I<fstab> ファイルのデフォルトディレクトリを上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:316 original/man8/mount.8:2320
#: original/man8/umount.8:192
msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_MTAB>=E<lt>pathE<gt>"
msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_MTAB>=E<lt>pathE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:318
msgid "overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file"
msgstr "I<mtab> ファイルのデフォルトディレクトリを上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:321 original/man8/lsblk.8:248
#: original/man8/mount.8:2325 original/man8/swapon.8:194
#: original/man8/umount.8:197
msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:323 original/man8/mount.8:2327
msgid "enables libmount debug output"
msgstr "libmount デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:328
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output"
msgstr "libsmartcols デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:334 original/man8/sfdisk.8:626
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXAMPLES"
msgstr "例"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:337
msgid "B<findmnt --fstab -t nfs>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab -t nfs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:339
msgid "Prints all NFS filesystems defined in I</etc/fstab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:342
msgid "B<findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab /mnt/foo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:344
msgid ""
"Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
"mnt/foo>. It also prints bind mounts where I</mnt/foo> is a source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:347
msgid "B<findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab --target /mnt/foo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:349
msgid ""
"Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems where the mountpoint directory is I</"
"mnt/foo>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:352
msgid "B<findmnt --fstab --evaluate>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --fstab --evaluate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:354
msgid ""
"Prints all I</etc/fstab> filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
"the real device names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:357
msgid "B<findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot>"
msgstr "B<findmnt -n --raw --evaluate --output=target LABEL=/boot>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:359
msgid ""
"Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
"mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:362
msgid "B<findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --poll --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:364
msgid "Monitors mount, unmount, remount and move on I</mnt/foo>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:367
msgid "B<findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --poll=umount --first-only --mountpoint /mnt/foo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:369
msgid "Waits for I</mnt/foo> unmount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:372
msgid "B<findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro>"
msgstr "B<findmnt --poll=remount -t ext3 -O ro>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:374
msgid "Monitors remounts to read-only mode on all ext3 filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:382
msgid "B<fstab>(5), B<mount>(8)"
msgstr "B<fstab>(5), B<mount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/findmnt.8:389
msgid ""
"The B<findmnt> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<findmnt> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fsck.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FSCK"
msgstr "FSCK"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fsck.8:10 original/man8/tunelp.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "2022-01-06"
msgstr "2022-01-06"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:32
msgid "fsck - check and repair a Linux filesystem"
msgstr "fsck - Linux ファイルシステムのチェックと修復を行う"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:35
msgid ""
"B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
"[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"
msgstr ""
"B<fsck> [B<-lsAVRTMNP>] [B<-r> [I<fd>]] [B<-C> [I<fd>]] [B<-t> I<fstype>] "
"[I<filesystem>...] [B<-->] [I<fs-specific-options>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:38
msgid ""
"B<fsck> is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux "
"filesystems. I<filesystem> can be a device name (e.g., I</dev/hdc1>, I</dev/"
"sdb2>), a mount point (e.g., I</>, I</usr>, I</home>), or an filesystem "
"label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or "
"LABEL=root). Normally, the B<fsck> program will try to handle filesystems on "
"different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of "
"time needed to check all of them."
msgstr ""
"B<fsck> は、 1 つまたは複数の Linux ファイルシステムに対してのチェックのため"
"に用いられるものであり、 オプション指定があれば修復も行う。 I<filesystem> に"
"指定できるのは、 デバイス名 (たとえば I</dev/hdc1>、 I</dev/sdb2>)、 マウント"
"ポイント (たとえば I</>、 I</usr>、 I</home>)、 ファイルシステムラベル、 "
"UUID 識別子 (たとえば UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd または "
"LABEL=root) である。 通常 B<fsck> プログラムは、 異なる物理ディスクドライブ上"
"にあるファイルシステムを取り扱う際には、 並行処理を行うことで、 すべての"
"チェックに要する時間を短縮するように動作する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:40
msgid ""
"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the B<-A> option is "
"not specified, B<fsck> will default to checking filesystems in I</etc/fstab> "
"serially. This is equivalent to the B<-As> options."
msgstr ""
"コマンドラインからファイルシステムが指定されなかった場合に、 B<-A> オプション"
"が指定されていなければ、 B<fsck> はデフォルトで、 I</etc/fstab> に記述されて"
"いるファイルシステムを順にチェックする。 これは B<-As> オプションを指定するこ"
"とと同じである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:42
msgid ""
"The exit status returned by B<fsck> is the sum of the following conditions:"
msgstr "B<fsck> が返す終了ステータスは、 以下の状況を合計したものである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:46 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:143
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:120
msgid "No errors"
msgstr "エラーなし。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:51
msgid "Filesystem errors corrected"
msgstr "ファイルシステムエラーが修復された。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:56
msgid "System should be rebooted"
msgstr "システムを再起動する必要あり。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:59 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:82
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:151 original/man8/mount.8:2278
#: original/man8/swapon.8:163
msgid "B<4>"
msgstr "B<4>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:61 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:153
msgid "Filesystem errors left uncorrected"
msgstr "ファイルシステムエラーが修復されずに残っている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:64 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:87
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:161 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:118
#: original/man8/mount.8:2283 original/man8/swapon.8:168
msgid "B<8>"
msgstr "B<8>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:66 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:163
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:125
msgid "Operational error"
msgstr "操作エラー。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:69 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:92
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:166 original/man8/mount.8:2288
#: original/man8/swapon.8:173
msgid "B<16>"
msgstr "B<16>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:71 original/man8/fsck.minix.8:168
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:130
msgid "Usage or syntax error"
msgstr "使用方法または文法エラー。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:74 original/man8/isosize.8:74
#: original/man8/mount.8:2293 original/man8/swapon.8:178
msgid "B<32>"
msgstr "B<32>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:76
msgid "Checking canceled by user request"
msgstr "ユーザー要求によるチェック処理のキャンセル。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:79
msgid "B<128>"
msgstr "B<128>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:81
msgid "Shared-library error"
msgstr "共有ライブラリエラー。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:84
msgid ""
"The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
"wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
msgstr ""
"複数のファイルシステムをチェックすることで返される終了ステータスは、 各ファイ"
"ルシステムがチェックされた際の終了ステータスを、 ビット単位で論理和を取ったも"
"のとなる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:86
msgid ""
"In actuality, B<fsck> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
"checkers (B<fsck>.I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
"checker is searched for in the B<PATH> environment variable. If the B<PATH> "
"is undefined then fallback to I</sbin>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:88
msgid ""
"Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
"詳しくは各ファイルシステム固有のチェックプログラムに対するマニュアルページを"
"参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:91 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:68
msgid "B<-l>"
msgstr "B<-l>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:93
msgid ""
"Create an exclusive B<flock>(2) lock file (I</run/fsck/E<lt>disknameE<gt>."
"lock>) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only "
"(this means that B<-A> and B<-l> are mutually exclusive). This option is "
"recommended when more B<fsck> instances are executed in the same time. The "
"option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. "
"B<fsck> does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked "
"devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:96
msgid "B<-r> [I<fd>]"
msgstr "B<-r> [I<fd>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:98
msgid ""
"Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
"include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
"elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
"run. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:100
msgid ""
"B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186>"
msgstr ""
"B</dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:102
msgid ""
"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the "
"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
"parsable format. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:104
msgid "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"
msgstr "B</dev/sda1 0 92828 4.002804 2.677592 0.86186>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:107 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:92
#: original/man8/mount.8:484
msgid "B<-s>"
msgstr "B<-s>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:109
msgid ""
"Serialize B<fsck> operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
"B<e2fsck>(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make B<e2fsck>(8) "
"run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the B<-p> or B<-a> "
"option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the B<-n> "
"option if you do not.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:112
msgid "B<-t> I<fslist>"
msgstr "B<-t> I<fslist>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:114
msgid ""
"Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the B<-A> flag is "
"specified, only filesystems that match I<fslist> are checked. The I<fslist> "
"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
"negation operator \\(aqB<no>\\(aq or \\(aqB<!>\\(aq, which requests that "
"only those filesystems not listed in I<fslist> will be checked. If none of "
"the filesystems in I<fslist> is prefixed by a negation operator, then only "
"those listed filesystems will be checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:116
msgid ""
"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated I<fslist>. They "
"must have the format B<opts=>I<fs-option>. If an options specifier is "
"present, then only filesystems which contain I<fs-option> in their mount "
"options field of I</etc/fstab> will be checked. If the options specifier is "
"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
"have I<fs-option> in their mount options field of I</etc/fstab> will be "
"checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:118
msgid ""
"For example, if B<opts=ro> appears in I<fslist>, then only filesystems "
"listed in I</etc/fstab> with the B<ro> option will be checked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:120
msgid ""
"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
"an unauthorized UI change to the B<fsck> program, if a filesystem type of "
"B<loop> is found in I<fslist>, it is treated as if B<opts=loop> were "
"specified as an argument to the B<-t> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:122
msgid ""
"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for I<filesys> in the "
"I</etc/fstab> file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
"deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the "
"B<-t> option, B<fsck> will use the specified filesystem type. If this type "
"is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:125
msgid "B<-A>"
msgstr "B<-A>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:127
msgid ""
"Walk through the I</etc/fstab> file and try to check all filesystems in one "
"run. This option is typically used from the I</etc/rc> system initialization "
"file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:129
msgid ""
"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the B<-P> option is "
"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
"specified by the I<fs_passno> (the sixth) field in the I</etc/fstab> file. "
"Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of 0 are skipped and are not checked "
"at all. Filesystems with a I<fs_passno> value of greater than zero will be "
"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest I<fs_passno> number being "
"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
"B<fsck> will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
"running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:131
msgid ""
"B<fsck> does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel "
"with any other device. See below for B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL> setting. The "
"I</sys> filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:133
msgid ""
"Hence, a very common configuration in I</etc/fstab> files is to set the root "
"filesystem to have a I<fs_passno> value of 1 and to set all other "
"filesystems to have a I<fs_passno> value of 2. This will allow B<fsck> to "
"automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to "
"do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if "
"they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some "
"reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that "
"excessive paging is a concern."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:135
msgid ""
"B<fsck> normally does not check whether the device actually exists before "
"calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may "
"cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the "
"filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The I</etc/fstab> mount "
"option B<nofail> may be used to have B<fsck> skip non-existing devices. "
"B<fsck> also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem "
"type B<auto>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:138
msgid "B<-C> [I<fd>]"
msgstr "B<-C> [I<fd>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:140
msgid ""
"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
"only for ext[234]) which support them. B<fsck> will manage the filesystem "
"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
"front-ends may specify a file descriptor I<fd>, in which case the progress "
"bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:143
msgid "B<-M>"
msgstr "B<-M>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:145
msgid ""
"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
"filesystems."
msgstr ""
"マウントされているファイルシステムはチェックしない。 マウントされているファイ"
"ルシステムに対しては、 終了ステータス 0 を返す。filesystems."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:148
msgid "B<-N>"
msgstr "B<-N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:150
msgid "Don\\(cqt execute, just show what would be done."
msgstr "実際には実行せず、 どのように行われるかだけを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:153
msgid "B<-P>"
msgstr "B<-P>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:155
msgid ""
"When the B<-A> flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
"the root filesystem is in doubt things like the B<e2fsck>(8) executable "
"might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who "
"don\\(cqt want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact "
"(which is really the right solution)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:158
msgid "B<-R>"
msgstr "B<-R>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:160
msgid ""
"When checking all filesystems with the B<-A> flag, skip the root filesystem. "
"(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
"write.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:163
msgid "B<-T>"
msgstr "B<-T>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:165
msgid "Don\\(cqt show the title on startup."
msgstr "起動時にタイトル表示を行わない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:168
msgid "B<-V>"
msgstr "B<-V>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:170
msgid ""
"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
"executed."
msgstr "詳細表示を行う。 ファイルシステム固有のコマンドはすべて実行される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:173
msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
msgstr "B<-?>, B<--help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:178
msgid "B<--version>"
msgstr "B<--version>"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fsck.8:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
msgstr "ファイルシステム固有のオプション"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:184
msgid ""
"B<Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-"
"specific checker!>"
msgstr ""
"B<fsck が解釈できないオプションは、 ファイルシステム固有のチェックプログラム"
"に受け渡される。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:186
msgid ""
"These options B<must> not take arguments, as there is no way for B<fsck> to "
"be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don\\(cqt."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:188
msgid ""
"Options and arguments which follow the B<--> are treated as filesystem-"
"specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:190
msgid ""
"Please note that B<fsck> is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you\\(cqre doing something "
"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
"If you pass B<fsck> some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
"doesn\\(cqt do what you expect, B<don\\(cqt bother reporting it as a bug.> "
"You\\(cqre almost certainly doing something that you shouldn\\(cqt be doing "
"with B<fsck>. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck\\(cqs are not "
"standardized."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:193
msgid ""
"The B<fsck> program\\(cqs behavior is affected by the following environment "
"variables:"
msgstr "B<fsck> プログラムの動作は、 以下に示す環境変数に影響される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:195
msgid "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"
msgstr "B<FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:197
msgid ""
"If this environment variable is set, B<fsck> will attempt to check all of "
"the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
"Note that the I<fs_passno> value is still used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:200
msgid "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"
msgstr "B<FSCK_MAX_INST>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:202
msgid ""
"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
"have a large number of disks to avoid B<fsck> starting too many filesystem "
"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
"be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of B<fsck> "
"may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
"based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:205
msgid "B<PATH>"
msgstr "B<PATH>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:207
msgid "The B<PATH> environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers."
msgstr ""
"環境変数 B<PATH> は、 ファイルシステムをチェックするプログラムを探すために用"
"いられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:210
msgid "B<FSTAB_FILE>"
msgstr "B<FSTAB_FILE>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:212
msgid ""
"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
"standard location of the I</etc/fstab> file. It is also useful for "
"developers who are testing B<fsck>."
msgstr ""
"この環境変数をシステム管理者が設定すれば、 I</etc/fstab> の標準的な場所を上書"
"き設定できる。 開発者が B<fsck> をテストする際にも利用できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:215
msgid "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"
msgstr "B<LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:220
msgid "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"
msgstr "B<LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:222
msgid "enables libmount debug output."
msgstr "libmount デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:226 original/man8/mount.8:2343
#: original/man8/swapon.8:210 original/man8/umount.8:208
msgid "I</etc/fstab>"
msgstr "I</etc/fstab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:243
msgid ""
"B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) or B<fsck.ext3>(8) or B<e2fsck>(8), "
"B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck."
"msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), B<reiserfsck>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<fstab>(5), B<mkfs>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8) or B<fsck.ext3>(8) or B<e2fsck>(8), "
"B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<fsck.jfs>(8), B<fsck.nfs>(8), B<fsck.minix>(8), B<fsck."
"msdos>(8), B<fsck.vfat>(8), B<fsck.xfs>(8), B<reiserfsck>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.8:250
msgid ""
"The B<fsck> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<fsck> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
"きる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FSCK.CRAMFS"
msgstr "FSCK.CRAMFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:32
msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
msgstr "fsck.cramfs - 圧縮された ROM ファイルシステムに対する fsck"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:35
msgid "B<fsck.cramfs> [options] I<file>"
msgstr "B<fsck.cramfs> [options] I<file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:38
msgid "B<fsck.cramfs> is used to check the cramfs file system."
msgstr "B<fsck.cramfs> は cramfs ファイルシステムのチェックに用いられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:43 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:54
msgid "Enable verbose messaging."
msgstr "詳細表示を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:46
msgid "B<-b>, B<--blocksize> I<blocksize>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--blocksize> I<blocksize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:48
msgid ""
"Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
"creation time. Only used for B<--extract>."
msgstr ""
"ブロックサイズを用いる。 デフォルトはページサイズである。 これは生成時に設定"
"された値でなければならない。 B<--extract> においてのみ用いられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:51
msgid "B<--extract>[=I<directory>]"
msgstr "B<--extract>[=I<directory>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:53
msgid ""
"Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
"I<file> to I<directory>."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステム全体の伸長処理をテストする。 任意指定として I<file> の内容を "
"I<directory> へ抽出する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:56
msgid "B<-a>"
msgstr "B<-a>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:58 original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:63
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:65 original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:70
msgid "This option is silently ignored."
msgstr "このオプションは無視されます。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:61
msgid "B<-y>"
msgstr "B<-y>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:84
msgid "file system was left uncorrected"
msgstr "ファイルシステムが不適切であることを示す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:89 original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:120
msgid "operation error, such as unable to allocate memory"
msgstr "メモリ割り当て不能などの操作エラーを示す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:94
msgid "usage information was printed"
msgstr "使用方法に関する情報が表示されたことを示す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:99
msgid "B<mount>(8), B<mkfs.cramfs>(8)"
msgstr "B<mount>(8), B<mkfs.cramfs>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.cramfs.8:106
msgid ""
"The B<fsck.cramfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<fsck.cramfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FSCK.MINIX"
msgstr "FSCK.MINIX"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:32
msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:35
msgid "B<fsck.minix> [options] I<device>"
msgstr "B<fsck.minix> [options] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:38
msgid ""
"B<fsck.minix> performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem."
msgstr ""
"B<fsck.minix> はperforms a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:40
msgid ""
"The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should not be "
"used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
"Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:42
msgid "The I<device> name will usually have the following form:"
msgstr "I<device> 名は通常、以下のような書式で表される。"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/hda[1-63]"
msgstr "/dev/hda[1-63]"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "IDE disk 1"
msgstr "IDE ディスク 1"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/hdb[1-63]"
msgstr "/dev/hdb[1-63]"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:60
#, no-wrap
msgid "IDE disk 2"
msgstr "IDE ディスク 2"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/sda[1-15]"
msgstr "/dev/sda[1-15]"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCSI disk 1"
msgstr "SCSI ディスク 1"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "/dev/sdb[1-15]"
msgstr "/dev/sdb[1-15]"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "SCSI disk 2"
msgstr "SCSI ディスク 2"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:82
msgid ""
"If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will print "
"\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before "
"exiting. There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:82 original/man8/mkswap.8:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "WARNING"
msgstr "警告"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:85
msgid ""
"B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using B<fsck."
"minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility "
"that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly "
"good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted "
"filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the "
"disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:90
msgid "List all filenames."
msgstr "ファイル名すべてを一覧表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:93
msgid "B<-r>, B<--repair>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--repair>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:95
msgid "Perform interactive repairs."
msgstr "対話的な修復を行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:98 original/man8/rtcwake.8:56
msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--auto>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:100
msgid ""
"Perform automatic repairs. This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
"answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
"extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:108
msgid "B<-s>, B<--super>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--super>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:110
msgid "Output super-block information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:113
msgid "B<-m>, B<--uncleared>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--uncleared>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:115
msgid "Activate MINIX-like \"mode not cleared\" warnings."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:120
msgid ""
"Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
"is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:134
msgid ""
"There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
"commonly seen in normal usage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:136
msgid ""
"If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
"super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, B<fsck."
"minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:139
msgid "The exit status returned by B<fsck.minix> is the sum of the following:"
msgstr ""
"B<fsck.minix> によって返される終了ステータスは、 以下を組み合わせたものであ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:146
msgid "B<3>"
msgstr "B<3>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:148
msgid ""
"Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
"mounted"
msgstr ""
"合わせられたファイルシステムのエラー。 ファイルシステムがマウントされているも"
"のであれば、 システムの起動を必要とする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:156
msgid "B<7>"
msgstr "B<7>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:158
msgid "Combination of exit statuses 3 and 4"
msgstr "終了ステータス 3 と 4 の組み合わせ。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:173
msgid "Exit status values by"
msgstr "終了ステータス値の対応"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:175
msgid "Added support for filesystem valid flag:"
msgstr "ファイルシステムの正常フラグに対するサポート追加"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:177
msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by"
msgstr "マウント済ファイルシステムの fsck 防止チェック"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:179
msgid "Minix v2 fs support by"
msgstr "Minix v2 fs 対応"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:181
msgid "updated by"
msgstr "更新対応"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:183
msgid "Portability patch by"
msgstr "移植パッチ"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:192
msgid ""
"B<fsck>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.minix>(8), "
"B<reboot>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<fsck>(8), B<fsck.ext2>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.minix>(8), "
"B<reboot>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsck.minix.8:199
msgid ""
"The B<fsck.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs.minix> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FSFREEZE"
msgstr "FSFREEZE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:32
msgid "fsfreeze - suspend access to a filesystem (Ext3/4, ReiserFS, JFS, XFS)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:35
msgid "B<fsfreeze> B<--freeze>|B<--unfreeze> I<mountpoint>"
msgstr "B<fsfreeze> B<--freeze>|B<--unfreeze> I<mountpoint>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:38
msgid "B<fsfreeze> suspends or resumes access to a filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:40
msgid ""
"B<fsfreeze> halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable "
"image on disk. B<fsfreeze> is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices "
"that support the creation of snapshots."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:42
msgid ""
"B<fsfreeze> is unnecessary for B<device-mapper> devices. The device-mapper "
"(and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot "
"creation is requested. For more details see the B<dmsetup>(8) man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:44
msgid ""
"The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
"filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
"B<mount>(8))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:46
msgid ""
"Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
"mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option B<strictatime>, "
"for more details see B<mount>(8))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:49
msgid "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--freeze>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:51
msgid ""
"This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new "
"modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
"filesystem are allowed to complete, new B<write>(2) system calls are halted, "
"other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
"metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to "
"write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be "
"unfrozen."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:53
msgid ""
"Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
"information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
"will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
"the snapshot is complete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:56
msgid "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unfreeze>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:58
msgid ""
"This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
"continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
"unblocked and allowed to complete."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:69
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM SUPPORT"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:72
msgid ""
"This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
"List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) B<btrfs>, B<ext2/3/4>, "
"B<f2fs>, B<jfs>, B<nilfs2>, B<reiserfs>, and B<xfs>. Previous list may be "
"incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know "
"if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test "
"freezing it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:75
msgid "This man page is based on B<xfs_freeze>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:78
msgid "Written by Hajime Taira."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:81
msgid "B<mount>(8)"
msgstr "B<mount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fsfreeze.8:88
msgid ""
"The B<fsfreeze> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<fsfreeze> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "FSTRIM"
msgstr "FSTRIM"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:32
msgid "fstrim - discard unused blocks on a mounted filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:35
msgid ""
"B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
"size>] [B<-v> I<mountpoint>]"
msgstr ""
"B<fstrim> [B<-Aa>] [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<-l> I<length>] [B<-m> I<minimum-"
"size>] [B<-v> I<mountpoint>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:38
msgid ""
"B<fstrim> is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks "
"which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state "
"drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:40
msgid ""
"By default, B<fstrim> will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
"Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
"explained below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:42
msgid ""
"The I<mountpoint> argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
"filesystem is mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:44
msgid ""
"Running B<fstrim> frequently, or even using B<mount -o discard>, might "
"negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
"and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
"not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
"performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
"time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:47
msgid ""
"The I<offset>, I<length>, and I<minimum-size> arguments may be followed by "
"the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for "
"GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the "
"same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so "
"on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"引数 I<offset>, I<length>, I<minimum-size> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB "
"(=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサフィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, "
"PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使える。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえ"
"ば \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) "
"といったサフィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:49
msgid "B<-A, --fstab>"
msgstr "B<-A, --fstab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:51
msgid ""
"Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in I</etc/fstab> on devices that "
"support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
"command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like B<--"
"offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, are applied to all these devices. "
"Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
"devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems "
"with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:54
msgid "B<-a, --all>"
msgstr "B<-a, --all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:56
msgid ""
"Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
"The other supplied options, like B<--offset>, B<--length> and B<--minimum>, "
"are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not "
"support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems "
"are silently ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:59
msgid "B<-n, --dry-run>"
msgstr "B<-n, --dry-run>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:61
msgid "This option does everything apart from actually call B<FITRIM> ioctl."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:64
msgid "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"
msgstr "B<-o, --offset> I<offset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:66
msgid ""
"Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
"to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:69
msgid "B<-l, --length> I<length>"
msgstr "B<-l, --length> I<length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:71
msgid ""
"The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
"discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
"B<fstrim> will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
"extends to the end of the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:74
msgid "B<-I, --listed-in> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-I, --listed-in> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:76
msgid ""
"Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
"format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
"the I<list> stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:78
msgid "B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."
msgstr "B<--listed-in /etc/fstab:/proc/self/mountinfo>."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:80
msgid "Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option in fstab are skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:83
msgid "B<-m, --minimum> I<minimum-size>"
msgstr "B<-m, --minimum> I<minimum-size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:85
msgid ""
"Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
"internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
"ranges smaller than this will be ignored and B<fstrim> will adjust the "
"minimum if it\\(cqs smaller than the device\\(cqs minimum, and report that "
"(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
"B<fstrim> operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
"fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
"value is zero, discarding every free block."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:88
msgid "B<-v, --verbose>"
msgstr "B<-v, --verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:90
msgid ""
"Verbose execution. With this option B<fstrim> will output the number of "
"bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for "
"potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage "
"device\\(cqs perspective, because I<FITRIM> ioctl called repeated will keep "
"sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:92
msgid ""
"B<fstrim> will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only "
"sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be "
"discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves "
"the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim "
"capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected "
"in fstrim_range.len (the B<--length> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:95
msgid "B<--quiet-unsupported>"
msgstr "B<--quiet-unsupported>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:97
msgid ""
"Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
"option is meant to be used in B<systemd> service file or in B<cron>(8) "
"scripts to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS "
"driver reporting I<Bad file descriptor> when device is mounted read-only, or "
"lack of file system support for ioctl I<FITRIM> call. This option also "
"cleans exit status when unsupported filesystem specified on B<fstrim> "
"command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:111 original/man8/lsblk.8:217
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:118
msgid "0"
msgstr "0"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:116 original/man8/hwclock.8:456
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:222
msgid "1"
msgstr "1"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:121 original/man8/lsblk.8:227
msgid "32"
msgstr "32"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:123 original/man8/isosize.8:76
msgid "all failed"
msgstr "すべて失敗。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:126 original/man8/lsblk.8:232
msgid "64"
msgstr "64"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:128
msgid "some filesystem discards have succeeded, some failed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:131
msgid ""
"The command B<fstrim --all> returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:139
msgid "B<blkdiscard>(8), B<mount>(8)"
msgstr "B<blkdiscard>(8), B<mount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/fstrim.8:146
msgid ""
"The B<fstrim> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<fstrim> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "HWCLOCK"
msgstr "HWCLOCK"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:32
msgid "hwclock - time clocks utility"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:35
msgid "B<hwclock> [I<function>] [I<option>...]"
msgstr "B<hwclock> [I<function>] [I<option>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:38
msgid ""
"B<hwclock> is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display "
"the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the "
"Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware "
"Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock "
"timescale; set the kernel\\(cqs timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha "
"only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:40
msgid ""
"Since v2.26 important changes were made to the B<--hctosys> function and the "
"B<--directisa> option, and a new option B<--update-drift> was added. See "
"their respective descriptions below."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "FUNCTIONS"
msgstr "関数"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:43
msgid ""
"The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
"time. If none is given, the default is B<--show>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:45
msgid "B<-a, --adjust>"
msgstr "B<-a, --adjust>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:47
msgid ""
"Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
"since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
"under B<The Adjust Function>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:50
msgid "B<--getepoch>; B<--setepoch>"
msgstr "B<--getepoch>; B<--setepoch>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:52
msgid ""
"These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
"the Linux kernel RTC driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:54
msgid ""
"They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value. "
"Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
"Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets the year "
"counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since "
"1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:56
msgid ""
"The B<--setepoch> function requires using the B<--epoch> option to specify "
"the year. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:58
msgid "B<hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952>"
msgstr "B<hwclock --setepoch --epoch=1952>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:60
msgid ""
"The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
"not be required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:62
msgid ""
"This epoch value is used whenever B<hwclock> reads or sets the Hardware "
"Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed "
"Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:65
msgid "B<--param-get=>I<parameter>; B<--param-set=>I<parameter>=I<value>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:67
msgid ""
"Read and set the RTC\\(cqs parameter. This is useful, for example, to "
"retrieve the RTC\\(cqs feature or set the RTC\\(cqs Backup Switchover Mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:69
msgid ""
"I<parameter> is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel\\(cqs "
"I<include/uapi/linux/rtc.h>) or an alias. See B<--help> for a list of valid "
"aliases. I<parameter> and I<value>, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as "
"hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:72
msgid "B<--predict>"
msgstr "B<--predict>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:74
msgid ""
"Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
"given by the B<--date> option and the information in I</etc/adjtime>. This "
"is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
"wakeup (aka alarm). See B<rtcwake>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:76
msgid ""
"Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
"other than the current operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as "
"\\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:79
msgid "B<-r>, B<--show>; B<--get>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--show>; B<--get>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:81
msgid ""
"Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the B<ISO "
"8601> format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
"Hardware Clock in UTC. See the B<--localtime> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:83
msgid ""
"Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:85
msgid ""
"The B<--get> function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
"upon the information in I</etc/adjtime>. Do not use this function if the "
"Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
"operating system\\(cqs B<hwclock> command, such as \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq "
"or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:88
msgid "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--hctosys>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:90
msgid ""
"Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
"Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
"it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under B<The Adjust "
"Function>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:92
msgid ""
"The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
"applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
"for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
"read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
"System Clock. The B<--hctosys> function does this based upon the information "
"in the I</etc/adjtime> file or the command line arguments B<--localtime> and "
"B<--utc>. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
"below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:94
msgid ""
"The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the B<--hctosys> function sets it to "
"the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
"the B<TZ> environment variable or the I</etc/localtime> file, as B<tzset>(3) "
"would interpret them. The obsolete I<tz_dsttime> field of the kernel\\(cqs "
"timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
"see B<settimeofday>(2).)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:96
msgid ""
"When used in a startup script, making the B<--hctosys> function the first "
"caller of B<settimeofday>(2) from boot, it will set the NTP \\(aq11 minute "
"mode\\(aq timescale via the I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable. If "
"the Hardware Clock\\(cqs timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
"required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under B<Automatic "
"Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:98
msgid ""
"This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
"the file systems are mounted read/write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:100
msgid ""
"This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
"will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
"something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP\\(cqs \\(aq11 minute mode"
"\\(aq, then B<--hctosys> will set the time incorrectly by including drift "
"compensation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:102
msgid ""
"Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in I</etc/"
"adjtime> to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the B<--update-"
"drift> option is not used with B<--systohc> at shutdown (or anywhere else). "
"Another way to inhibit this is by using the B<--noadjfile> option when "
"calling the B<--hctosys> function. A third method is to delete the I</etc/"
"adjtime> file. B<Hwclock> will then default to using the UTC timescale for "
"the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need "
"to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling B<hwclock --localtime "
"--adjust>; when the file is not present this command will not actually "
"adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, "
"and a drift factor of zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:104
msgid ""
"A condition under which inhibiting B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction may be "
"desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
"instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock\\(cqs "
"value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied "
"will be incorrect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:106
msgid ""
"For B<hwclock>\\(aqs drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
"nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:109
msgid "B<--set>"
msgstr "B<--set>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:111
msgid ""
"Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option, and update "
"the timestamps in I</etc/adjtime>. With the B<--update-drift> option also "
"(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if B<--set> fails. "
"See B<--update-drift> below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:114
msgid "B<--systz>"
msgstr "B<--systz>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:116
msgid ""
"This is an alternate to the B<--hctosys> function that does not read the "
"Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
"correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
"kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
"the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:118
msgid ""
"It does the following things that are detailed above in the B<--hctosys> "
"function:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:128
msgid ""
"Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
"accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, B<hwclock> simply informs "
"the kernel and it handles the change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:139
msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq timescale."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:150
msgid "Sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:154
msgid ""
"The first two are only available on the first call of B<settimeofday>(2) "
"after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
"script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
"reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:156
msgid "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--systohc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:158
msgid ""
"Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
"I</etc/adjtime>. With the B<--update-drift> option also (re)calculate the "
"drift factor. Try it without the option if B<--systohc> fails. See B<--"
"update-drift> below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:172
msgid "B<--adjfile=>I<filename>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:174
msgid "Override the default I</etc/adjtime> file path."
msgstr "デフォルトの I</etc/adjtime> のファイルパスを上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:177
msgid "B<--date=>I<date_string>"
msgstr "B<--date=>I<date_string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:179
msgid ""
"This option must be used with the B<--set> or B<--predict> functions, "
"otherwise it is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:181
msgid "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<hwclock --set --date=\\(aq16:45\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:183
msgid "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<hwclock --predict --date=\\(aq2525-08-14 07:11:05\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:185
msgid ""
"The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
"UTC. See the B<--localtime> option. Therefore, the argument should not "
"include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
"\"+5 minutes\", because B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision depends upon correlation "
"between the argument\\(cqs value and when the enter key is pressed. "
"Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of "
"understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should "
"be observed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:188
msgid "B<--delay=>I<seconds>"
msgstr "B<--delay=>I<seconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:190
msgid ""
"This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
"the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
"types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
"then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:192
msgid ""
"The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
"hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
"one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
"to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
"because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
"after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
"specific and in same cases another delay is required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:195
msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<-D>, B<--debug>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:197
msgid ""
"Use B<--verbose>. The B<--debug> option has been deprecated and may be "
"repurposed or removed in a future release."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:200
msgid "B<--directisa>"
msgstr "B<--directisa>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:202
msgid ""
"This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
"family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells B<hwclock> "
"to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
"option, B<hwclock> will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
"driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
"automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
"causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
"Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
"should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
"all other methods fail. See the B<--rtc> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:205
msgid "B<--epoch=>I<year>"
msgstr "B<--epoch=>I<year>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:207
msgid ""
"This option is required when using the B<--setepoch> function. The minimum "
"I<year> value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (B<ULONG_MAX - 1>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:210
msgid "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<filename>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--rtc=>I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:212
msgid ""
"Override B<hwclock>\\(aqs default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will "
"use the first one found in this order: I</dev/rtc0>, I</dev/rtc>, I</dev/"
"misc/rtc>. For B<IA-64:> I</dev/efirtc> I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:215
msgid "B<-l>, B<--localtime>; B<-u>, B<--utc>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--localtime>; B<-u>, B<--utc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:217
msgid "Indicate which timescale the Hardware Clock is set to."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:219
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
"timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
"used. The B<--localtime> or B<--utc> options give this information to the "
"B<hwclock> command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and "
"take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
"incorrect."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:221
msgid ""
"If you specify neither B<--utc> nor B<--localtime> then the one last given "
"with a set function (B<--set>, B<--systohc>, or B<--adjust>), as recorded in "
"I</etc/adjtime>, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn\\(cqt exist, the "
"default is UTC."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:223
msgid ""
"Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
"Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under B<LOCAL vs UTC>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:226
msgid "B<--noadjfile>"
msgstr "B<--noadjfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:228
msgid ""
"Disable the facilities provided by I</etc/adjtime>. B<hwclock> will not read "
"nor write to that file with this option. Either B<--utc> or B<--localtime> "
"must be specified when using this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:231
msgid "B<--test>"
msgstr "B<--test>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:233
msgid ""
"Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or I</etc/"
"adjtime> (B<--verbose> is implicit with this option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:236
msgid "B<--update-drift>"
msgstr "B<--update-drift>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:238
msgid ""
"Update the Hardware Clock\\(cqs drift factor in I</etc/adjtime>. It can only "
"be used with B<--set> or B<--systohc>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:240
msgid ""
"A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
"invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
"drift factor will be."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:242
msgid ""
"This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
"B<hwclock --systohc> at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
"automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:252
msgid ""
"When using NTP with an \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq kernel the drift factor "
"would be clobbered to near zero."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:263
msgid ""
"It would not allow the use of \\(aqcold\\(aq drift correction. With most "
"configurations using \\(aqcold\\(aq drift will yield favorable results. "
"Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant "
"impact on the drift factor."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:274
msgid ""
"(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
"For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
"the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:285
msgid ""
"Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using "
"B<--update-drift> the RTC is not read)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:289
msgid ""
"Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
"the I</etc/adjtime> file. For most configurations once a machine\\(cqs "
"optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, "
"the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now "
"requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under B<The "
"Adjust Function>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:291
msgid ""
"This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
"cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
"can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
"failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
"Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
"invalid anyway."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:295
msgid "Display more details about what B<hwclock> is doing internally."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:297
#, no-wrap
msgid "Clocks in a Linux System"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:300
msgid "There are two types of date-time clocks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:302
msgid ""
"B<The Hardware Clock:> This clock is an independent hardware device, with "
"its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the "
"machine is powered off, or even unplugged."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:304
msgid ""
"On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
"standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
"second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
"clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:306
msgid ""
"This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
"RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
"form, was coined for use by B<hwclock>. The Linux kernel also refers to it "
"as the persistent clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:308
msgid ""
"Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
"having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
"might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
"more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
"purposes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:310
msgid ""
"B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by "
"a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the "
"ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. "
"The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC "
"(or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time "
"is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:312
msgid ""
"The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
"purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock "
"can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was "
"designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:314
msgid ""
"It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
"would happen if you used the B<date>(1) program to set it while the system "
"is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock "
"while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do "
"so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is "
"not possible on most systems because B<hwclock --systohc> is called at "
"shutdown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:316
msgid ""
"The Linux kernel\\(cqs timezone is set by B<hwclock>. But don\\(cqt be "
"misled \\(em almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. "
"Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to "
"display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
"determining the timezone: They use the B<TZ> environment variable or the I</"
"etc/localtime> file, as explained in the man page for B<tzset>(3). However, "
"some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
"the kernel\\(cqs timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
"kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
"wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel\\(cqs NTP \\(aq11 "
"minute mode\\(aq. If the kernel\\(cqs timezone value and/or the "
"I<persistent_clock_is_local> variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock "
"will be set incorrectly by \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq. See the discussion "
"below, under B<Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:318
msgid ""
"B<hwclock> sets the kernel\\(cqs timezone to the value indicated by B<TZ> or "
"I</etc/localtime> with the B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> functions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:320
msgid ""
"The kernel\\(cqs timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
"tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
"lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
"Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
"present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
"See also B<settimeofday>(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "Hardware Clock Access Methods"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:323
msgid ""
"B<hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. "
"The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is "
"presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using "
"the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware "
"Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by "
"specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:325
msgid ""
"However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
"rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
"depends on the system hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:327
msgid ""
"On an ISA compatible system, B<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory"
"\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. "
"It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if "
"running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
"specifying the B<--directisa> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:329
msgid ""
"This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
"that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
"disable interrupts. B<hwclock> provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
"because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
"a working rtc device driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:329
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Adjust Function"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:332
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
"time every day. This is called systematic drift. B<hwclock>\\(aqs B<--"
"adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware "
"Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:334
msgid ""
"It works like this: B<hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that keeps "
"some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:336
msgid ""
"Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a B<hwclock --set> command "
"to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. B<hwclock> creates the "
"adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
"was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
"issue a B<hwclock --set --update-drift> command to set it back 10 seconds. "
"B<hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last "
"time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the "
"systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a B<hwclock --"
"adjust> command. B<hwclock> consults the adjtime file and sees that the "
"clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left "
"alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware "
"Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was "
"adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another B<hwclock --adjust>. "
"B<hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime "
"file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:338
msgid ""
"When you use the B<--update-drift> option with B<--set> or B<--systohc>, the "
"systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
"corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
"derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
"the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in I</etc/adjtime>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:340
msgid ""
"A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<--"
"adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
"Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
"be more than 1 second and B<--adjust> will make the adjustment including any "
"fractional amount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:342
msgid ""
"B<hwclock --hctosys> also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value "
"read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It "
"does not share the 1 second limitation of B<--adjust>, and will correct sub-"
"second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time "
"nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use B<--adjust>, unless "
"something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:342
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Adjtime File"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:345
msgid ""
"While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
"actually contains other information used by B<hwclock> from one invocation "
"to the next."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:347
msgid "The format of the adjtime file is, in ASCII:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:349
msgid ""
"Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
"seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
"since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
"zero (for compatibility with B<clock>(8)) as a floating point decimal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:351
msgid ""
"Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
"recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
"that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
"Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
"This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:353
msgid ""
"Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
"Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
"with options on the B<hwclock> command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:355
msgid ""
"You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<clock>(8) "
"program with B<hwclock>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:355
#, no-wrap
msgid "Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:358
msgid ""
"You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
"synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
"the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
"compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
"good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
"your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
"synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
"clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:360
msgid ""
"If the kernel is compiled with the \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq option it will "
"be active when the kernel\\(cqs clock discipline is in a synchronized state. "
"When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the "
"kernel\\(cqs I<time_status> variable is unset. This value is output as the "
"\\(aqstatus\\(aq line of the B<adjtimex --print> or B<ntptime> commands."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:362
msgid ""
"It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel\\(cqs "
"clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on \\(aq11 "
"minute mode\\(aq. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the "
"System Clock the old fashioned way, including B<hwclock --hctosys>. However, "
"if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq "
"back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:364
msgid ""
"If your system runs with \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq on, it may need to use "
"either B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> in a startup script, especially if the "
"Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel "
"is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it "
"with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:366
msgid ""
"The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
"timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
"I<persistent_clock_is_local> kernel variable. If B<--hctosys> or B<--systz> "
"is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
"appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
"the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
"required to notify the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:368
msgid ""
"B<hwclock --adjust> should not be used with NTP \\(aq11 minute mode\\(aq."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:368
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISA Hardware Clock Century value"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:371
msgid ""
"There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
"machine as an indicator of what century it is. B<hwclock> does not use or "
"set that byte because there are some machines that don\\(cqt define the byte "
"that way, and it really isn\\(cqt necessary anyway, since the year-of-"
"century does a good job of implying which century it is."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:373
msgid ""
"If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the B<hwclock> "
"maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:375
msgid ""
"Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA"
"\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to "
"access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:375
#, no-wrap
msgid "DATE-TIME CONFIGURATION"
msgstr "日付時刻の設定"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:376
#, no-wrap
msgid "Keeping Time without External Synchronization"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:379
msgid "This discussion is based on the following conditions:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:389
msgid ""
"Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
"cron job.\""
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:400
msgid ""
"The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
"under B<POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:411
msgid ""
"Early during startup the following are called, in this order: B<adjtimex --"
"tick> I<value> B<--frequency> I<value> B<hwclock --hctosys>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:422
msgid "During shutdown the following is called: B<hwclock --systohc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:432
msgid "Systems without B<adjtimex> may use B<ntptime>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:436
msgid ""
"Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
"configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:438
msgid ""
"The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
"big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
"their own speed and drifting away from the \\(aqcorrect\\(aq time at their "
"own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for "
"each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values "
"between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device"
"\\(cqs time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each "
"other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the "
"other\\(cqs drift will be overlaid upon it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:440
msgid ""
"This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
"Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
"of B<hwclock>\\(aqs precision (including calculating drift factors) depends "
"upon the System Clock\\(cqs rate being correct, means that configuration of "
"the System Clock should be done first."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:442
msgid ""
"The System Clock drift is corrected with the B<adjtimex>(8) command\\(cqs "
"B<--tick> and B<--frequency> options. These two work together: tick is the "
"coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do "
"not have an B<adjtimex> package, B<ntptime -f> I<ppm> may be used instead.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:444
msgid ""
"Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
"drift with B<adjtimex>\\(aqs compare operation. Trying to correct one "
"drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a "
"dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great "
"effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an "
"improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in "
"error. A better choice for manual configuration would be B<adjtimex>\\(aqs "
"B<--log> options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:446
msgid ""
"It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with "
"B<sntp>, or B<date -Ins> and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the "
"correction manually."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:448
msgid ""
"After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
"adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See B<adjtimex>(2) for "
"more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:450
msgid ""
"Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:452
msgid ""
"As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
"even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
"case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
"occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
"drift should yield better results."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:454
msgid "B<Steps to calculate cold drift:>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:458
msgid "B<Ensure that NTP daemon will not be launched at startup.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:461
msgid "2"
msgstr "2"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:463
msgid "The I<System Clock> time must be correct at shutdown!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:466
msgid "3"
msgstr "3"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:468
msgid "Shut down the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:471
msgid "4"
msgstr "4"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:473
msgid "Let an extended period pass without changing the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:476
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:478
msgid "Start the system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:481
msgid "6"
msgstr "6"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:483
msgid ""
"Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<--update-"
"drift> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:486
msgid ""
"Note: if step 6 uses B<--systohc>, then the System Clock must be set "
"correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:488
msgid ""
"Having B<hwclock> calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
"the I</etc/adjtime> file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until "
"the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first "
"make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
"B<sntp>, or B<date -Ins> and a precision timepiece, immediately after "
"startup."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:488
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOCAL vs UTC"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:491
msgid ""
"Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
"saving time results:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:501
msgid ""
"If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
"to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:512
msgid ""
"If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
"from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:515
msgid ""
"The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
"it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when "
"B<hwclock> is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the "
"\\(aqcorrect\\(aq local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from "
"it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:517
msgid ""
"Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
"Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
"system administrators as B<hwclock> uses local time for its output and as "
"the argument to the B<--date> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:519
msgid ""
"POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
"the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs purpose is to initialize the "
"System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:521
msgid ""
"Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
"local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
"MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
"supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
"UTC."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:521
#, no-wrap
msgid "POSIX vs \\(aqRIGHT\\(aq"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:524
msgid ""
"A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
"addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by B<tzset>(3). One area "
"that seems to have no documentation is the \\(aqright\\(aq directory of the "
"Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:526
msgid ""
"There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and \\(aqright"
"\\(aq. \\(aqRight\\(aq (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and "
"posix does not. To use the \\(aqright\\(aq database the System Clock must be "
"set to (UTC + leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows "
"calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap "
"second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, "
"including UTC, by using the \\(aqright\\(aq timezone files which subtract "
"the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is "
"known to have issues."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:528
msgid ""
"To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
"in its directory must be copied to the root of I</usr/share/zoneinfo>. Files "
"are never used directly from the posix or \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories, e."
"g., TZ=\\(aqI<right/Europe/Dublin>\\(aq. This habit was becoming so common "
"that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system\\(cqs file tree "
"by moving the posix and \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectories out of the zoneinfo "
"directory and into sibling directories:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:530
msgid ""
"I</usr/share/zoneinfo>, I</usr/share/zoneinfo-posix>, I</usr/share/zoneinfo-"
"leaps>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:532
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
"structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
"reaching into the \\(aqright\\(aq subdirectory persists. This causes the "
"system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
"database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
"as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
"B<hwclock> needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of I</"
"usr/share/zoneinfo> , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those "
"files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing "
"an incorrect time conversion."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:534
msgid ""
"Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
"work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
"timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
"\\(aqright\\(aq, as described above, or by assigning a database path to the "
"I<TZDIR> environment variable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:537
msgid "One of the following exit values will be returned:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:539
msgid "B<EXIT_SUCCESS> (\\(aq0\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:541
msgid "Successful program execution."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:544
msgid "B<EXIT_FAILURE> (\\(aq1\\(aq on POSIX systems)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:546
msgid "The operation failed or the command syntax was not valid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:550
msgid "B<TZ>"
msgstr "B<TZ>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:552
msgid ""
"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
"configured timezone."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:555
msgid "B<TZDIR>"
msgstr "B<TZDIR>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:557
msgid ""
"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
"configured timezone database directory path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:561 original/man8/rtcwake.8:231
msgid "I</etc/adjtime>"
msgstr "I</etc/adjtime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:563
msgid ""
"The configuration and state file for B<hwclock>. See also "
"B<adjtime_config>(5)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:566
msgid "I</etc/localtime>"
msgstr "I</etc/localtime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:568
msgid "The system timezone file."
msgstr "システムのタイムゾーンファイル。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:571
msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo/>"
msgstr "I</usr/share/zoneinfo/>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:573
msgid "The system timezone database directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:576
msgid ""
"Device files B<hwclock> may try for Hardware Clock access: I</dev/rtc0> I</"
"dev/rtc> I</dev/misc/rtc> I</dev/efirtc> I</dev/misc/efirtc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:585
msgid ""
"B<date>(1), B<adjtime_config>(5), B<adjtimex>(8), B<gettimeofday>(2), "
"B<settimeofday>(2), B<crontab>(1p), B<tzset>(3)"
msgstr ""
"B<date>(1), B<adjtime_config>(5), B<adjtimex>(8), B<gettimeofday>(2), "
"B<settimeofday>(2), B<crontab>(1p), B<tzset>(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:588
msgid "Written by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:590
msgid ""
"September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
"Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
"history and credits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/hwclock.8:597
msgid ""
"The B<hwclock> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<hwclock> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/isosize.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISOSIZE"
msgstr "ISOSIZE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:32
msgid "isosize - output the length of an iso9660 filesystem"
msgstr "isosize - iso9660 ファイルシステムの長さを出力する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:35
msgid "B<isosize> [options] I<iso9660_image_file>"
msgstr "B<isosize> [options] I<iso9660_image_file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:38
msgid ""
"This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
"in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
"g. I</dev/hdd> or I</dev/sr0>). In the absence of any options (and errors), "
"it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be "
"a large number (E<gt>E<gt> 4 GB)."
msgstr ""
"このコマンドは、 指定されたファイル内に含まれる iso9660 ファイルシステムの長"
"さを出力する。  そのファイルは通常のファイルか、 あるいはブロックデバイス (た"
"とえば I</dev/hdd> や I</dev/sr0>) である。 オプションの指定がない場合 (エ"
"ラーもなければ)、 iso9660 ファイルシステムの長さをバイト単位で出力する。 現状"
"でこの値は、 非常に大きなもの (4 GB 以上) になる場合がある。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:41
msgid "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"
msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sectors>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:43
msgid ""
"Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
"the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
msgstr ""
"ブロックカウントとブロックサイズを、 読みやすい形式で表示する。 出力におい"
"て、 「ブロック (block)」に対しては「セクター (sector)」という用語が用いられ"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:46
msgid "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--divisor> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:48
msgid ""
"Only has an effect when B<-x> is not given. The value shown (if no errors) "
"is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by I<number>. So if I<number> is "
"the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
msgstr ""
"B<-x> が指定されていない場合に限って、 有効な指定である。 表示される値は (エ"
"ラーがなければ)、 iso9660 ファイルサイズを I<number> で割ったバイト数であ"
"る。 したがって I<number> をブロックサイズにすれば、 表示される値はブロックカ"
"ウントになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:50
msgid ""
"The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
"marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
"for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
"end of an iso9660 image."
msgstr ""
"iso9660 ファイルシステムを保持するファイル (あるいはブロックデバイス) は、 "
"iso9660 ファイルシステムの実際のサイズよりも、 やや大きくなる。 この理由の 1 "
"つは、 CD ライターが iso9660 イメージを書き込む際に、 その最後に「ランアウト "
"(run out)」セクターを追加できるようにするためである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:71
msgid "generic failure, such as invalid usage"
msgstr "一般的な処理失敗。 誤った使い方など。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:81
msgid "some failed"
msgstr "一部が失敗。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/isosize.8:89
msgid ""
"The B<isosize> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<isosize> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "LDATTACH"
msgstr "LDATTACH"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:32
msgid "ldattach - attach a line discipline to a serial line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:35
msgid ""
"B<ldattach> [B<-1278denoVh>] [B<-i> I<iflag>] [B<-s> I<speed>] I<ldisc "
"device>"
msgstr ""
"B<ldattach> [B<-1278denoVh>] [B<-i> I<iflag>] [B<-s> I<speed>] I<ldisc "
"device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:38
msgid ""
"The B<ldattach> daemon opens the specified I<device> file (which should "
"refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline I<ldisc> to it "
"for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
"background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:40
msgid ""
"The line discipline I<ldisc> may be specified either by name or by number."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:42
msgid ""
"In order to detach the line discipline, B<kill>(1) the B<ldattach> process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:44
msgid "With no arguments, B<ldattach> prints usage information."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "LINE DISCIPLINES"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:47
msgid ""
"Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
"supported:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:49
msgid "B<TTY>(B<0>)"
msgstr "B<TTY>(B<0>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:51
msgid ""
"The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
"well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:54
msgid "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"
msgstr "B<SLIP>(B<1>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:56
msgid ""
"Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
"over serial lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:59
msgid "B<MOUSE>(B<2>)"
msgstr "B<MOUSE>(B<2>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:61
msgid "Device driver for RS232 connected pointing devices (serial mice)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:64
msgid "B<PPP>(B<3>)"
msgstr "B<PPP>(B<3>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:66
msgid ""
"Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
"over serial lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:69
msgid "B<STRIP>(B<4>); B<AX25>(B<5>); B<X25>(B<6>)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:71
msgid ""
"Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:74
msgid "B<6PACK>(B<7>); B<R3964>(B<9>)"
msgstr "B<6PACK>(B<7>); B<R3964>(B<9>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:76
msgid "Driver for Simatic R3964 module."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:79
msgid "B<IRDA>(B<11>)"
msgstr "B<IRDA>(B<11>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:81
msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:85
msgid "B<HDLC>(B<13>)"
msgstr "B<HDLC>(B<13>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:87
msgid "Synchronous HDLC driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:90
msgid "B<SYNC_PPP>(B<14>)"
msgstr "B<SYNC_PPP>(B<14>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:92
msgid "Synchronous PPP driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:95
msgid "B<HCI>(B<15>)"
msgstr "B<HCI>(B<15>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:97
msgid "Bluetooth HCI UART driver."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:100
msgid "B<GIGASET_M101>(B<16>)"
msgstr "B<GIGASET_M101>(B<16>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:102
msgid "Driver for Siemens Gigaset M101 serial DECT adapter."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:105
msgid "B<PPS>(B<18>)"
msgstr "B<PPS>(B<18>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:107
msgid "Driver for serial line Pulse Per Second (PPS) source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:110
msgid "B<GSM0710>(B<21>)"
msgstr "B<GSM0710>(B<21>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:112
msgid "Driver for GSM 07.10 multiplexing protocol modem (CMUX)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:116
msgid "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"
msgstr "B<-1>, B<--onestopbit>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:118
msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:121
msgid "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"
msgstr "B<-2>, B<--twostopbits>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:123
msgid "Set the number of stop bits of the serial line to two."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:126
msgid "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"
msgstr "B<-7>, B<--sevenbits>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:128
msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 7 bits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:131
msgid "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"
msgstr "B<-8>, B<--eightbits>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:133
msgid "Set the character size of the serial line to 8 bits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:136 original/man8/uuidd.8:41
msgid "B<-d>, B<--debug>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--debug>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:138
msgid ""
"Keep B<ldattach> in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or "
"debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error "
"output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:141
msgid "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--evenparity>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:143
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to even."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:146
msgid "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--iflag> I<value>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:148
msgid ""
"Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
"I<value> may be a number or a symbolic name. If I<value> is prefixed by a "
"minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
"values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:151
msgid "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--noparity>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:153
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to none."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:156
msgid "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--oddparity>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:158
msgid "Set the parity of the serial line to odd."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:161
msgid "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<value>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--speed> I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:163
msgid ""
"Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified I<value>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:166
msgid "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<string>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--intro-command> I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:168
msgid ""
"Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
"invocation of B<ldattach>. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
"the command \\(aqAT+CMUX=0\\(rsr\\(aq is commonly suitable to switch the "
"modem into the CMUX mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:171
msgid "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<value>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pause> I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:173
msgid ""
"Sleep for I<value> seconds before the invocation of B<ldattach>. Default is "
"one second."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:191
msgid "B<inputattach>(1), B<ttys>(4)"
msgstr "B<inputattach>(1), B<ttys>(4)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/ldattach.8:198
msgid ""
"The B<ldattach> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<ldattach> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/losetup.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOSETUP"
msgstr "LOSETUP"

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/losetup.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "2022-03-09"
msgstr "2022-03-09"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:32
msgid "losetup - set up and control loop devices"
msgstr "losetup - ループデバイスの設定と制御を行う"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:35 original/man8/zramctl.8:35
msgid "Get info:"
msgstr "情報を取得する:"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:37
msgid "B<losetup> [I<loopdev>]"
msgstr "B<losetup> [I<loopdev>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:39
msgid "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"
msgstr "B<losetup> B<-l> [B<-a>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:41
msgid "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
msgstr "B<losetup> B<-j> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:43
msgid "Detach a loop device:"
msgstr "ループデバイスをデタッチする:"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:45
msgid "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."
msgstr "B<losetup> B<-d> I<loopdev> ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:47
msgid "Detach all associated loop devices:"
msgstr "関連するループデバイスをすべてデタッチする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:49
msgid "B<losetup> B<-D>"
msgstr "B<losetup> B<-D>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:51
msgid "Set up a loop device:"
msgstr "ループデバイスを設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:53
msgid ""
"B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
"I<size>] [B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f>|I<loopdev file>"
msgstr ""
"B<losetup> [B<-o> I<offset>] [B<--sizelimit> I<size>] [B<--sector-size> "
"I<size>] [B<-Pr>] [B<--show>] B<-f>|I<loopdev file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:55
msgid "Resize a loop device:"
msgstr "ループデバイスをサイズ変更 (resize) する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:57
msgid "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"
msgstr "B<losetup> B<-c> I<loopdev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:60
msgid ""
"B<losetup> is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block "
"devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. "
"If only the I<loopdev> argument is given, the status of the corresponding "
"loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:62
msgid ""
"Note that the old output format (i.e., B<losetup -a>) with comma-delimited "
"strings is deprecated in favour of the B<--list> output format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:64
msgid ""
"It\\(cqs possible to create more independent loop devices for the same "
"backing file. B<This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption "
"and overwrites.> Use B<--nooverlap> with B<--find> during setup to avoid "
"this problem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:66
msgid ""
"The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with B<--find>, "
"and B<losetup> does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
"attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
"use for example B<flock>(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
"cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:69
msgid ""
"The I<size> and I<offset> arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
"I<size> や I<offset> という引数の後ろには、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) の"
"ような乗数を表すサフィックスを続けることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, "
"YiB も同様に使える (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB"
"\" と同じ意味である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサ"
"フィックスをつけてもよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:71 original/man8/lsblk.8:54
#: original/man8/mount.8:357 original/man8/raw.8:62
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:44 original/man8/swapon.8:49
#: original/man8/umount.8:47 original/man8/wipefs.8:55
msgid "B<-a>, B<--all>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:73
msgid ""
"Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
"accessible for non-root users. See also B<--list>. The old output format (as "
"printed without B<--list>) is deprecated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:76
msgid "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<loopdev>..."
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach> I<loopdev>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:78
msgid ""
"Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
"that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
"operation does not return B<EBUSY> error anymore if device is actively used "
"by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:81
msgid "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"
msgstr "B<-D>, B<--detach-all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:83
msgid "Detach all associated loop devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:86
msgid "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<file>]"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find> [I<file>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:88
msgid ""
"Find the first unused loop device. If a I<file> argument is present, use the "
"found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:91
msgid "B<--show>"
msgstr "B<--show>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:93
msgid ""
"Display the name of the assigned loop device if the B<-f> option and a "
"I<file> argument are present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:96
msgid "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"
msgstr "B<-L>, B<--nooverlap>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:98
msgid ""
"Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
"backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
"used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
"option makes sense only with B<--find>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:101
msgid "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"
msgstr "B<-j>, B<--associated> I<file> [B<-o> I<offset>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:103
msgid "Show the status of all loop devices associated with the given I<file>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:108
msgid ""
"The data start is moved I<offset> bytes into the specified file or device. "
"The I<offset> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:111
msgid "B<--sizelimit> I<size>"
msgstr "B<--sizelimit> I<size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:113
msgid ""
"The data end is set to no more than I<size> bytes after the data start. The "
"I<size> may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:116
msgid "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:118
msgid ""
"Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
"The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone "
"command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:121
msgid "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<loopdev>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--set-capacity> I<loopdev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:123
msgid ""
"Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
"specified loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:126
msgid "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"
msgstr "B<-P>, B<--partscan>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:128
msgid ""
"Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
"Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
"is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option B<--sector-"
"size> together with B<--partscan>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:133
msgid "Set up a read-only loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:136
msgid "B<--direct-io>[B<=on>|B<off>]"
msgstr "B<--direct-io>[B<=on>|B<off>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:138
msgid ""
"Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
"be either B<on> or B<off>. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults "
"to B<on>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:143 original/man8/mount.8:543
#: original/man8/partx.8:159 original/man8/umount.8:136
msgid "Verbose mode."
msgstr "詳細モード"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:148
msgid ""
"If a loop device or the B<-a> option is specified, print the default columns "
"for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
"print info about all devices. See also B<--output>, B<--noheadings>, B<--"
"raw>, and B<--json>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:151
msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<column>[,I<column>]..."
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<column>[,I<column>]..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:153
msgid ""
"Specify the columns that are to be printed for the B<--list> output. Use B<--"
"help> to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
"B<--list> において、 出力する項目を指定する。 B<--help> を実行すれば、 サポー"
"トされている項目一覧を見ることができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:158 original/man8/lsblk.8:141
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:78 original/man8/lsns.8:71 original/man8/partx.8:119
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:62 original/man8/swapon.8:112
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:85
msgid "Output all available columns."
msgstr "出力可能な項目すべてを出力する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:163
msgid "Don\\(cqt print headings for B<--list> output format."
msgstr "B<--list> による出力にあたって、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:166 original/man8/swapon.8:120
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:88
msgid "B<--raw>"
msgstr "B<--raw>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:168
msgid "Use the raw B<--list> output format."
msgstr "そのままの出力フォーマットを使用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:173
msgid "Use JSON format for B<--list> output."
msgstr "B<--list> の出力に JSON フォーマットを使用する。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/losetup.8:174
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENCRYPTION"
msgstr "暗号化"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:177
msgid ""
"B<Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.> For more details "
"see B<cryptsetup>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:180
msgid ""
"B<losetup> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When B<losetup> "
"displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not "
"configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status "
"of the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:183
msgid ""
"Since version 2.37 B<losetup> uses B<LOOP_CONFIGURE> ioctl to setup a new "
"loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use B<LOOP_SET_FD> and "
"B<LOOP_SET_STATUS64> ioctls to do the same."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:186 original/man8/mount.8:2335
msgid "B<LOOPDEV_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<LOOPDEV_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:188
msgid "enables debug output."
msgstr "デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:192
msgid "I</dev/loop[0..N]>"
msgstr "I</dev/loop[0..N]>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:194
msgid "loop block devices"
msgstr "ループブロックデバイス。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:197
msgid "I</dev/loop-control>"
msgstr "I</dev/loop-control>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:199
msgid "loop control device"
msgstr "ループコントロールデバイス。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:203
msgid ""
"The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
msgstr "以下のコマンドは、 ループデバイスの利用例として用いることができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:215
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
"# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
"/dev/loop0\n"
"# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
"# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
"\\&...\n"
"# umount /dev/loop0\n"
"# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"
msgstr ""
"# dd if=/dev/zero of=~/file.img bs=1024k count=10\n"
"# losetup --find --show ~/file.img\n"
"/dev/loop0\n"
"# mkfs -t ext2 /dev/loop0\n"
"# mount /dev/loop0 /mnt\n"
"\\&...\n"
"# umount /dev/loop0\n"
"# losetup --detach /dev/loop0\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:222
msgid "based on the original version from"
msgstr "これは以下により作られたオリジナルバージョンに基づく"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/losetup.8:230
msgid ""
"The B<losetup> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<losetup> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "LSBLK"
msgstr "LSBLK"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:32
msgid "lsblk - list block devices"
msgstr "lsblk - ブロックデバイスを一覧表示する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:35
msgid "B<lsblk> [options] [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<lsblk> [options] [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:38
msgid ""
"B<lsblk> lists information about all available or the specified block "
"devices. The B<lsblk> command reads the B<sysfs> filesystem and B<udev db> "
"to gather information. If the udev db is not available or B<lsblk> is "
"compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and "
"filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are "
"necessary."
msgstr ""
"B<lsblk> は、 利用できるすべてのブロックデバイス、 または指定されたブロックデ"
"バイスの情報を一覧表示する。 B<lsblk> コマンドは、 B<sysfs> ファイルシステム"
"や B<udev> のデータベースを読んで、 情報を収集する。 udev のデータベースが利"
"用できない場合や、 lsblk が udev のサポートなしでコンパイルされている場合"
"は、 ブロックデバイスから直接 LABEL, UUID, ファイルシステムタイプなどを読み取"
"ろうとする。 その場合は、 ルート権限が必要である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:40
msgid ""
"The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
"format by default. Use B<lsblk --help> to get a list of all available "
"columns."
msgstr ""
"このコマンドは、 デフォルトでは、 すべてのブロックデバイスをツリー状のフォー"
"マットで表示する (RAM ディスクは除く)。 利用できるすべての項目 (columns) のリ"
"ストを見るには、 B<lsblk --help> を使用すればよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:42
msgid ""
"The default output, as well as the default output from options like B<--fs> "
"and B<--topology>, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected columns by using B<--output> I<columns-list> and B<--list> in "
"environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの出力はもとより、 B<--fs> や B<--topology> といったオプションのデ"
"フォルトの出力も、 バージョンによって違うことがある。  そこで、 スクリプトで"
"使うときは、 デフォルトの出力の使用は、 なるべく避けた方がよい。 いつでも一定"
"の出力が必要な場合には、 B<--output> I<column-list> と B<--list> を使用し"
"て、 表示させたい項目が何と何かを、 必ず明確に指定するべきである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:44
msgid ""
"Note that B<lsblk> might be executed in time when B<udev> does not have all "
"information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
"recommended to use B<udevadm settle> before B<lsblk> to synchronize with "
"udev."
msgstr ""
"B<lsblk> を実行したとき、 デバイスがつい今しがた追加、変更されたばかりで、 そ"
"うしたデバイスについての情報のすべてを、 B<udev> がまだ取得していない、 とい"
"うことがあるかもしれない。 そうした場合には、 現状と B<udev> とを同期させるた"
"めに、 B<lsblk> を使用する前に、 B<udevadm settle> を実行することをお勧めす"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:46
msgid ""
"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
"one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
"be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why B<lsblk> provides "
"MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
"only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
"and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
"associated with the device."
msgstr ""
"ブロックデバイスとファイルシステムの関係は、 1 対 1 となるわけではない。 ファ"
"イルシステムが複数のブロックデバイスを利用する場合があり、 つまり 1 つのファ"
"イルシステムが、 複数のパスを使ってアクセスできる場合がある。 B<lsblk> におい"
"て、 項目 MOUNTPOINT あるいは MOUNTPOINTS (複数) が設けられているのは、 この"
"ためである。 項目 MOUNTPOINT が表示されるのは、 マウントポイントが 1 つのみ "
"(普通はファイルシステムを最後にマウントしたインスタンス) が表示される。 また"
"項目 MOUNTPOINTS は、 複数行を使って、 そのデバイスに関連づいたマウントポイン"
"トすべてを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:49
msgid "B<-A>, B<--noempty>"
msgstr "B<-A>, B<--noempty>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:51
msgid "Don\\(cqt print empty devices."
msgstr "ヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:56
msgid ""
"Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices "
"too."
msgstr ""
"ビルトインのフィルターはすべて無効とし、 空デバイスと RAM ディスクデバイスを"
"一覧表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:70
msgid "B<-D>, B<--discard>"
msgstr "B<-D>, B<--discard>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:72
msgid ""
"Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
"device."
msgstr ""
"各デバイスについて、 そのディスカーディング能力 (discarding capabilities、 "
"TRIM や UNMAP) の情報を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:75
msgid "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--nodeps>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:77
msgid ""
"Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, B<lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
"sda> prints information about the sda device only."
msgstr ""
"ホルダーデバイス (holder devices) やスレーブを表示しない。 たとえば、 "
"B<lsblk  --nodeps /dev/sda> は、 sda というデバイスの情報しか表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:80
msgid "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<column>"
msgstr "B<-E>, B<--dedup> I<column>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:82
msgid ""
"Use I<column> as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the "
"key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and "
"parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always "
"printed."
msgstr ""
"出力されるツリーの重複をなくすために、 項目 I<column> を重複排除キーとして使"
"用する。 ただし、 そのデバイスでそのキーが利用できない場合や、 そのデバイスが"
"パーティションであり、 ディスク全体である親デバイスが同じキーの値を示している"
"場合には、 そのデバイスはやはり表示されることになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:84
msgid ""
"The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
"for example by B<-E WWN>."
msgstr ""
"よく使われる例としては、 システムのマルチパスデバイスで、 たとえば B<-E WWN> "
"を指定して、 出力の重複をなくすといったことがある。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:87
msgid "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--exclude> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:89
msgid ""
"Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
"numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if B<--all> "
"is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This "
"may be confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices "
"is not obvious."
msgstr ""
"I<list> で指定されたデバイスを表示から除外する。 I<list> は、 カンマで区切っ"
"たメジャーデバイス番号のリストである。 なお、 RAM ディスク (major=1) は、 "
"B<--all> が指定されないかぎり、 デフォルトで除外されている。 このフィルターで"
"適用対象に指定されるのは、 トップレベルのデバイスだけである。 そのため、 デバ"
"イスの階層関係をはっきり示さない B<--list> の出力形式では、 パーティションま"
"で表示されなくなることに戸惑うかもしれない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:92
msgid "B<-f>, B<--fs>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:94
msgid ""
"Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to B<-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
"FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS>. The authoritative information "
"about filesystems and raids is provided by the B<blkid>(8) command."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムの情報を表示する。 このオプションは、 B<-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,"
"LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS> と等価である。 なお、 ファイルシステム"
"や RAID についての信頼できる確かな情報は、 B<blkid> コマンドが提供している。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:97
msgid "B<-I>, B<--include> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-I>, B<--include> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:99
msgid ""
"Include devices specified by the comma-separated I<list> of major device "
"numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
"confusing for B<--list> output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
"obvious."
msgstr ""
"I<list> で指定されたデバイスを表示の対象にする。 I<list> は、 カンマで区切っ"
"たメジャーデバイス番号のリストである。 このフィルターで適用対象に指定されるの"
"は、 トップレベルのデバイスだけである。 そのため、 デバイスの階層関係をはっき"
"り示さない B<--list> の出力形式では、 パーティションまで表示されるようになる"
"ことに戸惑うかもしれない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:102
msgid "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--ascii>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:104
msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting."
msgstr "ツリー状の表示にするのに ASCII 文字を用いる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:109
msgid ""
"Use JSON output format. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use B<--output> and "
"also B<--tree> if necessary."
msgstr ""
"JSON 出力フォーマットを使用する。 B<--output> と必要に応じて B<--tree> をとも"
"に用いることが強く勧められる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:114
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
"information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
"device is printed only once if B<--pairs> or B<--raw> not specified (the "
"parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
msgstr ""
"一覧形式の出力を生成する。 この出力は、 デバイス間にどんな関係があるかを明示"
"しない。 また、 バージョン 2.34 以降、 B<--pairs> や B<--raw> が指定されてい"
"ない場合、各デバイスは 1 度しか表示されない。 (後方互換性のある方法で、 出力"
"が解析できるようにされている。)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:117
msgid "B<-M>, B<--merge>"
msgstr "B<-M>, B<--merge>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:119
msgid ""
"Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
"Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
msgstr ""
"RAID やマルチパスデバイスについて、 出力を読みやすくするために、 サブツリーの"
"ペアレントをグループ化する。 出力はツリー状である必要がある。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:122
msgid "B<-m>, B<--perms>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--perms>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:124
msgid ""
"Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
"B<-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE>."
msgstr ""
"デバイスの所有者、 グループ、 許可属性について情報を出力する。 このオプション"
"は、 B<-o\\ NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE> と同じである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:134
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
"supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
"to use tree for the column \\(aqNAME\\(aq (see also B<--tree>)."
msgstr ""
"出力にどの項目 (columns) を表示するかを指定する。 使用できる全項目のリストを"
"知るには、 B<--help> オプションを使用すればよい。 選択した項目によっては、 ツ"
"リー状の出力に変化が生ずるかもしれない。 デフォルトでは、 \\(aqNAME\\(aq の項"
"目にツリー出力を使用している (B<--tree> も参照のこと)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:136
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
"format I<+list> (e.g., B<lsblk -o +UUID>)."
msgstr ""
"I<list> を I<+list> の形で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張することがで"
"きる (たとえば、 B<lsblk -o +UUID>)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:139
msgid "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output-all>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:146
msgid ""
"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
"still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
"hex-escaped (\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>). See also option B<--shell>."
msgstr ""
"key=\"value\" ペア形式の出力を生成する。 出力行の並びは、 ここでも依存関係順"
"である。 NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL, MOUNTPOINT といった項目において、 問"
"題を起こしそうな文字は、 すべて 16 進数にエスケープされる "
"(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。 B<--shell> オプションも参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:149
msgid "B<-p>, B<--paths>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--paths>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:151
msgid "Print full device paths."
msgstr "デバイスのフルパスを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:156
msgid ""
"Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
"dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
"(\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT "
"columns."
msgstr ""
"そのまま (raw) のフォーマットで出力を表示する。 出力行の並びは、 ここでも依存"
"関係順である。 NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL, MOUNTPOINT といった項目におい"
"て、 問題を起こしそうな文字は、 すべて 16 進数にエスケープされる "
"(\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:159
msgid "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--scsi>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:161
msgid ""
"Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
"devices are ignored."
msgstr ""
"SCSI デバイスに関する情報のみを出力する。 すべてのパーティション、 スレー"
"ブ、 ホルダーデバイスは無視される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:164
msgid "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--inverse>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:166
msgid ""
"Print dependencies in inverse order. If the B<--list> output is requested "
"then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
msgstr ""
"依存関係を逆順で表示する。 B<--list> 出力が要求された場合でも、 出力される行"
"は、 やはり依存関係に従って並べられる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:169
msgid "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<column>]"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tree>[B<=>I<column>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:171
msgid ""
"Force tree-like output format. If I<column> is specified, then a tree is "
"printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
msgstr ""
"強制的にツリー状の出力フォーマットにする。 I<column> が指定されていれば、 そ"
"の項目でツリー表示が行われる。 デフォルトでツリー表示されるのは、 NAME の項目"
"である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:174
msgid "B<-t>, B<--topology>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--topology>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:176
msgid "Output info about block-device topology. This option is equivalent to"
msgstr ""
"ブロックデバイスのトポロジー情報を出力する。 このオプションは以下と同じであ"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:178
msgid ""
"B<-o NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
"WSAME>."
msgstr ""
"B<-o NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,"
"WSAME>."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:191
msgid "B<-w>, B<--width> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--width> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:193
msgid ""
"Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
"of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
"width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces B<lsblk> "
"to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
"allowed. The expected use-case is for example when B<lsblk> is used by the "
"B<watch>(1) command."
msgstr ""
"文字数によって出力幅を指定する。 デフォルトは、 端末のカラム数である。 また出"
"力が端末上でない場合、 出力幅はデフォルトで制限されない。 このオプションを指"
"定すると、 B<lsblk> に対して、 端末制御文字や安全ではない文字を表示しないよう"
"にする。 想定される利用例は、 B<lsblk> を B<watch>(1) から利用する場合であ"
"る。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:196
msgid "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<column>"
msgstr "B<-x>, B<--sort> I<column>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:198
msgid ""
"Sort output lines by I<column>. This option enables B<--list> output format "
"by default. It is possible to use the option B<--tree> to force tree-like "
"output and than the tree branches are sorted by the I<column>."
msgstr ""
"I<column> の項目を使って、 出力行をソートする。 このオプションは、 デフォルト"
"では B<--list> 出力フォーマットを有効にする。 I<--tree> オプションを使用し"
"て、 強制的にツリー状の出力にすることも可能であり、 その場合は、 ツリー表示の"
"枝が、 I<column> の値を元にしてソートされる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:203
msgid ""
"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
"shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-"
"IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with B<--pairs>. Note that this "
"feature has been automatically enabled for B<--pairs> in version 2.37, but "
"due to compatibility issues, now it\\(cqs necessary to request this behavior "
"by B<--shell>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:206
msgid "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"
msgstr "B<-z>, B<--zoned>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:208
msgid "Print the zone related information for each device."
msgstr "各デバイスにおけるゾーン関連の情報を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:211
msgid "B<--sysroot> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--sysroot> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:213
msgid ""
"Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
"B<lsblk> command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of "
"the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
"directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
msgstr ""
"B<lsblk> コマンドが実行されているインスタンス以外の Linux インスタンスについ"
"てデータを収集する。 指定するディレクトリは、 調査対象とする Linux インスタン"
"スのシステムルートとする。 対象ディレクトリ内の実際のデバイスノード名は、 "
"udev 属性を指定したテキストファイルに応じて置き換えられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:229
msgid "none of specified devices found"
msgstr "指定されたデバイスが一つも見つからなかった"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:234
msgid "some specified devices found, some not found"
msgstr ""
"指定されたデバイスのうちに、 見つかったものもあり、 見つからないものもあった"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:238
msgid "B<LSBLK_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<LSBLK_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:240
msgid "enables B<lsblk> debug output."
msgstr "B<lsblk> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:245 original/man8/swapon.8:201
msgid "enables B<libblkid> debug output."
msgstr "B<libblkid> デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:250 original/man8/swapon.8:196
msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output."
msgstr "B<libmount> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:255
msgid "enables B<libsmartcols> debug output."
msgstr "B<libsmartcols> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:264
msgid ""
"For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
"the parent device."
msgstr ""
"個々のパーティションに対して、 ある種の情報 (たとえば、 キュー属性, queue "
"attribures) は、 親デバイスから継承される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:266
msgid ""
"The B<lsblk> command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
"minor numbers, which is done by using I</sys/dev/block>. This sysfs block "
"directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
"a new enough kernel, check that B<CONFIG_SYSFS> was enabled at the time of "
"the kernel build."
msgstr ""
"B<lsblk> コマンドでは、 各ブロックデバイスを major:minor 番号によって検索でき"
"る必要があり、 それは I</sys/dev/block> を使って行われる。 この sysfs の "
"block ディレクトリが登場したのは、 カーネル 2.6.27 (2008 年 10 月) である。 "
"十分に新しいカーネルであっても問題が生じる場合は、 カーネルをビルドしたとき"
"に、 B<CONFIG_SYSFS> を有効にしたかどうかを確認すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:275
msgid "B<ls>(1), B<blkid>(8), B<findmnt>(8)"
msgstr "B<ls>(1), B<blkid>(8), B<findmnt>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsblk.8:282
msgid ""
"The B<lsblk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<lsblk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "LSLOCKS"
msgstr "LSLOCKS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:32
msgid "lslocks - list local system locks"
msgstr "lslocks - ローカルシステムのロック (lock) を一覧表示する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:35
msgid "B<lslocks> [options]"
msgstr "B<lslocks> [options]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:38
msgid ""
"B<lslocks> lists information about all the currently held file locks in a "
"Linux system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:40
msgid ""
"Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks "
"are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated "
"with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is "
"available since Linux 3.15, see B<fcntl>(2) for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:54
msgid "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noinaccessible>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:56
msgid "Ignore lock files which are inaccessible for the current user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:73
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
"format I<+list> (e.g., B<lslocks -o +BLOCKER>)."
msgstr ""
"I<list> を I<+list> の形で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張することがで"
"きる (たとえば B<lsblk -o +BLOCKER>)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:81
msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<pid>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<pid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:83
msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this I<pid>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:88 original/man8/lsns.8:81 original/man8/rfkill.8:67
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:90
msgid "Use the raw output format."
msgstr "出力に生のフォーマットを使用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:93 original/man8/lsns.8:91
msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgstr "カラム内のテキストを切り詰めない。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "OUTPUT"
msgstr "出力"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:107
msgid "COMMAND"
msgstr "COMMAND"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:109
msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:112
msgid "PID"
msgstr "PID"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:114
msgid "The process ID of the process which holds the lock or -1 for OFDLCK."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:117
msgid "TYPE"
msgstr "TYPE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:119
msgid ""
"The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with B<flock>(2)), POSIX (created "
"with B<fcntl>(2) and B<lockf>(3)) or OFDLCK (created with B<fcntl>(2))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:122
msgid "SIZE"
msgstr "SIZE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:124
msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:127
msgid "MODE"
msgstr "MODE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:129
msgid ""
"The lock\\(cqs access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked "
"and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an \\(aq*\\(aq "
"(asterisk)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:132
msgid "M"
msgstr "M"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:134
msgid ""
"Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
"advisory), 1 means yes. (See B<fcntl>(2).)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:137
msgid "START"
msgstr "START"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:139
msgid "Relative byte offset of the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:142
msgid "END"
msgstr "END"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:144
msgid "Ending offset of the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:147
msgid "PATH"
msgstr "PATH"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:149
msgid ""
"Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
"the path, it will fall back to the device\\(cqs mountpoint and \"...\" is "
"appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use B<--notruncate> to "
"get the full path."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:152
msgid "BLOCKER"
msgstr "BLOCKER"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:154
msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:158
msgid ""
"The B<lslocks> command is meant to replace the B<lslk>(8) command, "
"originally written by"
msgstr ""
"B<lslocks> コマンドは B<lslk>(8) コマンドに代わるものとして意図されており、"
"元々の作者は以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:160
msgid "and unmaintained since 2001."
msgstr "2001 以降は保守されていない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:168
msgid "B<flock>(1), B<fcntl>(2), B<lockf>(3)"
msgstr "B<flock>(1), B<fcntl>(2), B<lockf>(3)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lslocks.8:175
msgid ""
"The B<lslocks> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<lslocks> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/lsns.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "LSNS"
msgstr "LSNS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:32
msgid "lsns - list namespaces"
msgstr "lsns - 名前空間を一覧表示する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:35
msgid "B<lsns> [options] I<namespace>"
msgstr "B<lsns> [options] I<namespace>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:38
msgid ""
"B<lsns> lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or "
"about the given I<namespace>. The I<namespace> identifier is an inode number."
msgstr ""
"B<lsns> は、 現時点で利用可能なすべての名前空間、 あるいは指定された "
"I<namespace> についての情報を一覧表示する。 識別子 I<namespace> は i ノード番"
"号である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:40
msgid ""
"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected output mode (B<--tree> or B<--list>) and columns by using the B<--"
"output> option together with a columns list in environments where a stable "
"output is required."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの出力は変更されることがある。 したがってスクリプト内で使うときに"
"は、 デフォルト出力の利用は避けること。 一定の出力が必要になる場合には、 必要"
"とする出力モード (B<--tree> または B<--list>) を指定するか、 B<--output> オプ"
"ションを用いて表示項目を一覧に定義して指定すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:42
msgid ""
"The B<NSFS> column, printed when B<net> is specified for the B<--type> "
"option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option B<--nowrap> to "
"switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation."
msgstr ""
"B<--type> オプションに B<net> を指定することで表示される B<NSFS> カラムは特別"
"である。 これは複数行に表示される。 オプション B<--nowrap> を指定すると、 \","
"\" 区切りによる 1 行表現に切り替わる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:44
msgid ""
"Note that B<lsns> reads information directly from the I</proc> filesystem "
"and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current I</"
"proc> filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see "
"B<unshare --mount-proc> for more details). B<lsns> is not able to see "
"persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held "
"by a bind mount to /proc/I<pid>/ns/I<type>."
msgstr ""
"なお B<lsns> は直接 I</proc> ファイルシステムから情報を読み込む。したがって "
"root ユーザー以外では、 完全な情報が得られない場合がある。今のところ I</"
"proc> ファイルシステムは共有されるものではなく、 PID 名前空間によって影響され"
"る (詳しくは B<unshare --mount-proc> 参照)。 名前空間インスタンスが /proc/"
"I<pid>/ns/I<type> へのバインドマウントとなっているプロセスが存在しない状態で"
"は、 B<lsns> は永続的な名前空間を参照することはできない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:54
msgid "Use list output format."
msgstr "一覧形式の出力とする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:66
msgid ""
"The default list of columns may be extended if I<list> is specified in the "
"format B<+>I<list> (e.g., B<lsns -o +PATH>)."
msgstr ""
"I<list> を I<+list> という書式で指定すれば、 デフォルトの項目一覧を拡張するこ"
"とができる (たとえば B<lsns -o +PATH>)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:74
msgid "B<-p>, B<--task> I<PID>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--task> I<PID>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:76
msgid "Display only the namespaces held by the process with this I<PID>."
msgstr ""
"その I<PID> を持つプロセスによって保持されている名前空間のみを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:86
msgid ""
"Display the specified I<type> of namespaces only. The supported types are "
"B<mnt>, B<net>, B<ipc>, B<user>, B<pid>, B<uts>, B<cgroup> and B<time>. This "
"option may be given more than once."
msgstr ""
"指定された I<type> の名前空間のみ表示する。 サポートされているタイプは "
"B<mnt>, B<net>, B<ipc>, B<user>, B<pid>, B<uts>, B<cgroup>, B<time> である。 "
"このオプションは複数指定することができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:94
msgid "B<-W>, B<--nowrap>"
msgstr "B<-W>, B<--nowrap>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:96
msgid "Do not use multi-line text in columns."
msgstr "項目出力において、 複数行表示を行わない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:99
msgid "B<-T>, B<--tree> I<rel>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--tree> I<rel>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:101
msgid ""
"Use tree-like output format. If B<process> is given as I<rel>, print process "
"tree(s) in each name space. This is default when B<--tree> is not specified. "
"If B<parent> is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child "
"relationship. If B<owner> is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/"
"owned relationship. B<owner> is used as default when I<rel> is omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:122
msgid ""
"B<nsenter>(1), B<unshare>(1), B<clone>(2), B<namespaces>(7), B<ioctl_ns>(2)"
msgstr ""
"B<nsenter>(1), B<unshare>(1), B<clone>(2), B<namespaces>(7), B<ioctl_ns>(2)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/lsns.8:129
msgid ""
"The B<lsns> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<lsns> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
"きる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "MKFS"
msgstr "MKFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:32
msgid "mkfs - build a Linux filesystem"
msgstr "mkfs - Linux ファイルシステムを構築する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:35
msgid "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>] I<device> [I<size>]"
msgstr "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>] I<device> [I<size>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:38
msgid ""
"B<This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs."
"E<lt>typeE<gt> utils.>"
msgstr ""
"B<この mkfs フロントエンドは、 ファイルシステムごとの mkfs.E<lt>typeE<gt> "
"ユーティリティーに置き換わっているため、 非推奨となっている。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:40
msgid ""
"B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk "
"partition. The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., I</dev/"
"hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. "
"The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem."
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs> はデバイス上に Linux ファイルシステムをビルドするために用いる。 普通"
"はハードディスクパーティション上である。 引数 I<device> はデバイス名 (たとえ"
"ば I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>) か、あるいはファイルシステムを含むことになる通"
"常ファイルとする。 引数 I<size> は、 ファイルシステムに用いるブロック数であ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:42
msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr "B<mkfs> が返す終了ステータスは、 成功時に 0、 失敗時に 1 である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:44
msgid ""
"In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
"builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
"builder is searched for via your B<PATH> environment setting only. Please "
"see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
"実際に B<mkfs> は、 Linux 上において利用可能なさまざまなファイルシステム用の"
"プログラム (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) に対する、 単なるフロントエンドにすぎない。 "
"ファイルシステムごとのプログラムは、 環境変数 B<PATH> を通じてのみ検索され"
"る。  さらに詳しいことは、ファイルシステムごとのプログラムに対するマニュアル"
"ページを参照すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:49
msgid ""
"Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
"filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""
"生成するファイルシステムの I<type> を指定する。 指定されなかった場合は、 デ"
"フォルトのファイルシステムタイプ (現在は ext2) が用いられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:52
msgid "I<fs-options>"
msgstr "I<fs-options>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:54
msgid ""
"Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステム固有のオプション。 これは実際のファイルシステムごとのプログラ"
"ムに受け渡される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:57
msgid "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:59
msgid ""
"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
"executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
"filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
msgstr ""
"詳細出力を行う。 実行されるファイルシステム固有のコマンド結果を含む。 このオ"
"プションを 2 つ以上指定した場合は、 ファイルシステム固有のコマンドを実行しな"
"い。 これはテストの際に用いる程度のことである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:70
msgid ""
"Print version and exit.  (Option B<-V> will display version information only "
"when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as B<--verbose>.)"
msgstr ""
"バージョンを表示して終了する。 (オプション B<-V> は、ただ 1 つのパラメーター"
"として指定した場合には、 バージョン情報表示を行う。 別のパラメーター指定が"
"あった場合は B<--verbose> として動作する。)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:74
msgid ""
"All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
"specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
"detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
msgstr ""
"共通するオプションはすべて、 ファイルシステム固有のオプションよりも手前に指定"
"しなければならず、 組み合わせて指定してはならない。 ファイルシステム固有のプ"
"ログラムの中には、 デバイスサイズを自動検出できないために、 I<size> パラメー"
"ターの指定を必要とするものがある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:81
msgid ""
"The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for the "
"ext2 filesystem."
msgstr ""
"このマニュアルページは、 Remy Card による ext2 ファイルシステム向けマニュアル"
"から適用した。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:96
msgid ""
"B<fs>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<fsck>(8), B<mkdosfs>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mkfs."
"bfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.ext3>(8), B<mkfs.ext4>(8), B<mkfs."
"minix>(8), B<mkfs.msdos>(8), B<mkfs.vfat>(8), B<mkfs.xfs>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<fs>(5), B<badblocks>(8), B<fsck>(8), B<mkdosfs>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mkfs."
"bfs>(8), B<mkfs.ext2>(8), B<mkfs.ext3>(8), B<mkfs.ext4>(8), B<mkfs."
"minix>(8), B<mkfs.msdos>(8), B<mkfs.vfat>(8), B<mkfs.xfs>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.8:103
msgid ""
"The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
"きる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "MKFS.BFS"
msgstr "MKFS.BFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:32
msgid "mkfs.bfs - make an SCO bfs filesystem"
msgstr "mkfs.bfs - SCO bfs ファイルシステムの生成"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:35
msgid "B<mkfs.bfs> [options] I<device> [I<block-count>]"
msgstr "B<mkfs.bfs> [options] I<device> [I<block-count>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:38
msgid ""
"B<mkfs.bfs> creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk "
"partition or a file accessed via the loop device)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:40
msgid ""
"The I<block-count> parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
"blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:43
msgid "B<-N>, B<--inodes> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-N>, B<--inodes> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:45
msgid ""
"Specify the desired I<number> of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
"specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
"the size of the partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:48
msgid "B<-V>, B<--vname> I<label>"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--vname> I<label>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:50
msgid "Specify the volume I<label>. I have no idea if/where this is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:53
msgid "B<-F>, B<--fname> I<name>"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fname> I<name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:55
msgid "Specify the filesystem I<name>. I have no idea if/where this is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:60
msgid "Explain what is being done."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:63
msgid "B<-c>"
msgstr "B<-c>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:81
msgid ""
"Print version and exit.  Option B<-V> only works as B<--version> when it is "
"the only option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:85
msgid ""
"The exit status returned by B<mkfs.bfs> is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
"something went wrong."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:88
msgid "B<mkfs>(8)"
msgstr "B<mkfs>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.bfs.8:95
msgid ""
"The B<mkfs.bfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs.bfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "MKFS.CRAMFS"
msgstr "MKFS.CRAMFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:32
msgid "mkfs.cramfs - make compressed ROM file system"
msgstr "mkfs.cramfs - 圧縮 ROM ファイルシステムの生成"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:35
msgid "B<mkfs.cramfs> [options] I<directory file>"
msgstr "B<mkfs.cramfs> [options] I<directory file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:38
msgid ""
"Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
"random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
"terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
"systems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:40
msgid ""
"The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
"write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
"with a utility (B<mkcramfs>(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:42
msgid "File sizes are limited to less than 16 MB."
msgstr "ファイルシステムは 16 MB 未満に制限される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:44
msgid ""
"Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
"file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:47
msgid ""
"The I<directory> is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
"generate a compressed filesystem out of."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:49
msgid ""
"The I<file> will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:57
msgid "B<-E>"
msgstr "B<-E>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:59
msgid ""
"Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:62
msgid "B<-b> I<blocksize>"
msgstr "B<-b> I<blocksize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:64
msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:67
msgid "B<-e> I<edition>"
msgstr "B<-e> I<edition>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:69
msgid "Use defined file system edition number in superblock."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:72
msgid "B<-N> I<big, little, host>"
msgstr "B<-N> I<big, little, host>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:74
msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to I<host>."
msgstr "指定されたエンディアンを使用する。 デフォルト値は I<host> である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:77
msgid "B<-i> I<file>"
msgstr "B<-i> I<file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:79
msgid "Insert a I<file> to cramfs file system."
msgstr "cramfs ファイルシステムに I<file> を挿入する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:82
msgid "B<-n> I<name>"
msgstr "B<-n> I<name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:84
msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
msgstr "cramfs ファイルシステム名を設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:87
msgid "B<-p>"
msgstr "B<-p>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:89
msgid "Pad by 512 bytes for boot code."
msgstr "ブートコードとして 512 バイトを埋める。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:94
msgid ""
"This option is ignored. Originally the B<-s> turned on directory entry "
"sorting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:97
msgid "B<-z>"
msgstr "B<-z>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:99
msgid "Make explicit holes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:125
msgid "B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<mount>(8)"
msgstr "B<fsck.cramfs>(8), B<mount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.cramfs.8:132
msgid ""
"The B<mkfs.cramfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs.cramfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "MKFS.MINIX"
msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:32
msgid "mkfs.minix - make a Minix filesystem"
msgstr "mkfs.minix - minix ファイルシステムを生成する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:35
msgid "B<mkfs.minix> [options] I<device> [I<size-in-blocks>]"
msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> [options] I<device> [I<size-in-blocks>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:38
msgid ""
"B<mkfs.minix> creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk "
"partition)."
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs.minix> は Linux MINIX ファイルシステムを、 デバイス上に (通常はディス"
"クパーティションに) 生成する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:40
msgid "The I<device> is usually of the following form:"
msgstr "I<device> の書式は、 一般的に以下とする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:48
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE disk 1)\n"
"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE disk 2)\n"
"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI disk 1)\n"
"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI disk 2)\n"
msgstr ""
"/dev/hda[1-8] (IDE ディスク 1)\n"
"/dev/hdb[1-8] (IDE ディスク 2)\n"
"/dev/sda[1-8] (SCSI ディスク 1)\n"
"/dev/sdb[1-8] (SCSI ディスク 2)\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:53
msgid ""
"The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
"enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
msgstr ""
"デバイスは、 ブロックデバイスか、 それを表すイメージファイルとするが、 いずれ"
"かに限定されるものではない。 キャラクターデバイスとすることは、 あまり良いこ"
"とではない :-)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:55
msgid ""
"The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
"blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
"will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
"and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
msgstr ""
"I<size-in-blocks> パラメーターは、 ファイルシステムに対して必要となるサイズを"
"ブロック単位で示すものである。 これは後方互換性のためにのみ設けられている。 "
"このサイズが省略された場合、 サイズは自動的に決定される。 ブロック数は厳密"
"に、 10 よりも大きく 65536 よりも小さいものしか許容されない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:58 original/man8/mkswap.8:54
msgid "B<-c>, B<--check>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--check>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:60
msgid ""
"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
"found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムの生成前に、 デバイス上の不良ブロックチェックを行う。  不要が"
"発見された場合は、 その数が表示される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:63
msgid "B<-n>, B<--namelength> I<length>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--namelength> I<length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:65
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
"values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
"value 60. The default is 30."
msgstr ""
"ファイル名の最大長を指定する。 ファイルシステムバージョン 1 および 2 において"
"は今のところ、 14 から 30 が許容されている。 バージョン 3 においては 60 のみ"
"が許容されている。 デフォルトは 30 である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:73
msgid "B<-i>, B<--inodes> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--inodes> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:75
msgid "Specify the number of inodes for the filesystem."
msgstr "ファイルシステムの i ノード数を指定する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:78
msgid "B<-l>, B<--badblocks> I<filename>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--badblocks> I<filename>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:80
msgid ""
"Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>. The file has one bad-block "
"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
msgstr ""
"I<filename> から不良ブロックの一覧を読み込む。 The file has one bad-block "
"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:83
msgid "B<-1>"
msgstr "B<-1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:85
msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
msgstr ""
"Minix ファイルシステム、 バージョン 1 を生成する。 これがデフォルトである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:88
msgid "B<-2>, B<-v>"
msgstr "B<-2>, B<-v>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:90
msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
msgstr "Minix ファイルシステム、 バージョン 2 を生成する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:93
msgid "B<-3>"
msgstr "B<-3>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:95
msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
msgstr "Minix ファイルシステム、 バージョン 3 を生成する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:106
msgid ""
"Print version and exit.  The long option cannot be combined with other "
"options."
msgstr ""
"バージョンを表示して終了する。 ロングオプションは、 他のオプションとともに用"
"いることはできない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:110 original/man8/mkswap.8:134
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:133
msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"
msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modeE<gt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:116
msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs.minix> is one of the following:"
msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> が返す終了ステータスは、 以下のいずれかである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:123
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:128
msgid "16"
msgstr "16"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:136
msgid "B<fsck>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<reboot>(8)"
msgstr "B<fsck>(8), B<mkfs>(8), B<reboot>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkfs.minix.8:143
msgid ""
"The B<mkfs.minix> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mkfs.minix> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "MKSWAP"
msgstr "MKSWAP"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:32
msgid "mkswap - set up a Linux swap area"
msgstr "mkswap - Linux スワップ領域を設定する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:35
msgid "B<mkswap> [options] I<device> [I<size>]"
msgstr "B<mkswap> [options] I<device> [I<size>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:38
msgid "B<mkswap> sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file."
msgstr ""
"B<mkswap> は、 デバイス上またはファイル内に Linux スワップ領域を設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:40
msgid ""
"The I<device> argument will usually be a disk partition (something like I</"
"dev/sdb7>) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at "
"partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of "
"hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (B<Warning: "
"Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions."
">)"
msgstr ""
"引数 I<device> は通常はディスクパーティションとする (I</dev/sdb7> など)。 た"
"だしファイルを指定してもよい。 Linux カーネルがパーティション ID を見ることは"
"ない。 ただしインストールを行うスクリプトでは、 16 進数タイプ 82 "
"(LINUX_SWAP) がスワップパーティションを意味するものとして取り扱うものが多"
"い。 (B<警告: Solaris もこのタイプを利用している。 Solaris のパーティションを"
"失わないように注意すること。>)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:42
msgid ""
"The I<size> parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
"compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
"blocks. B<mkswap> will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
"Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:44
msgid ""
"After creating the swap area, you need the B<swapon>(8) command to start "
"using it. Usually swap areas are listed in I</etc/fstab> so that they can be "
"taken into use at boot time by a B<swapon -a> command in some boot script."
msgstr ""
"スワップ領域を生成した後は、 B<swapon>(8) コマンドを使って使用を開始すること"
"が必要になる。 通常スワップ領域は I</etc/fstab> に記述される。 そしてシステム"
"起動時に実行されるスクリプトが、 B<swapon -a> コマンドによって使用できるよう"
"にしている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:47
msgid ""
"The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
"can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
"use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:49
msgid ""
"B<mkswap>, like many others mkfs-like utils, B<erases the first partition "
"block to make any previous filesystem invisible.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:51
msgid ""
"However, B<mkswap> refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
"label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:56
msgid ""
"Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
"the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:61
msgid ""
"Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
"area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:63
msgid ""
"Also, without this option, B<mkswap> will refuse to erase the first block on "
"a device with a partition table."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:66 original/man8/sfdisk.8:279
#: original/man8/umount.8:114 original/man8/uuidd.8:71
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:107
msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:68
msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
msgstr "各種情報や警告メッセージを出力しないようにする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:73
msgid "Specify a I<label> for the device, to allow B<swapon>(8) by label."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:81
msgid "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<size>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pagesize> I<size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:83
msgid ""
"Specify the page I<size> (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
"unnecessary; B<mkswap> reads the size from the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:86 original/man8/swaplabel.8:60
msgid "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"
msgstr "B<-U>, B<--uuid> I<UUID>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:90
msgid ""
"Specify the I<UUID> to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of "
"the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: "
"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one "
"of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:92
msgid "B<clear>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:94
msgid "clear the filesystem UUID"
msgstr "ファイルシステムの UUID をクリアする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:97
msgid "B<random>"
msgstr "B<random>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:99
msgid "generate a new randomly-generated UUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:102
msgid "B<time>"
msgstr "B<time>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:104
msgid "generate a new time-based UUID"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:108
msgid "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--swapversion 1>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:110
msgid ""
"Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
"old B<-v 0> option has become obsolete and now only B<-v 1> is supported. "
"The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). "
"The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:115
msgid ""
"Verbose execution. With this option B<mkswap> will output more details about "
"detected problems during swap area set up."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:140
msgid ""
"The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
"kernel version."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:142
msgid ""
"The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
"header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
"device is ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:144
msgid ""
"Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
"file I</proc/swaps>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:146
msgid "B<mkswap> refuses areas smaller than 10 pages."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:148
msgid ""
"If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it "
"up with B<getconf PAGESIZE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:150
msgid ""
"To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
"initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g. using a command like"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:155
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"
msgstr "# dd if=/dev/zero of=swapfile bs=1MiB count=$((8*1024))\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:160
msgid "to create 8GiB swapfile."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:162
msgid ""
"Please read notes from B<swapon>(8) about B<the swap file use restrictions> "
"(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:166
msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<swapon>(8)"
msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<swapon>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mkswap.8:173
msgid ""
"The B<mkswap> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mkswap> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/mount.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "MOUNT"
msgstr "MOUNT"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:32
msgid "mount - mount a filesystem"
msgstr "mount - ファイルシステムをマウントする"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:35
msgid "B<mount> [B<-h>|B<-V>]"
msgstr "B<mount> [B<-h>|B<-V>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:37
msgid "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<fstype>]"
msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<fstype>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:39
msgid "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
msgstr "B<mount> B<-a> [B<-fFnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:41
msgid "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"
msgstr "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device>|I<mountpoint>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:43
msgid ""
"B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
"mountpoint>"
msgstr ""
"B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
"mountpoint>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:45
msgid "B<mount> B<--bind>|B<--rbind>|B<--move> I<olddir newdir>"
msgstr "B<mount> B<--bind>|B<--rbind>|B<--move> I<olddir newdir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:47
msgid ""
"B<mount> B<--make->[B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|B<rshared>|"
"B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>] I<mountpoint>"
msgstr ""
"B<mount> B<--make->[B<shared>|B<slave>|B<private>|B<unbindable>|B<rshared>|"
"B<rslave>|B<rprivate>|B<runbindable>] I<mountpoint>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:50
msgid ""
"All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
"hierarchy, rooted at I</>. These files can be spread out over several "
"devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
"device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) command will "
"detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the "
"device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:52
msgid "The standard form of the B<mount> command is:"
msgstr "B<mount> コマンドの標準書式は以下のとおりである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:56
msgid "B<mount -t> I<type device dir>"
msgstr "B<mount -t> I<type device dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:61
msgid ""
"This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which is "
"of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The option B<-t> I<type> is "
"optional. The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The "
"root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
"\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
"any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this "
"filesystem remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of the "
"filesystem on I<device>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:63
msgid "If only the directory or the device is given, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:67
msgid "B<mount> I</dir>"
msgstr "B<mount> I</dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:72
msgid ""
"then B<mount> looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
"the I</etc/fstab> file. It\\(cqs possible to use the B<--target> or B<--"
"source> options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:76
msgid "B<mount --target> I</mountpoint>"
msgstr "B<mount --target> I</mountpoint>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:81
msgid ""
"The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
"network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
"mountpoint multiple times. The B<mount> command does not implement any "
"policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel "
"and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is B<--"
"all>, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see B<--all> "
"below for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "Listing the mounts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:84
msgid "The listing mode is maintained for backward compatibility only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:86
msgid ""
"For more robust and customizable output use B<findmnt>(8), B<especially in "
"your scripts>. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
"replaced with \\(aq?\\(aq."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:88
msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type I<type>):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:92
msgid "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type>]"
msgstr "B<mount> [B<-l>] [B<-t> I<type>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:97
msgid "The option B<-l> adds labels to this listing. See below."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:97
#, no-wrap
msgid "Indicating the device and filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:100
msgid ""
"Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like "
"I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of "
"an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
msgstr ""
"ほとんどの場合、 デバイスは (ブロックスペシャルデバイスの) ファイル名で指定す"
"る (例: I</dev/sda1>)。 しかし例外もある。 たとえば NFS を通してマウントする"
"場合には、 I<device> は I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir> のようになる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:102
msgid ""
"The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
"and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
"reason why it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
"identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:104
msgid "LABEL=I<label>"
msgstr "LABEL=I<label>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:106
msgid "Human readable filesystem identifier. See also B<-L>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:109
msgid "UUID=I<uuid>"
msgstr "UUID=I<uuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:111
msgid ""
"Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
"a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also B<-U>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:113
msgid ""
"Note that B<mount> uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
"from B<fstab>(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
"string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:116
msgid "PARTLABEL=I<label>"
msgstr "PARTLABEL=I<label>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:118
msgid ""
"Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
"filesystem and does not change by B<mkfs> or B<mkswap> operations. It\\(cqs "
"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:121
msgid "PARTUUID=I<uuid>"
msgstr "PARTUUID=I<uuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:123
msgid ""
"Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
"filesystem and does not change by B<mkfs> or B<mkswap> operations. It\\(cqs "
"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:126
msgid "ID=I<id>"
msgstr "ID=I<id>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:128
msgid ""
"Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
"based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
"manufacturer. See B<ls /dev/disk/by-id> for more details, this directory and "
"running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
"use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
"rules and hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:131
msgid ""
"The command B<lsblk --fs> provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
"UUIDs on available block devices. The command B<blkid -p E<lt>deviceE<gt>> "
"provides details about a filesystem on the specified device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:133
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
"unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use B<lsblk -o "
"+UUID,PARTUUID> to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:135
msgid ""
"The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. B<UUID>=I<uuid>) rather than I</"
"dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}> udev symlinks in the I</etc/"
"fstab> file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The B<mount>(8) "
"command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in I</etc/"
"fstab> has no advantage over tags. For more details see B<libblkid>(3)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:137
msgid ""
"The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
"mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, I<proc> - can be used "
"instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less "
"fortunate: the error message \\(aqnone already mounted\\(aq from B<mount> "
"can be confusing.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:137
#, no-wrap
msgid "The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:140
msgid ""
"The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing what "
"devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
"of the B<fstab>(5) file can be overridden with the B<--fstab> I<path> "
"command-line option (see below for more details)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:142
msgid "The command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:146
msgid "B<mount -a> [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"
msgstr "B<mount -a> [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-O> I<optlist>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:151
msgid ""
"(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in I<fstab> "
"(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
"mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the B<noauto> "
"keyword. Adding the B<-F> option will make B<mount> fork, so that the "
"filesystems are mounted in parallel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:153
msgid ""
"When mounting a filesystem mentioned in I<fstab> or I<mtab>, it suffices to "
"specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:155
msgid ""
"The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
"currently mounted filesystems in the file I</etc/mtab>. The support for "
"regular classic I</etc/mtab> is completely disabled at compile time by "
"default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make I</etc/mtab> "
"a symlink to I</proc/mounts> instead. The regular I<mtab> file maintained in "
"userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
"advanced Linux features. If the regular I<mtab> support is enabled, then it"
"\\(cqs possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:157
msgid ""
"If no arguments are given to B<mount>, the list of mounted filesystems is "
"printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:159
msgid ""
"If you want to override mount options from I</etc/fstab>, you have to use "
"the B<-o> option:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:163
msgid "B<mount> I<device>|I<dir> B<-o> I<options>"
msgstr "B<mount> I<device>|I<dir> B<-o> I<options>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:168
msgid ""
"and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
"list of options from I</etc/fstab>. This default behaviour can be changed "
"using the B<--options-mode> command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:170
msgid ""
"The B<mount> program does not read the I</etc/fstab> file if both I<device> "
"(or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and I<dir> are specified. For "
"example, to mount device B<foo> at B</dir>:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:174
msgid "B<mount /dev/foo /dir>"
msgstr "B<mount /dev/foo /dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:179
msgid ""
"This default behaviour can be changed by using the B<--options-source-force> "
"command-line option to always read configuration from I<fstab>. For non-root "
"users B<mount> always reads the I<fstab> configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:179
#, no-wrap
msgid "Non-superuser mounts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:182
msgid ""
"Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when I<fstab> "
"contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:184
msgid "Thus, given a line"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:188
msgid "B</dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide>"
msgstr "B</dev/cdrom /cd iso9660 ro,user,noauto,unhide>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:193
msgid ""
"any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
"the command:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:197
msgid "B<mount /cd>"
msgstr "B<mount /cd>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:202
msgid ""
"Note that B<mount> is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
"specified on command line are verified before I<fstab> is parsed or a helper "
"program is executed. It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint "
"to specify filesystem, otherwise B<mount> may fail. For example it\\(cqs a "
"bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:204
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.35, B<mount> does not exit when user permissions are "
"inadequate according to libmount\\(cqs internal security rules. Instead, it "
"drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
"supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
"filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:206
msgid ""
"For more details, see B<fstab>(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
"can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
"B<users> instead of B<user> in the I<fstab> line. The B<owner> option is "
"similar to the B<user> option, with the restriction that the user must be "
"the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for I</dev/fd> if a "
"login script makes the console user owner of this device. The B<group> "
"option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of "
"the group of the special file."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:206
#, no-wrap
msgid "Bind mount operation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:209
msgid "Remount part of the file hierarchy somewhere else. The call is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:213 original/man8/mount.8:266
msgid "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir>"
msgstr "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:218
msgid "or by using this I<fstab> entry:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:222
msgid "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"
msgstr "B</>I<olddir> B</>I<newdir> B<none bind>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:227
msgid "After this call the same contents are accessible in two places."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:229
msgid ""
"It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
"or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
"attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
"has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The I<olddir> and I<newdir> are "
"independent and the I<olddir> may be unmounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:231
msgid ""
"One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It\\(cqs also "
"possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular "
"directory, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:235
msgid "B<mount --bind foo foo>"
msgstr "B<mount --bind foo foo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:240
msgid ""
"The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
"possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
"attached a second place by using:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:244
msgid "B<mount --rbind> I<olddir newdir>"
msgstr "B<mount --rbind> I<olddir newdir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:249
msgid ""
"Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
"the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
"(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by B<mount> and it\\(cqs necessary to "
"explicitly specify the options on the B<mount> command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:251
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.27 B<mount> permits changing the mount options by passing "
"the relevant options along with B<--bind>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:255
msgid "B<mount -o bind,ro foo foo>"
msgstr "B<mount -o bind,ro foo foo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:260
msgid ""
"This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
"userspace by an additional B<mount>(2) remounting system call. This solution "
"is not atomic."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:262
msgid ""
"The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
"remount operation, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:268
msgid "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"
msgstr "B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir newdir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:273
msgid ""
"Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
"but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
"the I<olddir> will be writable, but the I<newdir> will be read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:275
msgid ""
"It\\(cqs also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, "
"relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
"The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
"ignored. It\\(cqs impossible to change mount options recursively (for "
"example with B<-o rbind,ro>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:277
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.31, B<mount> ignores the B<bind> flag from I</etc/fstab> "
"on a B<remount> operation (if B<-o remount> is specified on command line). "
"This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. "
"In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
"impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
"semantic. This B<mount> behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
"bind\" is specified in the I</etc/fstab> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "The move operation"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:280
msgid "Move a B<mounted tree> to another place (atomically). The call is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:284
msgid "B<mount --move> I<olddir newdir>"
msgstr "B<mount --move> I<olddir newdir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:289
msgid ""
"This will cause the contents which previously appeared under I<olddir> to "
"now be accessible under I<newdir>. The physical location of the files is not "
"changed. Note that I<olddir> has to be a mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:291
msgid ""
"Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
"unsupported. Use B<findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION> to see the current "
"propagation flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:291
#, no-wrap
msgid "Shared subtree operations"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:294
msgid ""
"Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
"shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
"create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
"mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
"from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
"abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
"through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
"I<Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt> file in the kernel source "
"tree; see also B<mount_namespaces>(7)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:296
msgid "Supported operations are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"
msgstr ""
"mount --make-shared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-slave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-private mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-unbindable mountpoint\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:309
msgid ""
"The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
"mounts under a given mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:317
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"
msgstr ""
"mount --make-rshared mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rslave mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-rprivate mountpoint\n"
"mount --make-runbindable mountpoint\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:322
msgid ""
"B<mount> B<does not read> B<fstab>(5) when a B<--make->* operation is "
"requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:324
msgid ""
"Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
"flags with a single B<mount>(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
"with other mount options and operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:326
msgid ""
"Since util-linux 2.23 the B<mount> command can be used to do more "
"propagation (topology) changes by one B<mount>(8) call and do it also "
"together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by "
"additional B<mount>(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were "
"successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify "
"the propagation flags in B<fstab>(5) as mount options (B<private>, B<slave>, "
"B<shared>, B<unbindable>, B<rprivate>, B<rslave>, B<rshared>, "
"B<runbindable>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:328
msgid "For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:333
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
msgstr "mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:338
msgid "is the same as:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:345
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
"mount --make-private /foo\n"
"mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"
msgstr ""
"mount /dev/sda1 /foo\n"
"mount --make-private /foo\n"
"mount --make-unbindable /foo\n"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:348
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND-LINE OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:351
msgid ""
"The full set of mount options used by an invocation of B<mount> is "
"determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the "
"I<fstab> table, then applying any options specified by the B<-o> argument, "
"and finally applying a B<-r> or B<-w> option, when present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:353
msgid ""
"The B<mount> command does not pass all command-line options to the B</sbin/"
"mount.>I<suffix> mount helpers. The interface between B<mount> and the mount "
"helpers is described below in the B<EXTERNAL HELPERS> section."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:355
msgid "Command-line options available for the B<mount> command are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:359
msgid ""
"Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in I<fstab> (except for "
"those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword). The filesystems are "
"mounted following their order in I<fstab>. The B<mount> command compares "
"filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect "
"already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted "
"filesystems is cached during B<mount --all>. This means that all duplicated "
"I<fstab> entries will be mounted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:361
msgid ""
"The correct functionality depends on I</proc> (to detect already mounted "
"filesystems) and on I</sys> (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or "
"LABEL=). It\\(cqs strongly recommended to mount I</proc> and I</sys> "
"filesystems before B<mount -a> is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the "
"beginning of I<fstab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:363
msgid ""
"The option B<--all> is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
"case all filters (B<-t> and B<-O>) are applied to the table of already "
"mounted filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:365
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option B<-o> to "
"alter mount options from I<fstab> (see also B<--options-mode>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:367
msgid ""
"Note that it is a bad practice to use B<mount -a> for I<fstab> checking. The "
"recommended solution is B<findmnt --verify>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:370
msgid "B<-B>, B<--bind>"
msgstr "B<-B>, B<--bind>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:372
msgid ""
"Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
"places). See above, under B<Bind mounts>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:375 original/man8/umount.8:57
msgid "B<-c>, B<--no-canonicalize>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--no-canonicalize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:377
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt canonicalize paths. The B<mount> command canonicalizes all paths "
"(from the command line or I<fstab>) by default. This option can be used "
"together with the B<-f> flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The "
"option is designed for mount helpers which call B<mount -i>. It is strongly "
"recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:379
msgid ""
"Note that B<mount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/mount.>I<type> "
"helpers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:382
msgid "B<-F>, B<--fork>"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fork>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:384
msgid ""
"(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> for "
"each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
"servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
"timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
"operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
"mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:387
msgid "B<-f, --fake>"
msgstr "B<-f, --fake>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:389
msgid ""
"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it\\(cqs "
"not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful "
"in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> command is "
"trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were "
"mounted earlier with the B<-n> option. The B<-f> option checks for an "
"existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already exists "
"(with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:392
msgid "B<-i, --internal-only>"
msgstr "B<-i, --internal-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:394
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt call the B</sbin/mount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:399
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified I<label>."
msgstr ""
"全デバイスまたは指定されたデバイスにおける、 パーティション化されていない未使"
"用領域を一覧表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:402
msgid "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--show-labels>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:404
msgid ""
"Add the labels in the mount output. B<mount> must have permission to read "
"the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set "
"such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the B<e2label>(8) utility, or for "
"XFS using B<xfs_admin>(8), or for reiserfs using B<reiserfstune>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:407
msgid "B<-M>, B<--move>"
msgstr "B<-M>, B<--move>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:409
msgid ""
"Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection B<The move "
"operation>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:412
msgid "B<-m>, B<--mkdir>[=I<mode>]"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mkdir>[=I<mode>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:414
msgid ""
"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. "
"Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more "
"details see B<X-mount.mkdir> below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:417 original/man8/umount.8:104
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-mtab>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-mtab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:419
msgid ""
"Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example when I</"
"etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:422 original/man8/umount.8:95
msgid "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<ns>"
msgstr "B<-N>, B<--namespace> I<ns>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:424
msgid ""
"Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>. I<ns> "
"is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
"representing that namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:426
msgid ""
"B<mount> switches to the mount namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, writes "
"I</etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount>) and calls B<mount>(2), otherwise it "
"runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace "
"does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to "
"execute the B<mount>(2) call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:428 original/man8/umount.8:101
msgid "See B<mount_namespaces>(7) for more information."
msgstr "詳しくは B<mount_namespaces>(7) を参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:431
msgid "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<opts>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<opts>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:433
msgid ""
"Limit the set of filesystems to which the B<-a> option applies. In this "
"regard it is like the B<-t> option except that B<-O> is useless without B<-"
"a>. For example, the command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:435
msgid "B<mount -a -O no_netdev>"
msgstr "B<mount -a -O no_netdev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:437
msgid ""
"mounts all filesystems except those which have the option I<netdev> "
"specified in the options field in the I</etc/fstab> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:439
msgid ""
"It is different from B<-t> in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
"B<no> at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:441
msgid ""
"The B<-t> and B<-O> options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:443
msgid "B<mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev>"
msgstr "B<mount -a -t ext2 -O _netdev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:445
msgid ""
"mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
"that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:448 original/man8/swapon.8:86
msgid "B<-o>, B<--options> I<opts>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--options> I<opts>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:450
msgid ""
"Use the specified mount options. The I<opts> argument is a comma-separated "
"list. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:452
msgid "B<mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid>"
msgstr "B<mount LABEL=mydisk -o noatime,nodev,nosuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:454
msgid ""
"For more details, see the B<FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS> and "
"B<FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS> sections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:457
msgid "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"
msgstr "B<--options-mode> I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:459
msgid ""
"Controls how to combine options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> with options from the "
"command line. I<mode> can be one of B<ignore>, B<append>, B<prepend> or "
"B<replace>. For example, B<append> means that options from I<fstab> are "
"appended to options from the command line. The default value is B<prepend> "
"\\(em it means command line options are evaluated after I<fstab> options. "
"Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:462
msgid "B<--options-source> I<source>"
msgstr "B<--options-source> I<source>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:464
msgid ""
"Source of default options. I<source> is a comma-separated list of B<fstab>, "
"B<mtab> and B<disable>. B<disable> disables B<fstab> and B<mtab> and enables "
"B<--options-source-force>. The default value is B<fstab,mtab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:467
msgid "B<--options-source-force>"
msgstr "B<--options-source-force>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:469
msgid ""
"Use options from I<fstab>/I<mtab> even if both I<device> and I<dir> are "
"specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:472
msgid "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"
msgstr "B<-R>, B<--rbind>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:474
msgid ""
"Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
"contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection B<Bind "
"mounts>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:479
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is B<-o ro>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:481
msgid ""
"Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
"system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
"the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
"access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the B<ro,"
"noload> mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
"the B<blockdev>(8) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:486
msgid ""
"Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
"options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
"option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount helper only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:489
msgid "B<--source> I<device>"
msgstr "B<--source> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:491
msgid ""
"If only one argument for the B<mount> command is given, then the argument "
"might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
"option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:494
msgid "B<--target> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--target> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:496
msgid ""
"If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
"be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
"allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:499
msgid "B<--target-prefix> I<directory>"
msgstr "B<--target-prefix> I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:501
msgid ""
"Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
"used to follow I<fstab>, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:503
msgid "B<mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir>"
msgstr "B<mount --all --target-prefix /chroot -o X-mount.mkdir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:505
msgid ""
"mounts all from system I<fstab> to I</chroot>, all missing mountpoint are "
"created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also B<--fstab> to use an alternative "
"I<fstab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:508
msgid "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--fstab> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:510
msgid ""
"Specifies an alternative I<fstab> file. If I<path> is a directory, then the "
"files in the directory are sorted by B<strverscmp>(3); files that start with "
"\".\" or without an I<.fstab> extension are ignored. The option can be "
"specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
"chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
"system configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:512
msgid ""
"Note that B<mount> does not pass the option B<--fstab> to the B</sbin/mount."
">I<type> helpers, meaning that the alternative I<fstab> files will be "
"invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
"(non-root) mounts always require I<fstab> to verify the user\\(cqs rights."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:515
msgid "B<-t>, B<--types> I<fstype>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<fstype>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:517
msgid ""
"The argument following the B<-t> is used to indicate the filesystem type. "
"The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running "
"kernel. See I</proc/filesystems> and I</lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs> "
"for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, "
"ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:519
msgid ""
"The programs B<mount> and B<umount>(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
"subtype is defined by a \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
"sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any "
"prefix to the mount source (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq is "
"deprecated)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:521
msgid ""
"If no B<-t> option is given, or if the B<auto> type is specified, B<mount> "
"will try to guess the desired type. B<mount> uses the B<libblkid>(3) library "
"for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that "
"looks familiar, B<mount> will try to read the file I</etc/filesystems>, or, "
"if that does not exist, I</proc/filesystems>. All of the filesystem types "
"listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e."
"g. I<devpts>, I<proc> and I<nfs>). If I</etc/filesystems> ends in a line "
"with a single *, mount will read I</proc/filesystems> afterwards. While "
"trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option B<silent>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:523
msgid ""
"The B<auto> type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file I</"
"etc/filesystems> can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
"before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:525
msgid ""
"More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-t> "
"option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry. The list of filesystem types "
"for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem "
"types on which no action should be taken. The prefix B<no> has no effect "
"when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
msgstr ""
"B<-t> オプションでの複数タイプ指定は、 I</etc/fstab> エントリーと同様、 カン"
"マ区切りのリストで指定する。 B<-t> オプションでのファイルシステムタイプの指定"
"にあたっては、 プレフィックスとして B<no> をつけることができる。 その場合に"
"は、 アクションが何も実行されない。 プレフィックス B<no> は、 I</etc/fstab> "
"エントリーにおいて指定したとしても、 何の効果もない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:527
msgid ""
"The prefix B<no> can be meaningful with the B<-a> option. For example, the "
"command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:529
msgid "B<mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs>"
msgstr "B<mount -a -t nomsdos,smbfs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:531
msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type I<msdos> and I<smbfs>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:533
msgid ""
"For most types all the B<mount> program has to do is issue a simple "
"B<mount>(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
"required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
"hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
"have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
"types in a uniform way, B<mount> will execute the program B</sbin/mount."
">I<type> (if that exists) when called with type I<type>. Since different "
"versions of the B<smbmount> program have different calling conventions, B</"
"sbin/mount.smbfs> may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
"call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:538
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified I<uuid>."
msgstr "指定された I<uuid> を持つパーティションをマウントする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:546
msgid "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--rw>, B<--read-write>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:548
msgid ""
"Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
"B<mount> default is to try read-only if the previous B<mount>(2) syscall "
"with read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:550
msgid "A synonym is B<-o rw>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:552
msgid ""
"Note that specifying B<-w> on the command line forces B<mount> to never try "
"read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
"filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:563
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:566
msgid ""
"Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the I</etc/fstab> "
"file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:568
msgid ""
"Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
"kernel. To check the current setting see the options in I</proc/mounts>. "
"Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount "
"options (see for example B<tune2fs -l> output for extI<N> filesystems)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:570
msgid ""
"The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
"every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the B<sync> option today has "
"an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:572
msgid "B<async>"
msgstr "B<async>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:574
msgid ""
"All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
"B<sync> option.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:577
msgid "B<atime>"
msgstr "B<atime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:579
msgid ""
"Do not use the B<noatime> feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
"kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the B<relatime> and "
"B<strictatime> mount options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:582
msgid "B<noatime>"
msgstr "B<noatime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:584
msgid ""
"Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
"on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
"(directories too), so it implies B<nodiratime>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:587
msgid "B<auto>"
msgstr "B<auto>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:589
msgid "Can be mounted with the B<-a> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:592
msgid "B<noauto>"
msgstr "B<noauto>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:594
msgid ""
"Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the B<-a> option will not cause the "
"filesystem to be mounted)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:597
msgid ""
"B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
"and B<rootcontext=>I<context>"
msgstr ""
"B<context=>I<context>, B<fscontext=>I<context>, B<defcontext=>I<context>, "
"and B<rootcontext=>I<context>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:599
msgid ""
"The B<context=> option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
"support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
"VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
"ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
"B<context=> on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
"in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4."
"E<lt>xE<gt> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save "
"time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one "
"security context."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:601
msgid ""
"A commonly used option for removable media is B<context=\"system_u:object_r:"
"removable_t>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:603
msgid ""
"The B<fscontext=> option works for all filesystems, regardless of their "
"xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to "
"a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
"individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
"certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
"Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
"themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
"fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
"files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:605
msgid ""
"You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
"B<defcontext=> option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
"the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:607
msgid ""
"The B<rootcontext=> option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of "
"a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. "
"This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:609
msgid ""
"Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
"option, B<even> when unchanged from the current context."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:611
msgid ""
"B<Warning: the> I<context> B<value might contain commas>, in which case the "
"value has to be properly quoted, otherwise B<mount> will interpret the comma "
"as a separator between mount options. Don\\(cqt forget that the shell strips "
"off quotes and thus B<double quoting is required>. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:617
msgid ""
"mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:"
"c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
msgstr ""
"mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:"
"c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:622
msgid "For more details, see B<selinux>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:624
msgid "B<defaults>"
msgstr "B<defaults>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:626
msgid ""
"Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
"B<nouser>, and B<async>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:628
msgid ""
"Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
"and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:631
msgid "B<dev>"
msgstr "B<dev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:633
msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:636
msgid "B<nodev>"
msgstr "B<nodev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:638
msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:641
msgid "B<diratime>"
msgstr "B<diratime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:643
msgid ""
"Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
"(This option is ignored when B<noatime> is set.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:646
msgid "B<nodiratime>"
msgstr "B<nodiratime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:648
msgid ""
"Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
"is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:651
msgid "B<dirsync>"
msgstr "B<dirsync>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:653
msgid ""
"All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
"This affects the following system calls: B<creat>(2), B<link>(2), "
"B<unlink>(2), B<symlink>(2), B<mkdir>(2), B<rmdir>(2), B<mknod>(2) and "
"B<rename>(2)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:656
msgid "B<exec>"
msgstr "B<exec>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:658
msgid "Permit execution of binaries and other executable files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:661
msgid "B<noexec>"
msgstr "B<noexec>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:663
msgid ""
"Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:666
msgid "B<group>"
msgstr "B<group>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:668
msgid ""
"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
"groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
"B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
"option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:671
msgid "B<iversion>"
msgstr "B<iversion>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:673
msgid ""
"Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:676
msgid "B<noiversion>"
msgstr "B<noiversion>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:678
msgid "Do not increment the i_version inode field."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:681
msgid "B<mand>"
msgstr "B<mand>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:683
msgid ""
"Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See B<fcntl>(2). This option was "
"deprecated in Linux 5.15."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:686
msgid "B<nomand>"
msgstr "B<nomand>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:688
msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:691
msgid "B<_netdev>"
msgstr "B<_netdev>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:693
msgid ""
"The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
"prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
"network has been enabled on the system)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:696
msgid "B<nofail>"
msgstr "B<nofail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:698
msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:701
msgid "B<relatime>"
msgstr "B<relatime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:703
msgid ""
"Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
"only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify "
"or change time. (Similar to B<noatime>, but it doesn\\(cqt break B<mutt>(1) "
"or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the "
"last time it was modified.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:705
msgid ""
"Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
"option (unless B<noatime> was specified), and the B<strictatime> option is "
"required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
"the file\\(cqs last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day "
"old."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:708
msgid "B<norelatime>"
msgstr "B<norelatime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:710
msgid ""
"Do not use the B<relatime> feature. See also the B<strictatime> mount option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:713
msgid "B<strictatime>"
msgstr "B<strictatime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:715
msgid ""
"Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
"the kernel to default to B<relatime> or B<noatime> but still allow userspace "
"to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
"I</proc/mounts>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:718
msgid "B<nostrictatime>"
msgstr "B<nostrictatime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:720
msgid "Use the kernel\\(cqs default behavior for inode access time updates."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:723
msgid "B<lazytime>"
msgstr "B<lazytime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:725
msgid ""
"Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
"inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:727
msgid ""
"This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
"workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:729
msgid "The on-disk timestamps are updated only when:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:739
msgid ""
"the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:750
msgid "the application employs B<fsync>(2), B<syncfs>(2), or B<sync>(2)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:761
msgid "an undeleted inode is evicted from memory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:772
msgid "more than 24 hours have passed since the inode was written to disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:776
msgid "B<nolazytime>"
msgstr "B<nolazytime>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:778
msgid "Do not use the lazytime feature."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:781
msgid "B<suid>"
msgstr "B<suid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:783
msgid ""
"Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
"programs from this filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:786
msgid "B<nosuid>"
msgstr "B<nosuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:788
msgid ""
"Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
"executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
"transitions require permission I<nosuid_transition>, which in turn needs "
"also policy capability I<nnp_nosuid_transition>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:791
msgid "B<silent>"
msgstr "B<silent>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:793
msgid "Turn on the silent flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:796
msgid "B<loud>"
msgstr "B<loud>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:798
msgid "Turn off the silent flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:801
msgid "B<owner>"
msgstr "B<owner>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:803
msgid ""
"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
"the device. This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless "
"overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,dev,suid>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:806
msgid "B<remount>"
msgstr "B<remount>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:808
msgid ""
"Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
"change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
"filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:810
msgid ""
"The remount operation together with the B<bind> flag has special semantics. "
"See above, the subsection B<Bind mounts>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:812
msgid ""
"The remount functionality follows the standard way the B<mount> command "
"works with options from I<fstab>. This means that B<mount> does not read "
"I<fstab> (or I<mtab>) only when both I<device> and I<dir> are specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:814
msgid "B<mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir>"
msgstr "B<mount -o remount,rw /dev/foo /dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:816
msgid ""
"After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
"I<fstab> (or I<mtab>) is ignored, except the B<loop=> option which is "
"internally generated and maintained by the B<mount> command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:818
msgid "B<mount -o remount,rw /dir>"
msgstr "B<mount -o remount,rw /dir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:820
msgid ""
"After this call, B<mount> reads I<fstab> and merges these options with the "
"options from the command line (B<-o>). If no mountpoint is found in "
"I<fstab>, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:822
msgid ""
"B<mount> allows the use of B<--all> to remount all already mounted "
"filesystems which match a specified filter (B<-O> and B<-t>). For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:824
msgid "B<mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat>"
msgstr "B<mount --all -o remount,ro -t vfat>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:826
msgid ""
"remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
"filesystems is remounted by B<mount -o remount,ro> I</dir> semantic. This "
"means the B<mount> command reads I<fstab> or I<mtab> and merges these "
"options with the options from the command line."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:829
msgid "B<ro>"
msgstr "B<ro>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:831
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:834
msgid "B<rw>"
msgstr "B<rw>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:836
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:839
msgid "B<sync>"
msgstr "B<sync>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:841
msgid ""
"All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
"with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), B<sync> may "
"cause life-cycle shortening."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:844
msgid "B<user>"
msgstr "B<user>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:846
msgid ""
"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
"user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in I</"
"run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>) so that this same user can "
"unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options B<noexec>, "
"B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
"option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:849
msgid "B<nouser>"
msgstr "B<nouser>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:851
msgid ""
"Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
"does not imply any other options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:854
msgid "B<users>"
msgstr "B<users>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:856
msgid ""
"Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
"ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options B<noexec>, "
"B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
"option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:859
msgid "B<X->*"
msgstr "B<X->*"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:861
msgid ""
"All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
"application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
"g., I<mtab> file), nor sent to the mount.I<type> helpers nor to the "
"B<mount>(2) system call. The suggested format is B<X->I<appname>.I<option>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:864
msgid "B<x->*"
msgstr "B<x->*"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:866
msgid ""
"The same as B<X->* options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
"the options are also available for B<umount>(8) or other operations. Note "
"that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it\\(cqs "
"necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
"options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
"or in unshared namespace)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:868
msgid ""
"Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
"by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
"now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
"the functionality has been extended to keep existing I<fstab> configurations "
"usable without a change."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:871
msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[=I<mode>]"
msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[=I<mode>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:873
msgid ""
"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The "
"optional argument I<mode> specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
"B<mkdir>(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
"is supported only for root users or when B<mount> is executed without suid "
"permissions. The option is also supported as B<x-mount.mkdir>, but this "
"notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also B<--mkdir> command line option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:876
msgid "B<X-mount.subdir=>I<directory>"
msgstr "B<X-mount.subdir=>I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:878
msgid ""
"Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root "
"directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root "
"directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the "
"final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory "
"mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is "
"implemented by multiple B<mount>(2) syscalls. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:881
msgid "B<nosymfollow>"
msgstr "B<nosymfollow>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:883
msgid ""
"Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
"and B<readlink>(1), B<readlink>(2), B<realpath>(1), and B<realpath>(3) all "
"still work properly."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:884
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:887
msgid ""
"This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
"Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
"for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:893
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Filesystem(s)>"
msgstr "B<Filesystem(s)>"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:896
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<Manual page>"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:900
#, no-wrap
msgid "btrfs"
msgstr "btrfs"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:903
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<btrfs>(5)"
msgstr "B<btrfs>(5)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:907
#, no-wrap
msgid "cifs"
msgstr "cifs"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:910
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<mount.cifs>(8)"
msgstr "B<mount.cifs>(8)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:914
#, no-wrap
msgid "ext2, ext3, ext4"
msgstr "ext2, ext3, ext4"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:917
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<ext4>(5)"
msgstr "B<ext4>(5)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:921
#, no-wrap
msgid "fuse"
msgstr "fuse"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:924
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<fuse>(8)"
msgstr "B<fuse>(8)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:928
#, no-wrap
msgid "nfs"
msgstr "nfs"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:931
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<nfs>(5)"
msgstr "B<nfs>(5)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:935
#, no-wrap
msgid "tmpfs"
msgstr "tmpfs"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:938
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<tmpfs>(5)"
msgstr "B<tmpfs>(5)"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:942
#, no-wrap
msgid "xfs"
msgstr "xfs"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/mount.8:945
#, no-wrap
msgid "B<xfs>(5)"
msgstr "B<xfs>(5)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:950
msgid ""
"Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
"install the respective userland tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:952
msgid ""
"The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
"filesystem. All options follow the B<-o> flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:954
msgid ""
"What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
"information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
"source subdirectory I<Documentation/filesystems>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:954
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for adfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:957 original/man8/mount.8:968
#: original/man8/mount.8:1044 original/man8/mount.8:1084
#: original/man8/mount.8:1283 original/man8/mount.8:1330
msgid "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<uid=>I<value> and B<gid=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:959
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:962
msgid "B<ownmask=>I<value> and B<othmask=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<ownmask=>I<value> and B<othmask=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:964
msgid ""
"Set the permission mask for ADFS \\(aqowner\\(aq permissions and \\(aqother"
"\\(aq permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See "
"also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:965
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for affs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:970
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
"but with option B<uid> or B<gid> without specified value, the UID and GID of "
"the current process are taken)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:973
msgid "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<setuid=>I<value> and B<setgid=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:975
msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:978 original/man8/mount.8:1036
#: original/man8/mount.8:1049 original/man8/mount.8:1340
msgid "B<mode=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<mode=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:980
msgid ""
"Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
"permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
"The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:983
msgid "B<protect>"
msgstr "B<protect>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:985
msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:988
msgid "B<usemp>"
msgstr "B<usemp>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:990
msgid ""
"Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
"mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
"Strange..."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:993
msgid "B<verbose>"
msgstr "B<verbose>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:995
msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:998
msgid "B<prefix=>I<string>"
msgstr "B<prefix=>I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1000
msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1003
msgid "B<volume=>I<string>"
msgstr "B<volume=>I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1005
msgid ""
"Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
"symbolic link."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1008
msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<reserved=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1010
msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1013
msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<root=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1015
msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1018
msgid "B<bs=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<bs=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1020
msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1023
msgid "B<grpquota>|B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>"
msgstr "B<grpquota>|B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1025
msgid ""
"These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
"to such strings in I</etc/fstab>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1026
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1029
msgid ""
"The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
"sys/kernel/debug>. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
"options:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1031 original/man8/mount.8:1257
msgid "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"
msgstr "B<uid=>I<n>B<, gid=>I<n>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1033
msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1038
msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
msgstr "マウントポイントのモードを設定する。 "

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1039
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for devpts"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1042
msgid ""
"The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on I</"
"dev/pts>. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens I</dev/"
"ptmx>; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the "
"process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as I</dev/pts/"
">E<lt>numberE<gt>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1046
msgid ""
"This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
"specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
"GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
"5, then B<gid=5> will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
"tty group."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1051
msgid ""
"Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
"default is 0600. A value of B<mode=620> and B<gid=5> makes \"mesg y\" the "
"default on newly created pseudo terminals."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1054
msgid "B<newinstance>"
msgstr "B<newinstance>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1056
msgid ""
"Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
"pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
"created in other instances of devpts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1058
msgid ""
"All mounts of devpts without this B<newinstance> option share the same set "
"of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with "
"the B<newinstance> option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1060
msgid ""
"This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
"implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
"mount option is valid only if B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled "
"in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1062
msgid ""
"To use this option effectively, I</dev/ptmx> must be a symbolic link to "
"I<pts/ptmx>. See I<Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt> in the Linux kernel "
"source tree for details."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1065
msgid "B<ptmxmode=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<ptmxmode=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1067
msgid "Set the mode for the new I<ptmx> device node in the devpts filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1069
msgid ""
"With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see B<newinstance> option "
"above), each instance has a private I<ptmx> node in the root of the devpts "
"filesystem (typically I</dev/pts/ptmx>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1071
msgid ""
"For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
"new I<ptmx> node is 0000. B<ptmxmode=>I<value> specifies a more useful mode "
"for the I<ptmx> node and is highly recommended when the B<newinstance> "
"option is specified."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1073
msgid ""
"This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
"2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
"B<CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES> is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1074
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for fat"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1077
msgid ""
"(Note: I<fat> is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the "
"I<msdos>, I<umsdos> and I<vfat> filesystems.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1079
msgid "B<blocksize=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"
msgstr "B<blocksize=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1081
msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1086 original/man8/mount.8:1259
#: original/man8/mount.8:1285
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
"current process.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1089 original/man8/mount.8:1288
msgid "B<umask=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<umask=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1091 original/man8/mount.8:1290
msgid ""
"Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The "
"default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1094
msgid "B<dmask=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<dmask=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1096
msgid ""
"Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
"current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1099
msgid "B<fmask=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<fmask=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1101
msgid ""
"Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
"current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1104
msgid "B<allow_utime=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<allow_utime=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1106
msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1108
msgid "B<20>"
msgstr "B<20>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1110
msgid ""
"If current process is in group of file\\(cqs group ID, you can change "
"timestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1115
msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1119
msgid ""
"The default is set from \\(aqdmask\\(aq option. (If the directory is "
"writable, B<utime>(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1121
msgid ""
"Normally B<utime>(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, "
"or that it has the B<CAP_FOWNER> capability. But FAT filesystems don\\(cqt "
"have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this "
"option you can relax it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1123
msgid "B<check=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<check=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1125
msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1127
msgid "B<r>[B<elaxed>]"
msgstr "B<r>[B<elaxed>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1129
msgid ""
"Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
"truncated (e.g. I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), leading and "
"embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1132
msgid "B<n>[B<ormal>]"
msgstr "B<n>[B<ormal>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1134
msgid ""
"Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
"are rejected. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1137
msgid "B<s>[B<trict>]"
msgstr "B<s>[B<trict>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1139
msgid ""
"Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
"that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
"are rejected."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1143
msgid "B<codepage=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<codepage=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1145
msgid ""
"Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
"filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1148 original/man8/mount.8:1298
#: original/man8/mount.8:1355
msgid "B<conv=>I<mode>"
msgstr "B<conv=>I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1150
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1153
msgid "B<cvf_format=>I<module>"
msgstr "B<cvf_format=>I<module>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1155
msgid ""
"Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
"cvfI<_module> instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports B<kmod>, the "
"B<cvf_format=>I<xxx> option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This "
"option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1158
msgid "B<cvf_option=>I<option>"
msgstr "B<cvf_option=>I<option>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1160
msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1163
msgid "B<debug>"
msgstr "B<debug>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1165
msgid ""
"Turn on the I<debug> flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
"parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
"appear to be inconsistent)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1168
msgid "B<discard>"
msgstr "B<discard>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1170
msgid ""
"If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
"blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
"provisioned LUNs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1173
msgid "B<dos1xfloppy>"
msgstr "B<dos1xfloppy>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1175
msgid ""
"If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
"determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
"assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
"floppy images."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1178
msgid "B<errors=>{B<panic>|B<continue>|B<remount-ro>}"
msgstr "B<errors=>{B<panic>|B<continue>|B<remount-ro>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1180
msgid ""
"Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
"anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1183
msgid "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"
msgstr "B<fat=>{B<12>|B<16>|B<32>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1185
msgid ""
"Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
"detection routine. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1188 original/man8/mount.8:1377
msgid "B<iocharset=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<iocharset=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1190
msgid ""
"Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
"Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
"disk in Unicode format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1193
msgid "B<nfs=>{B<stale_rw>|B<nostale_ro>}"
msgstr "B<nfs=>{B<stale_rw>|B<nostale_ro>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1195
msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1197
msgid ""
"B<stale_rw>: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes "
"which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file "
"operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at "
"NFS server, this could result in spurious B<ESTALE> errors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1199
msgid ""
"B<nostale_ro>: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-"
"disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that "
"B<ESTALE> will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. "
"However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could "
"cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a "
"different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this "
"option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1201
msgid ""
"To maintain backward compatibility, B<-o nfs> is also accepted, defaulting "
"to B<stale_rw>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1204
msgid "B<tz=UTC>"
msgstr "B<tz=UTC>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1206
msgid ""
"This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
"used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
"particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
"set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1209
msgid "B<time_offset=>I<minutes>"
msgstr "B<time_offset=>I<minutes>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1211
msgid ""
"Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
"I.e., I<minutes> will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
"used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
"kernel via B<settimeofday>(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
"Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
"cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
"off by one hour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1214 original/man8/mount.8:1277
msgid "B<quiet>"
msgstr "B<quiet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1216
msgid ""
"Turn on the I<quiet> flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
"errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1219
msgid "B<rodir>"
msgstr "B<rodir>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1221
msgid ""
"FAT has the B<ATTR_RO> (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the B<ATTR_RO> of "
"the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
"flag (e.g. it\\(cqs set for the customized folder)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1223
msgid ""
"If you want to use B<ATTR_RO> as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
"this option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1226
msgid "B<showexec>"
msgstr "B<showexec>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1228
msgid ""
"If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
"extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1231
msgid "B<sys_immutable>"
msgstr "B<sys_immutable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1233
msgid ""
"If set, B<ATTR_SYS> attribute on FAT is handled as B<IMMUTABLE> flag on "
"Linux. Not set by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1236
msgid "B<flush>"
msgstr "B<flush>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1238
msgid ""
"If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
"set by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1241
msgid "B<usefree>"
msgstr "B<usefree>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1243
msgid ""
"Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on B<FSINFO>. It\\(cqll be used to "
"determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it\\(cqs not "
"used by default, because recent Windows don\\(cqt update it correctly in "
"some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on B<FSINFO> is correct, by "
"this option you can avoid scanning disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1246
msgid "B<dots>, B<nodots>, B<dotsOK=>[B<yes>|B<no>]"
msgstr "B<dots>, B<nodots>, B<dotsOK=>[B<yes>|B<no>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1248
msgid ""
"Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1249
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1252
msgid "B<creator=>I<cccc>B<, type=>I<cccc>"
msgstr "B<creator=>I<cccc>B<, type=>I<cccc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1254
msgid ""
"Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
"new files. Default values: \\(aq????\\(aq."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1262
msgid "B<dir_umask=>I<n>B<, file_umask=>I<n>B<, umask=>I<n>"
msgstr "B<dir_umask=>I<n>B<, file_umask=>I<n>B<, umask=>I<n>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1264
msgid ""
"Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
"directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1267
msgid "B<session=>I<n>"
msgstr "B<session=>I<n>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1269
msgid ""
"Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
"CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
"device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1272
msgid "B<part=>I<n>"
msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1274
msgid ""
"Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
"Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1279
msgid "Don\\(cqt complain about invalid mount options."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1280
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1293
msgid "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"
msgstr "B<case=>{B<lower>|B<asis>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1295
msgid ""
"Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
"B<case=lower>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1300 original/man8/mount.8:1357
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1303
msgid "B<nocheck>"
msgstr "B<nocheck>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1305
msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1306
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1309
msgid ""
"ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
"ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the I<udf> "
"filesystem.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1311
msgid ""
"Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
"restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
"upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
"links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1313
msgid ""
"Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
"features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
"supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
"filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
"it is read-only, of course)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1315
msgid "B<norock>"
msgstr "B<norock>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1317
msgid ""
"Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. B<map>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1320
msgid "B<nojoliet>"
msgstr "B<nojoliet>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1322
msgid ""
"Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. "
"B<map>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1325
msgid "B<check=>{B<r>[B<elaxed>]|B<s>[B<trict>]}"
msgstr "B<check=>{B<r>[B<elaxed>]|B<s>[B<trict>]}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1327
msgid ""
"With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
"doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with B<norock> "
"and B<map=normal>. (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1332
msgid ""
"Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
"overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
"B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1335
msgid "B<map=>{B<n>[B<ormal>]|B<o>[B<ff>]|B<a>[B<corn>]}"
msgstr "B<map=>{B<n>[B<ormal>]|B<o>[B<ff>]|B<a>[B<corn>]}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1337
msgid ""
"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
"ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to \\(aq."
"\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: "
"B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also apply Acorn "
"extensions if present."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1342
msgid ""
"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
"read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
"leading 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1345 original/man8/mount.8:1917
msgid "B<unhide>"
msgstr "B<unhide>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1347
msgid ""
"Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
"associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
"ordinary files inaccessible.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1350
msgid "B<block=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"
msgstr "B<block=>{B<512>|B<1024>|B<2048>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1352
msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1360
msgid "B<cruft>"
msgstr "B<cruft>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1362
msgid ""
"If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
"option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
"file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1365
msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1367
msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1370
msgid "B<sbsector=>I<xxx>"
msgstr "B<sbsector=>I<xxx>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1372
msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1375
msgid ""
"The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
"makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft\\(cqs Joliet extensions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1379
msgid ""
"Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
"characters. The default is iso8859-1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1382 original/man8/mount.8:1435
#: original/man8/mount.8:1957 original/man8/mount.8:2106
msgid "B<utf8>"
msgstr "B<utf8>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1384
msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1385
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for jfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1388 original/man8/mount.8:1425
msgid "B<iocharset=>I<name>"
msgstr "B<iocharset=>I<name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1390
msgid ""
"Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
"do no conversion. Use B<iocharset=utf8> for UTF8 translations. This requires "
"B<CONFIG_NLS_UTF8> to be set in the kernel I<.config> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1393
msgid "B<resize=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<resize=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1395
msgid ""
"Resize the volume to I<value> blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, "
"not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the "
"volume is mounted read-write. The B<resize> keyword with no value will grow "
"the volume to the full size of the partition."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1398
msgid "B<nointegrity>"
msgstr "B<nointegrity>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1400
msgid ""
"Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
"higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
"of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1403
msgid "B<integrity>"
msgstr "B<integrity>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1405
msgid ""
"Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
"a volume where the B<nointegrity> option was previously specified in order "
"to restore normal behavior."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1408
msgid "B<errors=>{B<continue>|B<remount-ro>|B<panic>}"
msgstr "B<errors=>{B<continue>|B<remount-ro>|B<panic>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1410
msgid ""
"Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
"just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
"read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1413
msgid "B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>|B<grpquota>"
msgstr "B<noquota>|B<quota>|B<usrquota>|B<grpquota>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1415
msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1416
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for msdos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1419
msgid ""
"See mount options for fat. If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
"inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
"filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1419
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1422
msgid ""
"Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument (a "
"I<struct ncp_mount_data>) to the B<mount>(2) system call. This argument is "
"constructed by B<ncpmount>(8) and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
"does not know anything about ncpfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1422
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1427
msgid ""
"Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
"names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1430
msgid "B<nls=>I<name>"
msgstr "B<nls=>I<name>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1432
msgid "New name for the option earlier called I<iocharset>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1437
msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1440
msgid "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"
msgstr "B<uni_xlate=>{B<0>|B<1>|B<2>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1442
msgid ""
"For 0 (or \\(aqno\\(aq or \\(aqfalse\\(aq), do not use escape sequences for "
"unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or \\(aqyes\\(aq or \\(aqtrue\\(aq) or 2, "
"use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a "
"little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1445
msgid "B<posix=[0|1]>"
msgstr "B<posix=[0|1]>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1447
msgid ""
"If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
"case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
"suppressed. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1450
msgid "B<uid=>I<value>, B<gid=>I<value> and B<umask=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<uid=>I<value>, B<gid=>I<value> and B<umask=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1452
msgid ""
"Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
"octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
"else."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1453
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for overlay"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1456
msgid ""
"Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
"other filesystems."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1458
msgid ""
"An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an B<upper> filesystem and "
"a B<lower> filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
"the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
"either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1460
msgid ""
"The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
"need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
"upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
"creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
"in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1462
msgid ""
"A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
"type. The options B<lowerdir> and B<upperdir> are combined into a merged "
"directory by using:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1470
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount -t overlay  overlay  \\(rs\n"
"  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"
msgstr ""
"mount -t overlay  overlay  \\(rs\n"
"  -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work  /merged\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1478
msgid "B<lowerdir=>I<directory>"
msgstr "B<lowerdir=>I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1480
msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1483
msgid "B<upperdir=>I<directory>"
msgstr "B<upperdir=>I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1485
msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1488
msgid "B<workdir=>I<directory>"
msgstr "B<workdir=>I<directory>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1490
msgid ""
"The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
"upperdir."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1493
msgid "B<userxattr>"
msgstr "B<userxattr>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1495
msgid ""
"Use the \"B<user.overlay.>\" xattr namespace instead of \"B<trusted.overlay.>"
"\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1498
msgid "B<redirect_dir=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<follow>|B<nofollow>}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1500
msgid ""
"If the I<redirect_dir> feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
"up (but not the contents). Then the \"{B<trusted>|B<user>}.overlay.redirect"
"\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the "
"root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1502 original/man8/rtcwake.8:176
msgid "B<on>"
msgstr "B<on>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1504
msgid "Redirects are enabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1507 original/man8/rtcwake.8:166
msgid "B<off>"
msgstr "B<off>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1509
msgid ""
"Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
"feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1512
msgid "B<follow>"
msgstr "B<follow>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1514
msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1517
msgid "B<nofollow>"
msgstr "B<nofollow>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1519
msgid ""
"Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off"
"\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1523
msgid "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
msgstr "B<index=>{B<on>|B<off>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1525
msgid ""
"Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
"is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
"propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1528
msgid "B<uuid=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
msgstr "B<uuid=>{B<on>|B<off>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1530
msgid ""
"Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
"with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
"the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
"only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
"filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1533
msgid "B<nfs_export=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1536
msgid ""
"When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
"feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1543
msgid ""
"With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
"entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
"hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
"directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
"directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{B<trusted>|"
"B<user>}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
"inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1545
msgid ""
"When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following "
"rules apply"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1556
msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1567
msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1578
msgid ""
"For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
"an upper file handle from upper inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1582
msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1593
msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1604
msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1615
msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1619
msgid ""
"This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles "
"that are stored in extended attribute \"{B<trusted>|B<user>}.overlay.origin"
"\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1630
msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1641
msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1652
msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1663
msgid ""
"If a whiteout is found in index, return B<ESTALE>. This represents an "
"overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1674
msgid ""
"For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
"decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1685
msgid ""
"For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
"index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1691
msgid ""
"Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
"copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
"upper alias."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1703
msgid ""
"When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
"may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects"
"\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect"
"\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer "
"directory.  Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
"descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
"reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
"that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
"copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
"filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
"this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
"\"I<redirect_dir=nofollow>\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1705
msgid ""
"The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
"handles, so exporting with the I<subtree_check> exportfs configuration will "
"cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1707
msgid ""
"When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
"verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
"verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1710
msgid ""
"Note: the mount options I<index=off,nfs_export=on> are conflicting for a "
"read-write mount and will result in an error."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1713
msgid "B<xino=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"
msgstr "B<xino=>{B<on>|B<off>|B<auto>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1715
msgid ""
"The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
"object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
"high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
"use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
"overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
"non xino behavior for that inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1717
msgid "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1721
msgid "B<metacopy=>{B<on>|B<off>}"
msgstr "B<metacopy=>{B<on>|B<off>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1723
msgid ""
"When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
"metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
"chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
"opened for WRITE operation."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1725
msgid ""
"In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
"when there is a need to actually modify data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1728
msgid "B<volatile>"
msgstr "B<volatile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1730
msgid ""
"Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
"recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
"overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1732
msgid ""
"The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
"sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1734
msgid ""
"In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
"semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
"VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdir’s filesystem after a "
"volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
"this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
"subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
"experience a new error since the last sync call."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1736
msgid ""
"When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
"work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
"this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
"that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
"In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
"and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
"removed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1737
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1740
msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1742
msgid "B<conv>"
msgstr "B<conv>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1744
msgid ""
"Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
"using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
"longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1747
msgid "B<hash=>{B<rupasov>|B<tea>|B<r5>|B<detect>}"
msgstr "B<hash=>{B<rupasov>|B<tea>|B<r5>|B<detect>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1749
msgid ""
"Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
"directories."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1751
msgid "B<rupasov>"
msgstr "B<rupasov>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1753
msgid ""
"A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
"mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
"should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1756
msgid "B<tea>"
msgstr "B<tea>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1758
msgid ""
"A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
"permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
"probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
"B<EHASHCOLLISION> errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1761
msgid "B<r5>"
msgstr "B<r5>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1763
msgid ""
"A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
"best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
"patterns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1766
msgid "B<detect>"
msgstr "B<detect>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1768
msgid ""
"Instructs B<mount> to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
"filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
"superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
"filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1772
msgid "B<hashed_relocation>"
msgstr "B<hashed_relocation>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1774 original/man8/mount.8:1779
msgid ""
"Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
"situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1777
msgid "B<no_unhashed_relocation>"
msgstr "B<no_unhashed_relocation>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1782
msgid "B<noborder>"
msgstr "B<noborder>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1784
msgid ""
"Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
"may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1787
msgid "B<nolog>"
msgstr "B<nolog>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1789
msgid ""
"Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
"some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs\\(cqs fast recovery from "
"crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all "
"journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. "
"Implementation of I<nolog> is a work in progress."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1792
msgid "B<notail>"
msgstr "B<notail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1794
msgid ""
"By default, reiserfs stores small files and \\(aqfile tails\\(aq directly "
"into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as B<lilo>(8). This option "
"is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1797
msgid "B<replayonly>"
msgstr "B<replayonly>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1799
msgid ""
"Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
"the filesystem. Mainly used by I<reiserfsck>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1802
msgid "B<resize=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<resize=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1804
msgid ""
"A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
"Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has I<number> blocks. This "
"option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
"management (LVM). There is a special I<resizer> utility which can be "
"obtained from"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1808
msgid "B<user_xattr>"
msgstr "B<user_xattr>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1810
msgid "I<Enable Extended User Attributes. See the >B<attr>I<(1) manual page.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1813
msgid "B<acl>"
msgstr "B<acl>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1815
msgid "I<Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the >B<acl>I<(5) manual page.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1818
msgid "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"
msgstr "B<barrier=none>I< / >B<barrier=flush>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1820
msgid ""
"I<This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
">B<barrier=none>I< disables, >B<barrier=flush>I< enables (default). This "
"also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets "
"an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
"Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
"volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
"disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
"safely improve performance.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1821
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1824
msgid ""
"UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
"B<atime> is not supported and is always turned off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1826
msgid "The device name may be specified as"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1830
msgid "B<ubiX_Y>"
msgstr "B<ubiX_Y>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1832
msgid "UBI device number B<X>, volume number B<Y>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1835
msgid "B<ubiY>"
msgstr "B<ubiY>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1837
msgid "UBI device number B<0>, volume number B<Y>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1840
msgid "B<ubiX:NAME>"
msgstr "B<ubiX:NAME>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1842
msgid "UBI device number B<X>, volume with name B<NAME>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1845
msgid "B<ubi:NAME>"
msgstr "B<ubi:NAME>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1847
msgid "UBI device number B<0>, volume with name B<NAME>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1853
msgid "Alternative B<!> separator may be used instead of B<:>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1855
msgid "The following mount options are available:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1857
msgid "B<bulk_read>"
msgstr "B<bulk_read>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1859
msgid ""
"Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
"filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
"faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
"For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
"NAND page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1862
msgid "B<no_bulk_read>"
msgstr "B<no_bulk_read>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1864
msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1867
msgid "B<chk_data_crc>"
msgstr "B<chk_data_crc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1869
msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1872
msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>"
msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1874
msgid ""
"Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
"not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
"indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
"is always calculated when writing the data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1877
msgid "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"
msgstr "B<compr=>{B<none>|B<lzo>|B<zlib>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1879
msgid ""
"Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
"is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the B<none> "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1880
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for udf"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1883
msgid ""
"UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
"Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
"the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
"usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
"also I<iso9660>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1885
msgid "B<uid=>"
msgstr "B<uid=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1887
msgid ""
"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
"specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=E<lt>userE<gt> "
"and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid "
"is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
"given as either E<lt>userE<gt> which is a valid user name or the "
"corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1890
msgid "B<gid=>"
msgstr "B<gid=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1892
msgid ""
"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
"be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) "
"gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In "
"fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF "
"standard. The value is given as either E<lt>groupE<gt> which is a valid "
"group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string "
"\"forget\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1895
msgid "B<umask=>"
msgstr "B<umask=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1897
msgid ""
"Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
"value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1900
msgid "B<mode=>"
msgstr "B<mode=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1902
msgid ""
"If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
"filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1905
msgid "B<dmode=>"
msgstr "B<dmode=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1907
msgid ""
"If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
"filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1910
msgid "B<bs=>"
msgstr "B<bs=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1912
msgid ""
"Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
"Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
"fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
"valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1914
msgid ""
"For other details see the B<mkudffs>(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the "
"B<COMPATIBILITY> and B<BLOCK SIZE> sections."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1919
msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1922
msgid "B<undelete>"
msgstr "B<undelete>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1924
msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1927
msgid "B<adinicb>"
msgstr "B<adinicb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1929
msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1932
msgid "B<noadinicb>"
msgstr "B<noadinicb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1934
msgid "Don\\(cqt embed data in the inode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1937
msgid "B<shortad>"
msgstr "B<shortad>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1939
msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1942
msgid "B<longad>"
msgstr "B<longad>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1944
msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1947
msgid "B<nostrict>"
msgstr "B<nostrict>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1949
msgid "Unset strict conformance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1952
msgid "B<iocharset=>"
msgstr "B<iocharset=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1954
msgid ""
"Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
"B<CONFIG_UDF_NLS> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1959
msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1960
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1963
msgid "B<novrs>"
msgstr "B<novrs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1965
msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1968
msgid "B<session=>"
msgstr "B<session=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1970
msgid ""
"Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
"(default= last session)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1973
msgid "B<anchor=>"
msgstr "B<anchor=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1975
msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1978
msgid "B<lastblock=>"
msgstr "B<lastblock=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1980
msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:1981
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1984
msgid "B<uid=ignore>"
msgstr "B<uid=ignore>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1986
msgid "Ignored, use uid=E<lt>userE<gt> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1989
msgid "B<gid=ignore>"
msgstr "B<gid=ignore>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1991
msgid "Ignored, use gid=E<lt>groupE<gt> instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1994
msgid "B<volume=>"
msgstr "B<volume=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1996 original/man8/mount.8:2001
#: original/man8/mount.8:2006 original/man8/mount.8:2011
msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:1999
msgid "B<partition=>"
msgstr "B<partition=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2004
msgid "B<fileset=>"
msgstr "B<fileset=>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2009
msgid "B<rootdir=>"
msgstr "B<rootdir=>"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:2012
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ufs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2015
msgid "B<ufstype=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<ufstype=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2017
msgid ""
"UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
"are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
"undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That"
"\\(cqs why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible "
"values are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2019
msgid "B<old>"
msgstr "B<old>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2021
msgid ""
"Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don\\(cqt forget to give "
"the B<-r> option.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2024
msgid "B<44bsd>"
msgstr "B<44bsd>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2026
msgid ""
"For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2029
msgid "B<ufs2>"
msgstr "B<ufs2>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2031
msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2034
msgid "B<5xbsd>"
msgstr "B<5xbsd>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2036
msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2039
msgid "B<sun>"
msgstr "B<sun>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2041
msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2044
msgid "B<sunx86>"
msgstr "B<sunx86>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2046
msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2049
msgid "B<hp>"
msgstr "B<hp>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2051
msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2054
msgid "B<nextstep>"
msgstr "B<nextstep>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2056
msgid ""
"For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2059
msgid "B<nextstep-cd>"
msgstr "B<nextstep-cd>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2061
msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2064
msgid "B<openstep>"
msgstr "B<openstep>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2066
msgid ""
"For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
"filesystem type is also used by macOS."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2070
msgid "B<onerror=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<onerror=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2072
msgid "Set behavior on error:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2074
msgid "B<panic>"
msgstr "B<panic>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2076
msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2079
msgid "[B<lock>|B<umount>|B<repair>]"
msgstr "[B<lock>|B<umount>|B<repair>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2081
msgid ""
"These mount options don\\(cqt do anything at present; when an error is "
"encountered only a console message is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:2083
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2086
msgid ""
"See mount options for msdos. The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed by "
"I<umsdos>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:2086
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for vfat"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2089
msgid ""
"First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized. The B<dotsOK> "
"option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>. Furthermore, there are"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2091
msgid "B<uni_xlate>"
msgstr "B<uni_xlate>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2093
msgid ""
"Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
"lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
"characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no translation "
"is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it is otherwise "
"invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u "
"is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), ((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & "
"0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2096
msgid "B<posix>"
msgstr "B<posix>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2098
msgid ""
"Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2101
msgid "B<nonumtail>"
msgstr "B<nonumtail>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2103
msgid ""
"First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
"I<name~num.ext>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2108
msgid ""
"UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
"console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
"with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If I<uni_xlate> gets set, UTF8 gets "
"disabled."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2111
msgid "B<shortname=>I<mode>"
msgstr "B<shortname=>I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2113
msgid ""
"Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
"8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
"preferred one for display. There are four I<mode>s:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2115
msgid "B<lower>"
msgstr "B<lower>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2117
msgid ""
"Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
"short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2120
msgid "B<win95>"
msgstr "B<win95>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2122
msgid ""
"Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
"short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2125
msgid "B<winnt>"
msgstr "B<winnt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2127
msgid ""
"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
"all lower case or all upper case."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2130
msgid "B<mixed>"
msgstr "B<mixed>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2132
msgid ""
"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
"all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/mount.8:2134
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2137
msgid "B<devuid=>I<uid> and B<devgid=>I<gid> and B<devmode=>I<mode>"
msgstr "B<devuid=>I<uid> and B<devgid=>I<gid> and B<devmode=>I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2139
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
"(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2142
msgid "B<busuid=>I<uid> and B<busgid=>I<gid> and B<busmode=>I<mode>"
msgstr "B<busuid=>I<uid> and B<busgid=>I<gid> and B<busmode=>I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2144
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
"filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2147
msgid "B<listuid=>I<uid> and B<listgid=>I<gid> and B<listmode=>I<mode>"
msgstr "B<listuid=>I<uid> and B<listgid=>I<gid> and B<listmode=>I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2149
msgid ""
"Set the owner and group and mode of the file I<devices> (default: uid=gid=0, "
"mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:2150
#, no-wrap
msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT"
msgstr "dm-verity のサポート"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2153
msgid ""
"The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
"checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The B<mount> command can "
"open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the "
"device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
"(optionally via B<dlopen>(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
"hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
"reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2155
msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>I<path>"
msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2157
msgid ""
"Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
"verity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2160
msgid "B<verity.roothash=>I<hex>"
msgstr "B<verity.roothash=>I<hex>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2162
msgid ""
"Hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity.hashdevice>. Mutually exclusive "
"with I<verity.roothashfile.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2165
msgid "B<verity.roothashfile=>I<path>"
msgstr "B<verity.roothashfile=>I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2167
msgid ""
"Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of I<verity."
"hashdevice.> Mutually exclusive with I<verity.roothash.>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2170
msgid "B<verity.hashoffset=>I<offset>"
msgstr "B<verity.hashoffset=>I<offset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2172
msgid ""
"If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, I<offset> "
"(default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2175
msgid "B<verity.fecdevice=>I<path>"
msgstr "B<verity.fecdevice=>I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2177
msgid ""
"Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
"volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
"B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2180
msgid "B<verity.fecoffset=>I<offset>"
msgstr "B<verity.fecoffset=>I<offset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2182
msgid ""
"If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, I<offset> (default: 0) "
"is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2185
msgid "B<verity.fecroots=>I<value>"
msgstr "B<verity.fecroots=>I<value>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2187
msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2190
msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>I<path>"
msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2192
msgid ""
"Path to B<pkcs7>(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
"crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
"B<CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG>. For device reuse, signatures have "
"to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2195
msgid "B<verity.oncorruption=>I<ignore>|I<restart>|I<panic>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2197
msgid ""
"Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. "
"By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and "
"libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2200
msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2202
msgid "For example commands:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2213
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
"dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
"veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
"openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
"-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
"mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\(rs\n"
"verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"
msgstr ""
"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.squashfs\n"
"dd if=/dev/zero of=/tmp/etc.hash bs=1M count=10\n"
"veritysetup format /tmp/etc.squashfs /tmp/etc.hash\n"
"openssl smime -sign -in E<lt>hashE<gt> -nocerts -inkey private.key \\(rs\n"
"-signer private.crt -noattr -binary -outform der -out /tmp/etc.roothash.p7s\n"
"mount -o verity.hashdevice=/tmp/etc.hash,verity.roothash=E<lt>hashE<gt>,\\(rs\n"
"verity.roothashsig=/tmp/etc.roothash.p7s /tmp/etc.squashfs /mnt\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2218
msgid ""
"create squashfs image from I</etc> directory, verity hash device and mount "
"verified filesystem image to I</mnt>. The kernel will verify that the root "
"hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:2218
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
msgstr "ループデバイスのサポート"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2221
msgid ""
"One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
"command"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2225
msgid "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3>"
msgstr "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2230
msgid ""
"will set up the loop device I</dev/loop3> to correspond to the file I</tmp/"
"disk.img>, and then mount this device on I</mnt>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2232
msgid ""
"If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option \\(aqB<-o loop>"
"\\(aq is given), then B<mount> will try to find some unused loop device and "
"use that, for example"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2236
msgid "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop>"
msgstr "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2241
msgid ""
"The B<mount> command B<automatically> creates a loop device from a regular "
"file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
"libblkid, for example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2245
msgid "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"
msgstr "B<mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2247
msgid "B<mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"
msgstr "B<mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2252
msgid ""
"This type of mount knows about three options, namely B<loop>, B<offset> and "
"B<sizelimit>, that are really options to B<losetup>(8). (These options can "
"be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2254
msgid ""
"Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
"that any loop device allocated by B<mount> will be freed by B<umount> "
"independently of I</etc/mtab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2256
msgid ""
"You can also free a loop device by hand, using B<losetup -d> or B<umount -d>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2258
msgid ""
"Since util-linux v2.29, B<mount> re-uses the loop device rather than "
"initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
"loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
"filesystem corruption."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2261
msgid "B<mount> has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2270
msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
msgstr "不適切な実行または権限。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2275
msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
msgstr "システムエラー (メモリ不足、 fork 不能、 ループデバイスが足りない)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2280
msgid "internal B<mount> bug"
msgstr "B<mount> の内部バグ。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2285
msgid "user interrupt"
msgstr "ユーザーによる中断。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2290
msgid "problems writing or locking I</etc/mtab>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2295
msgid "mount failure"
msgstr "マウントに失敗。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2300
msgid "some mount succeeded"
msgstr "マウントの一部が成功。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2302
msgid ""
"The command B<mount -a> returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:2303 original/man8/umount.8:159
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2306
msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2308
msgid ""
"B</sbin/mount.>I<suffix> I<spec dir> [B<-sfnv>] [B<-N> I<namespace>] [B<-o> "
"I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>B<.>I<subtype>]"
msgstr ""
"B</sbin/mount.>I<suffix> I<spec dir> [B<-sfnv>] [B<-N> I<namespace>] [B<-o> "
"I<options>] [B<-t> I<type>B<.>I<subtype>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2310
msgid ""
"where the I<suffix> is the filesystem type and the B<-sfnvoN> options have "
"the same meaning as the normal mount options. The B<-t> option is used for "
"filesystems with subtypes support (for example B</sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
"sshfs>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2312
msgid ""
"The command B<mount> does not pass the mount options B<unbindable>, "
"B<runbindable>, B<private>, B<rprivate>, B<slave>, B<rslave>, B<shared>, "
"B<rshared>, B<auto>, B<noauto>, B<comment>, B<x->*, B<loop>, B<offset> and "
"B<sizelimit> to the mount.E<lt>suffixE<gt> helpers. All other options are "
"used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the B<-o> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2317
msgid "overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2322
msgid "overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2332
msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
msgstr "libblkid デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2337
msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
msgstr "ループデバイスセットアップのデバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2341
msgid ""
"See also \"B<The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts>\" section "
"above."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2345
msgid "filesystem table"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2348
msgid "I</run/mount>"
msgstr "I</run/mount>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2350
msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2353 original/man8/umount.8:203
msgid "I</etc/mtab>"
msgstr "I</etc/mtab>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2355
msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to I</proc/mounts>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2358
msgid "I</etc/mtab~>"
msgstr "I</etc/mtab~>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2360
msgid "lock file (unused on systems with I<mtab> symlink)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2363
msgid "I</etc/mtab.tmp>"
msgstr "I</etc/mtab.tmp>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2365
msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with I<mtab> symlink)"
msgstr "テンポラリファイル ()。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2368
msgid "I</etc/filesystems>"
msgstr "I</etc/filesystems>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2370
msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
msgstr "対象とするファイルシステムタイプの一覧。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/mount.8:2371 original/man8/nologin.8:82
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:231 original/man8/swapon.8:232
#: original/man8/umount.8:216 original/man8/vipw.8:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "HISTORY"
msgstr "履歴"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2374
msgid "A B<mount> command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "B<mount> コマンドは Version 5 AT&T UNIX においてすでに存在している。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2377
msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2379
msgid ""
"Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> (the "
"ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous updates "
"(a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2381
msgid ""
"The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all I<ext2fs>-"
"specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a remount, for "
"example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the I<fatfs>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2383
msgid ""
"It is possible that the files I</etc/mtab> and I</proc/mounts> don\\(cqt "
"match on systems with a regular I<mtab> file. The first file is based only "
"on the B<mount> command options, but the content of the second file also "
"depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server \\(em "
"in certain cases the B<mount> command may report unreliable information "
"about an NFS mount point and the I</proc/mount> file usually contains more "
"reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the I<mtab> file "
"with a symlink to the I</proc/mounts> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2385
msgid ""
"Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
"B<fcntl> and B<ioctl> families of functions) may lead to inconsistent "
"results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the "
"B<noac> mount option is used."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2387
msgid ""
"The B<loop> option with the B<offset> or B<sizelimit> options used may fail "
"when using older kernels if the B<mount> command can\\(cqt confirm that the "
"size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation "
"can be worked around by using the B<losetup>(8) command manually before "
"calling B<mount> with the configured loop device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2411
msgid ""
"B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), B<nfs>(5), "
"B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<xattr>(7), B<e2label>(8), "
"B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), "
"B<nfsd>(8), B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), B<nfs>(5), "
"B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<xattr>(7), B<e2label>(8), "
"B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<lsblk>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), "
"B<nfsd>(8), B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/mount.8:2418
msgid ""
"The B<mount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<mount> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/nologin.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "NOLOGIN"
msgstr "NOLOGIN"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:32
msgid "nologin - politely refuse a login"
msgstr "nologin - ログインを適正に拒否する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:35
msgid "B<nologin> [B<-V>] [B<-h>]"
msgstr "B<nologin> [B<-V>] [B<-h>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:38
msgid ""
"B<nologin> displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-"
"zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an "
"account."
msgstr ""
"B<nologin> は、 アカウントが利用できないことを表すメッセージを表示して、 ゼロ"
"以外の値を返す。 これはシェル上において、 アカウントに対するログイン拒否を行"
"う処理を受け持つものとして、 意図されたコマンドである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:40
msgid ""
"If the file I</etc/nologin.txt> exists, B<nologin> displays its contents to "
"the user instead of the default message."
msgstr ""
"I</etc/nologin.txt> ファイルが存在する場合、 B<nologin> がユーザーに表示する"
"メッセージは、 デフォルト内容ではなく、 このファイル内容になる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:42
msgid "The exit status returned by B<nologin> is always 1."
msgstr "B<nologin> の返り値は、 常に 1 である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:45
msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:47
msgid "B<--init-file>"
msgstr "B<--init-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:49
msgid "B<-i> B<--interactive>"
msgstr "B<-i> B<--interactive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:51
msgid "B<--init-file> I<file>"
msgstr "B<--init-file> I<file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:53
msgid "B<-i>, B<--interactive>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--interactive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:55
msgid "B<-l>, B<--login>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--login>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:57
msgid "B<--noprofile>"
msgstr "B<--noprofile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:59
msgid "B<--norc>"
msgstr "B<--norc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:61
msgid "B<--posix>"
msgstr "B<--posix>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:63
msgid "B<--rcfile> I<file>"
msgstr "B<--rcfile> I<file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:65
msgid "B<-r>, B<--restricted>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--restricted>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:67
msgid "These shell command-line options are ignored to avoid B<nologin> error."
msgstr ""
"上記のシェルコマンドラインオプションは、 B<nologin> のエラーを防ぐため、 無視"
"される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:80
msgid ""
"B<nologin> is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system "
"accounts like http or ftp). B<nologin> uses I</etc/nologin.txt> as an "
"optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always "
"refused independently of the file."
msgstr ""
"B<nologin> がログインを拒否する方法は、 アカウントごとに行われる (通常は "
"http や ftp のようなシステムアカウントに対して用いられる)。 B<nologin> は、 "
"デフォルト以外のメッセージを表示するために、 任意に用意するファイルとして I</"
"etc/nologin.txt> を利用するが、 ログインアクセスの拒否は、 このファイルの存在"
"とは関係なく行われる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:82
msgid ""
"B<pam_nologin>(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from "
"logging into the system. B<pam_nologin>(8) functionality is controlled by I</"
"var/run/nologin> or the I</etc/nologin> file."
msgstr ""
"PAM モジュール B<pam_nologin>(8) は、 通常、 root 以外のユーザーはシステムに"
"ログインできないようにする。 B<pam_nologin>(8) の機能は、 I</var/run/"
"nologin> ファイルまたは I</etc/nologin> ファイルにより制御される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:85
msgid "The B<nologin> command appeared in 4.4BSD."
msgstr "B<nologin> は 4.4BSD から登場した。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:93
msgid "B<login>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<pam_nologin>(8)"
msgstr "B<login>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<pam_nologin>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/nologin.8:100
msgid ""
"The B<nologin> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<nologin> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/partx.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTX"
msgstr "PARTX"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:32
msgid ""
"partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
"partitions"
msgstr ""
"partx - ディスク上のパーティションについてその存在と番号をカーネルに通知する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:35
msgid ""
"B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> I<M>:"
"_N_] [-] I<disk>"
msgstr ""
"B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] [B<-n> I<M>:"
"_N_] [-] I<disk>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:37
msgid ""
"B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] I<partition> "
"[I<disk>]"
msgstr ""
"B<partx> [B<-a>|B<-d>|B<-P>|B<-r>|B<-s>|B<-u>] [B<-t> I<type>] I<partition> "
"[I<disk>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:40
msgid ""
"Given a device or disk-image, B<partx> tries to parse the partition table "
"and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove "
"partitions from its bookkeeping."
msgstr ""
"B<partx> は、 引数としてデバイスやディスクイメージを渡されると、 パーティショ"
"ンテーブルを解析して、 その内容を一覧表示しようとする。 また、 B<partx> は"
"カーネルに指示して、 あるパーティションをカーネルに登録したり、 登録から削除"
"したりさせることもできる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:42
msgid ""
"The I<disk> argument is optional when a I<partition> argument is provided. "
"To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to "
"list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"I<partition> 引数があるときは、 I<disk> 引数の指定は任意である。 あるパーティ"
"ションを、 それがディスク全体であるかのようにスキャンさせたいときは (たとえ"
"ば、 パーティションの中にサブパーティションが入れ子になっていて、 そのリスト"
"を表示したいときは)、 引数に \"-\" (マイナス) を使用すればよい。 例を挙げよ"
"う。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:46
msgid "partx --show - /dev/sda3"
msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sda3"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:51
msgid "This will see sda3 as a whole-disk rather than as a partition."
msgstr ""
"こうすると、 sda3 を 1 個のパーティションとしてではなく、 ひとつの完全なディ"
"スクとして見ることになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:53
msgid ""
"B<partx is not an fdisk program> - adding and removing partitions does not "
"change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering "
"of on-disk partitions."
msgstr ""
"B<partx は、 fdisk プログラムの 1 種ではない。> だから、 B<partx> でパーティ"
"ションを登録したり、 削除したりしても、 ディスクが変更されるわけではない。 "
"ディスク上のパーティションについて、 その存在と番号をカーネルに知らせているだ"
"けなのである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:56
msgid "B<-a>, B<--add>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--add>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:58
msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions."
msgstr ""
"指定されたパーティションを登録する。 あるいはディスクを読んで、 すべてのパー"
"ティションを登録する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:72
msgid "B<-d>, B<--delete>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--delete>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:74
msgid ""
"Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
"non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
"large B<--nr> ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
"device."
msgstr ""
"指定されたパーティション、 またはすべてのパーティションを登録から削除する。  "
"存在しないパーティションを消すのは、 間違った使い方ではない。 したがって、 こ"
"のオプションは、 現在デバイス上にいくつパーティションがあるかを気にすることな"
"く、 広い範囲を指定する B<--nr> オプションと一緒に使うことができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:77
msgid "B<-g>, B<--noheadings>"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--noheadings>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:79
msgid "Do not print a header line with B<--show> or B<--raw>."
msgstr ""
"B<--show> や B<--raw> オプションを使用したとき、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:84
msgid ""
"List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show>. Do not use it in newly "
"written scripts."
msgstr ""
"パーティションのリストを表示する。 すべての数値は、 512-byte セクター単位の表"
"示であることに注意していただきたい。 この出力フォーマットは非推奨であり、 "
"B<--show> を使った方がよい。 これからスクリプトを書くのなら、 このオプション"
"を使うべきではない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:87
msgid "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--nr> I<M>B<:>I<N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:89
msgid ""
"Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
"I<M>B<->I<N> is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
"example B<--nr -1:-1> means the last partition, and B<--nr -2:-1> means the "
"last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
msgstr ""
"パーティションの範囲を指定する。 後方互換のために、 I<M>B<->I<N> という書き方"
"も使用できる。 範囲にはマイナスの数値が含まれていてもよく、 たとえば B<--nr "
"-1:-1> は、 最後のパーティションのことであり、 B<--nr -2:-1> は、 最後の二つ"
"のパーティションのことである。 範囲の指定には、 次のような表現が使える。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:91
msgid "I<M>"
msgstr "I<M>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:93
msgid "Specifies just one partition (e.g. B<--nr 3>)."
msgstr "パーティションを 1 個だけ指定する (例 B<--nr 3>)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:96
msgid "I<M>B<:>"
msgstr "I<M>B<:>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:98
msgid "Specifies the lower limit only (e.g. B<--nr 2:>)."
msgstr "範囲の下限のみを指定する (例 B<--nr 2:>)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:101
msgid "B<:>I<N>"
msgstr "B<:>I<N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:103
msgid "Specifies the upper limit only (e.g. B<--nr :4>)."
msgstr "範囲の上限のみを指定する (例 B<--nr :4>)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:106
msgid "I<M>B<:>I<N>"
msgstr "I<M>B<:>I<N>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:108
msgid "Specifies the lower and upper limits (e.g. B<--nr 2:4>)."
msgstr "範囲の下限と上限を指定する (例 B<--nr 2:4>)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:114
msgid ""
"Define the output columns to use for B<--show>, B<--pairs> and B<--raw> "
"output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. "
"Use B<--help> to get I<list> of all supported columns. This option cannot be "
"combined with the B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update> or B<--list> options."
msgstr ""
"B<--show>, B<--pairs>, B<--raw> の出力でどんな出力項目 (columns) を使うかを指"
"定する。 何をどんな順番で出力するかを全く指定しない場合は、 デフォルトの配列"
"が使用される。 指定できる項目すべてのリストを知るには、 B<--help> オプション"
"を使用すればよい。 このオプションは、 B<--add>, B<--delete>, B<--update>, "
"B<--list> といったオプションと組み合わせて使うことはできない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:124
msgid "List the partitions using the KEY=\"value\" format."
msgstr "KEY=\"value\" というフォーマットでパーティションのリストを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:129
msgid "List the partitions using the raw output format."
msgstr "「生の」出力フォーマットでパーティションのリストを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:132
msgid "B<-s>, B<--show>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:134
msgid ""
"List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
"the B<--output> option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
"パーティションのリストを表示する。 出力する項目は、 B<--output> オプションを"
"使って選択したり、 並べ替えたりすることができる。 (SIZE 以外の) すべての数値"
"は、 512 バイトセクター単位の表記である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:139
msgid "Specify the partition table type."
msgstr "パーティションテーブルのタイプを指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:142
msgid "B<--list-types>"
msgstr "B<--list-types>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:144
msgid "List supported partition types and exit."
msgstr ""
"サポートしているパーティションテーブルのタイプを一覧表示して、 終了する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:147
msgid "B<-u>, B<--update>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--update>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:149
msgid "Update the specified partitions."
msgstr "指定されたパーティションを更新 (update) する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:152
msgid "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--sector-size> I<size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:154
msgid "Overwrite default sector size."
msgstr "デフォルトのセクターサイズを上書きする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:179
msgid ""
"partx --show /dev/sdb3, partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb, partx --show /dev/"
"sdb3 /dev/sdb"
msgstr ""
"partx --show /dev/sdb3, partx --show --nr 3 /dev/sdb, partx --show /dev/"
"sdb3 /dev/sdb"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:181
msgid "All three commands list partition 3 of I</dev/sdb>."
msgstr ""
"この 3 つのコマンドは、 どれも I</dev/sdb> の 3 番目のパーティションの情報を"
"表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:184
msgid "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"
msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:186
msgid ""
"Lists all subpartitions on I</dev/sdb3> (the device is used as whole-disk)."
msgstr ""
"I</dev/sdb3> というパーティションにあるすべてのサブパーティションの情報を表示"
"する (I</dev/sdb3> というデバイスをひとつの完全なディクスと見なす)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:189
msgid "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"
msgstr "partx -o START -g --nr 5 /dev/sdb"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:191
msgid "Prints the start sector of partition 5 on I</dev/sdb> without header."
msgstr ""
"I</dev/sdb> の 5 番目のパーティションの開始セクターを、 ヘッダーをつけずに表"
"示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:194
msgid "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"
msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:196
msgid ""
"Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on I</dev/"
"sda>."
msgstr ""
"I</dev/sda> の 5 番目のパーティションの大きさを、 セクター数と人間に読みやす"
"いサイズ表記で表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:199
msgid "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"
msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:201
msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on I</dev/sdd>."
msgstr ""
"I</dev/sdd> の 3 番目から 5 番目までの (両者を含む) パーティションの内、 利用"
"できるのものすべてをカーネルに登録する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:204
msgid "partx -d --nr :-1 /dev/sdd"
msgstr "partx -d --nr -1 /dev/sdd"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:206
msgid "Removes the last partition on I</dev/sdd>."
msgstr "I</dev/sdd> の最後のパーティションをカーネルの登録から外す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:213
msgid "The original version was written by"
msgstr "最初のバージョンを書いたのは、"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:221
msgid ""
"B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/partx.8:228
msgid ""
"The B<partx> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<partx> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "PIVOT_ROOT"
msgstr "PIVOT_ROOT"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:32
msgid "pivot_root - change the root filesystem"
msgstr "pivot_root - ルートファイルシステムの変更"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:35
msgid "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"
msgstr "B<pivot_root> I<new_root> I<put_old>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:38
msgid ""
"B<pivot_root> moves the root file system of the current process to the "
"directory I<put_old> and makes I<new_root> the new root file system. Since "
"B<pivot_root>(8) simply calls B<pivot_root>(2), we refer to the man page of "
"the latter for further details."
msgstr ""
"B<pivot_root> は現在プロセスのルートファイルシステムをディレクトリ "
"I<put_old> に移動して、 I<new_root> を新たなルートファイルシステムとします。 "
"B<pivot_root>(8) は単に B<pivot_root>(2) を呼び出すだけなので、詳しくは後者"
"の man ページを参照してください。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:40
msgid ""
"Note that, depending on the implementation of B<pivot_root>, root and "
"current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following "
"is a sequence for invoking B<pivot_root> that works in either case, assuming "
"that B<pivot_root> and B<chroot> are in the current B<PATH>:"
msgstr ""
"なお B<pivot_root> の実装方法により、 呼び出した側のルートとカレントワーキン"
"グディレクトリは、 変わる場合もあり変わらない場合もある点に注意してくださ"
"い。 どのようになったとしても、 以下の B<pivot_root> の呼び出し手順をとれ"
"ば、 うまく動作します。 ここで B<pivot_root> と B<chroot> はカレント B<PATH> "
"にあるものとします。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:47
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"cd new_root\n"
"pivot_root . put_old\n"
"exec chroot . command\n"
msgstr ""
"cd new_root\n"
"pivot_root . put_old\n"
"exec chroot . command\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:52
msgid ""
"Note that B<chroot> must be available under the old root and under the new "
"root, because B<pivot_root> may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
"directory of the shell."
msgstr ""
"B<chroot> は古いルート、新たなルートの両方において利用可能でなければなりませ"
"ん。 B<pivot_root> は暗黙のうちに、 シェルのルートディレクトリを変更すること"
"もあり、 変更しないこともあるためです。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:54
msgid ""
"Note that B<exec chroot> changes the running executable, which is necessary "
"if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
"standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
"root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
"B<chroot> (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
"whether B<pivot_root> has changed the shell\\(cqs root or not)."
msgstr ""
"なお B<exec chroot> は実行ファイルを変更します。 これは古いルートディレクトリ"
"が後にアンマウントされる際に必要となります。 また標準入力、標準出力、標準エ"
"ラー出力は、いずれも古いルートファイルシステム上のデバイスを指したままとな"
"り、 ファイルシステムがビジーのままとなる場合があります。 これは B<chroot> を"
"実行する際に簡単に変更されます (以下参照。 なお B<pivot_root> がシェルのルー"
"トを変更するしないのいずれであっても動作するように、先頭にはスラッシュがない"
"ことに注意してください。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:68
msgid "Change the root file system to I</dev/hda1> from an interactive shell:"
msgstr "対話シェルからルートファイルシステムを I</dev/hda1> に変更します。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
"cd /new-root\n"
"pivot_root . old-root\n"
"exec chroot . sh E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
"umount /old-root\n"
msgstr ""
"mount /dev/hda1 /new-root\n"
"cd /new-root\n"
"pivot_root . old-root\n"
"exec chroot . sh E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
"umount /old-root\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:82
msgid ""
"Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
"B<init>:"
msgstr ""
"新しいルートファイルシステムを 10.0.0.1:/my_root から NFS によりマウントし"
"て、 B<init> を実行します。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:95
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # for portmap\n"
"# configure Ethernet or such\n"
"portmap   # for lockd (implicitly started by mount)\n"
"mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
"killall portmap   # portmap keeps old root busy\n"
"cd /mnt\n"
"pivot_root . old_root\n"
"exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
"  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"
msgstr ""
"ifconfig lo 127.0.0.1 up   # portmap 向け\n"
"# Ethernet などの設定\n"
"portmap   # lockd 向け (マウントにより暗に起動)\n"
"mount -o ro 10.0.0.1:/my_root /mnt\n"
"killall portmap   # portmap はそれまでのルートをビジーのままに\n"
"cd /mnt\n"
"pivot_root . old_root\n"
"exec chroot . sh -c \\(aqumount /old_root; exec /sbin/init\\(aq \\(rs\n"
"  E<lt>dev/console E<gt>dev/console 2E<gt>&1\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:105
msgid ""
"B<chroot>(1), B<pivot_root>(2), B<mount>(8), B<switch_root>(8), B<umount>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<chroot>(1), B<pivot_root>(2), B<mount>(8), B<switch_root>(8), B<umount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/pivot_root.8:112
msgid ""
"The B<pivot_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<pivot_root> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードでます。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/raw.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "RAW"
msgstr "RAW"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:32
msgid "raw - bind a Linux raw character device"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:35
msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"
msgstr ""
"B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I<E<lt>majorE<gt>> I<E<lt>minorE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:37
msgid "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<raw> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>> I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:39
msgid "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<raw> B<-q> I</dev/raw/rawE<lt>NE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:41
msgid "B<raw> B<-qa>"
msgstr "B<raw> B<-qa>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:44
msgid ""
"B<raw> is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any "
"block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not "
"even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module "
"later)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:46
msgid ""
"B<raw> is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it "
"queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, I</dev/raw/"
"rawE<lt>NE<gt>> is the device name of an existing raw device node in the "
"filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified "
"either in terms of its I<major> and I<minor> device numbers, or as a path "
"name I</dev/E<lt>blockdevE<gt>> to an existing block device file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:48
msgid ""
"The bindings already in existence can be queried with the B<-q> option, "
"which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or "
"with the B<-a> option to query all bound raw devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:50
msgid "Unbinding can be done by specifying major and minor 0."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:52
msgid ""
"Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
"just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
"behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
"device bypasses the kernel\\(cqs block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is "
"done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/"
"O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data "
"copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:54
msgid ""
"Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process\\(cqs memory, a "
"few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned "
"in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must "
"be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory "
"must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is "
"512 bytes for most devices."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:57
msgid "B<-q>, B<--query>"
msgstr "B<-q>, B<--query>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:59
msgid ""
"Set query mode. B<raw> will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
"new one."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:64
msgid "With B<-q>, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:78
msgid ""
"Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer B<open>(2) devices, "
"such as I</dev/sda1>, with the B<O_DIRECT> flag."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:81
msgid ""
"The Linux B<dd>(1) command should be used without the B<bs=> option, or the "
"blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
"usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
"(B<EINVAL>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:83
msgid ""
"Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
"buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
"cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
"actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
"either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/raw.8:93
msgid ""
"The B<raw> command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded "
"from"
msgstr ""
"B<raw> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
"きる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "READPROFILE"
msgstr "READPROFILE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:32
msgid "readprofile - read kernel profiling information"
msgstr "readprofile - カーネルのプロファイル情報を読み込む"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:35
msgid "B<readprofile> [options]"
msgstr "B<readprofile> [options]"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "VERSION"
msgstr "バージョン"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:38
msgid "This manpage documents version 2.0 of the program."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:41
msgid ""
"The B<readprofile> command uses the I</proc/profile> information to print "
"ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
"first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
"in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
"normalized `load\\(aq of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the "
"number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with "
"blanks to ease readability."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:46
msgid ""
"Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
"ticks are not printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:49
msgid "B<-b>, B<--histbin>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--histbin>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:51
msgid "Print individual histogram-bin counts."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:56
msgid ""
"Info. This makes B<readprofile> only print the profiling step used by the "
"kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
"chosen during kernel configuration (through B<make config>), or in the kernel"
"\\(cqs command line. If the B<-t> (terse) switch is used together with B<-i> "
"only the decimal number is printed."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:59
msgid "B<-m>, B<--mapfile> I<mapfile>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mapfile> I<mapfile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:61
msgid ""
"Specify a mapfile, which by default is I</usr/src/linux/System.map>. You "
"should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn\\(cqt the "
"last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of "
"the map file ends with I<.gz> it is decompressed on the fly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:64
msgid "B<-M>, B<--multiplier> I<multiplier>"
msgstr "B<-M>, B<--multiplier> I<multiplier>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:66
msgid ""
"On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
"kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
"set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
"2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
"the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:69
msgid "B<-p>, B<--profile> I<pro-file>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--profile> I<pro-file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:71
msgid ""
"Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is I</proc/profile>. "
"Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze\\(aq the kernel "
"profiling at some time and read it later. The I</proc/profile> file can be "
"copied using B<cat>(1) or B<cp>(1). There is no more support for compressed "
"profile buffers, like in B<readprofile-1.1>, because the program needs to "
"know the size of the buffer in advance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:74 original/man8/tunelp.8:87
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:93
msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:76
msgid ""
"Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because I</"
"proc/profile> is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
"However, you can make B<readprofile> set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
"buffer without gaining privileges."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:79
msgid "B<-s, --counters>"
msgstr "B<-s, --counters>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:81
msgid "Print individual counters within functions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:86
msgid ""
"Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
"first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
"of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
"normalized load."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:100
msgid "I</proc/profile>"
msgstr "I</proc/profile>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:102
msgid "A binary snapshot of the profiling buffer."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:105
msgid "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>"
msgstr "I</usr/src/linux/System.map>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:107
msgid "The symbol table for the kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:110
msgid "I</usr/src/linux/*>"
msgstr "I</usr/src/linux/*>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:112
msgid "The program being profiled :-)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:116
msgid ""
"B<readprofile> only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because I</proc/"
"profile> changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:118
msgid ""
"This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
"trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:120
msgid ""
"To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
"module is available, and it wouldn\\(cqt be easy to build. To enable "
"profiling, you can specify B<profile>=I<2> (or another number) on the kernel "
"commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling "
"step."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:122
msgid ""
"Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
"profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
"misleading information."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:125
msgid "Browse the profiling buffer ordering by clock ticks:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"
msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr | less\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:135
msgid "Print the 20 most loaded procedures:"
msgstr "プロシージャーロード回数の上位 20 個を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:140
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"
msgstr "   readprofile | sort -nr +2 | head -20\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:145
msgid "Print only filesystem profile:"
msgstr "ファイルシステムのプロファイルのみを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:150
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"
msgstr "   readprofile | grep _ext2\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:155
msgid "Look at all the kernel information, with ram addresses:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:160
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile -av | less\n"
msgstr "   readprofile -av | less\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:165
msgid "Browse a \\(aqfrozen\\(aq profile buffer for a non current kernel:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:170
#, no-wrap
msgid "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"
msgstr "   readprofile -p ~/profile.freeze -m /zImage.map.gz\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:175
msgid "Request profiling at 2kHz per CPU, and reset the profiling buffer:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:180
#, no-wrap
msgid "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"
msgstr "   sudo readprofile -M 20\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/readprofile.8:190
msgid ""
"The B<readprofile> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<readprofile> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "RESIZEPART"
msgstr "RESIZEPART"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:32
msgid "resizepart - tell the kernel about the new size of a partition"
msgstr "resizepart - パーティションの新たなサイズについてカーネルに通知する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:35
msgid "B<resizepart> I<device partition length>"
msgstr "B<resizepart> I<device partition length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:38
msgid ""
"B<resizepart> tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified "
"partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" "
"ioctl."
msgstr ""
"B<resizepart> は Linux カーネルに対して、 指定されたパーティションの新たなサ"
"イズを通知する。 このコマンドは、 \"resize partition\" ioctl を用いる単純な"
"ラッパーである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:55
msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
msgstr "パーティションの新たなサイズ (512 バイトセクター単位)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:74
msgid ""
"B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), "
"B<partx>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<addpart>(8), B<delpart>(8), B<fdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), "
"B<partx>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/resizepart.8:81
msgid ""
"The B<resizepart> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<resizepart> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "RFKILL"
msgstr "RFKILL"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:32
msgid "rfkill - tool for enabling and disabling wireless devices"
msgstr "rfkill - ワイヤレスデバイスの有効化、無効化を行うツール"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:35
msgid "B<rfkill> [options] [I<command>] [I<ID>|I<type> ...]"
msgstr "B<rfkill> [options] [I<command>] [I<ID>|I<type> ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:38
msgid "B<rfkill> lists, enabling and disabling wireless devices."
msgstr "B<rfkill> はワイヤレスデバイスを一覧表示し、 有効化、無効化を行う。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:40
msgid ""
"The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
"compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
"specified or when the option B<--output> is used."
msgstr ""
"\"list\" コマンドによる出力形式は廃止予定であり、 下位互換性のためだけにメン"
"テナンスされている。 コマンドが指定されていない場合、 あるいはオプション B<--"
"output> が用いられた場合には、 新たな出力形式がデフォルトとなる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:42
msgid ""
"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
"expected columns by using the B<--output> option together with a columns "
"list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトの出力は、 変更されることがある。 したがってスクリプト内で使うとき"
"には、 デフォルト出力の利用は避けること。 一定の出力が必要になる場合には、 "
"B<--output> オプションを用いて、 表示させたい項目を一覧に定義して指定するこ"
"と。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:55
msgid "B<-o>, B<--output>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--output>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:57
msgid ""
"Specify which output columns to print. Use B<--help> to get a list of "
"available columns."
msgstr ""
"出力にどの項目を表示するかを指定する。 利用可能な項目一覧を得るには、 B<--"
"help> を使用する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:81
msgid "B<help>"
msgstr "B<help>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:86
msgid "B<event>"
msgstr "B<event>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:88
msgid "Listen for rfkill events and display them on stdout."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:91
msgid "B<list> [I<id>|I<type> ...]"
msgstr "B<list> [I<id>|I<type> ...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:93
msgid ""
"List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
"is deprecated, see the B<DESCRIPTION> section. It is a good idea to check "
"with B<list> command I<id> or I<type> scope is appropriate before setting "
"B<block> or B<unblock>. Special I<all> type string will match everything. "
"Use of multiple I<ID> or I<type> arguments is supported."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:96
msgid "B<block> I<id>|I<type> [...]"
msgstr "B<block> I<id>|I<type> [...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:98
msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:101
msgid "B<unblock> I<id>|I<type> [...]"
msgstr "B<unblock> I<id>|I<type> [...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:103
msgid ""
"Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
"via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
"unblocked."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:106
msgid "B<toggle> I<id>|I<type> [...]"
msgstr "B<toggle> I<id>|I<type> [...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:108
msgid "Enable or disable the corresponding device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:118
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"  rfkill --output ID,TYPE\n"
"  rfkill block all\n"
"  rfkill unblock wlan\n"
"  rfkill block bluetooth uwb wimax wwan gps fm nfc\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:124
msgid "B<rfkill> was originally written by"
msgstr "B<rfkill> の元々の作者は以下である "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:126 original/man8/rfkill.8:130
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:74
msgid "and"
msgstr ", "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:128
msgid "The code has been later modified by"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:132
msgid "for the util-linux project."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:134
msgid "This manual page was written by"
msgstr "本マニュアルを書いたのは、"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:136
msgid "for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:140
msgid "B<powertop>(8), B<systemd-rfkill>(8),"
msgstr "B<powertop>(8), B<systemd-rfkill>(8),"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rfkill.8:148
msgid ""
"The B<rfkill> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<rfkill> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "RTCWAKE"
msgstr "RTCWAKE"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:32
msgid "rtcwake - enter a system sleep state until specified wakeup time"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:35
msgid ""
"B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s> "
"I<seconds>|B<-t> I<time_t>}"
msgstr ""
"B<rtcwake> [options] [B<-d> I<device>] [B<-m> I<standby_mode>] {B<-s> "
"I<seconds>|B<-t> I<time_t>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:38
msgid ""
"This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
"from it at a specified time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:40
msgid ""
"This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
"leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
"that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:42
msgid ""
"This is normally used like the old B<apmsleep> utility, to wake from a "
"suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
"can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:44
msgid ""
"On some systems, this can also be used like B<nvram-wakeup>, waking from "
"states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
"that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:46
msgid ""
"Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
"setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:48
msgid ""
"The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
"wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
"a second after the return key is pressed. B<rtcwake> tries to avoid this "
"problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system "
"sleep."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:51
msgid "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<file>"
msgstr "B<-A>, B<--adjfile> I<file>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:53
msgid "Specify an alternative path to the adjust file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:58
msgid ""
"Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
"from the I<adjtime> file, where B<hwclock>(8) stores that information. This "
"is the default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:61
msgid "B<--date> I<timestamp>"
msgstr "B<--date> I<timestamp>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:63
msgid ""
"Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
"can be any of the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
msgstr "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"
msgstr "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm:ss"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"
msgstr "YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "(seconds will be set to 00)"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "YYYY-MM-DD"
msgstr "YYYY-MM-DD"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "(time will be set to 00:00:00)"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "hh:mm:ss"
msgstr "hh:mm:ss"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "(date will be set to today)"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "hh:mm"
msgstr "hh:mm"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:108
#, no-wrap
msgid "(date will be set to today, seconds to 00)"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "tomorrow"
msgstr "tomorrow"

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "(time is set to 00:00:00)"
msgstr ""

#. type: tbl table
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "+5min"
msgstr "+5min"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:127
msgid "B<-d>, B<--device> I<device>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--device> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:129
msgid ""
"Use the specified I<device> instead of B<rtc0> as realtime clock. This "
"option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may "
"specify B<rtc1>, B<rtc2>, ... here."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:132
msgid "B<-l>, B<--local>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--local>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:134
msgid ""
"Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
"contents of the I<adjtime> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:137
msgid "B<--list-modes>"
msgstr "B<--list-modes>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:139
msgid "List available B<--mode> option arguments."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:142
msgid "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"
msgstr "B<-m>, B<--mode> I<mode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:144
msgid "Go into the given standby state. Valid values for I<mode> are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:146
msgid "B<standby>"
msgstr "B<standby>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:148
msgid ""
"ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
"providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
"the default mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:151
msgid "B<freeze>"
msgstr "B<freeze>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:153
msgid ""
"The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
"processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
"platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
"because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:156
msgid "B<mem>"
msgstr "B<mem>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:158
msgid ""
"ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
"as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
"memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:161
msgid "B<disk>"
msgstr "B<disk>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:163
msgid ""
"ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
"savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
"for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
"includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:168
msgid ""
"ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling \\(aq/sbin/shutdown\\(aq. "
"Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:171
msgid "B<no>"
msgstr "B<no>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:173
msgid "Don\\(cqt suspend, only set the RTC wakeup time."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:178
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
"mode is useful for debugging."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:181
msgid "B<disable>"
msgstr "B<disable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:183
msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:186
msgid "B<show>"
msgstr "B<show>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:188
msgid ""
"Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on E<lt>timeE<gt>\". The "
"time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 "
"2010\"."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:192
msgid "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--dry-run>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:194
msgid ""
"This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
"suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:197
msgid "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<seconds>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--seconds> I<seconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:199
msgid "Set the wakeup time to I<seconds> in the future from now."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:202
msgid "B<-t>, B<--time> I<time_t>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<time_t>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:204
msgid ""
"Set the wakeup time to the absolute time I<time_t>. I<time_t> is the time in "
"seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the B<date>(1) tool to convert "
"between human-readable time and I<time_t>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:207
msgid "B<-u>, B<--utc>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--utc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:209
msgid ""
"Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
"regardless of the contents of the I<adjtime> file."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:228
msgid ""
"Some PC systems can\\(cqt currently exit sleep states such as B<mem> using "
"only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace "
"code to make the framebuffer work again."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:234
msgid ""
"The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
"appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
"87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:237
msgid "The program was written by"
msgstr "このプログラムを書いたのは、"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:239
msgid "and improved by"
msgstr "これを改善したのは、 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:243
msgid ""
"This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
"the"
msgstr ""
"This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
"the"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:245
msgid "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
msgstr "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:250
msgid "B<adjtime_config>(5), B<hwclock>(8), B<date>(1)"
msgstr "B<adjtime_config>(5), B<hwclock>(8), B<date>(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/rtcwake.8:257
msgid ""
"The B<rtcwake> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<rtcwake> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/setarch.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "SETARCH"
msgstr "SETARCH"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:32
msgid ""
"setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
"personality flags"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:35
msgid "B<setarch> [I<arch>] [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"
msgstr "B<setarch> [I<arch>] [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:37
msgid "B<setarch> B<--list>|B<-h>|B<-V>"
msgstr "B<setarch> B<--list>|B<-h>|B<-V>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:39
msgid "B<arch> [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"
msgstr "B<arch> [options] [I<program> [I<argument>...]]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:42
msgid "B<setarch> modifies execution domains and process personality flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:44
msgid ""
"The execution domains currently only affects the output of B<uname -m>. For "
"example, on an AMD64 system, running B<setarch i386> I<program> will cause "
"I<program> to see i686 instead of I<x86_64> as the machine type. It can also "
"be used to set various personality options. The default I<program> is B</bin/"
"sh>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:46
msgid ""
"Since version 2.33 the I<arch> command line argument is optional and "
"B<setarch> may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
"SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:49
msgid "B<--list>"
msgstr "B<--list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:51
msgid ""
"List the architectures that B<setarch> knows about. Whether B<setarch> can "
"actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:54
msgid "B<--uname-2.6>"
msgstr "B<--uname-2.6>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:56
msgid ""
"Causes the I<program> to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
"Turns on B<UNAME26>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:64
msgid "B<-3>, B<--3gb>"
msgstr "B<-3>, B<--3gb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:66
msgid ""
"Specifies I<program> should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
"on x86. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_3GB>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:69
msgid "B<--4gb>"
msgstr "B<--4gb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:71
msgid ""
"This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
"and may be removed in future releases."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:74
msgid "B<-B>, B<--32bit>"
msgstr "B<-B>, B<--32bit>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:76
msgid ""
"Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
"Alpha. Turns on B<ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:79
msgid "B<-F>, B<--fdpic-funcptrs>"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--fdpic-funcptrs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:81
msgid ""
"Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
"descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
"B<FDPIC> ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
"Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:84
msgid "B<-I>, B<--short-inode>"
msgstr "B<-I>, B<--short-inode>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:86
msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<SHORT_INODE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:89
msgid "B<-L>, B<--addr-compat-layout>"
msgstr "B<-L>, B<--addr-compat-layout>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:91
msgid ""
"Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the I<program> binary "
"does not have B<PT_GNU_STACK> ELF header. Turns on B<ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:94
msgid "B<-R>, B<--addr-no-randomize>"
msgstr "B<-R>, B<--addr-no-randomize>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:96
msgid ""
"Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
"B<ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:99
msgid "B<-S>, B<--whole-seconds>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--whole-seconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:101
msgid "Obsolete bug emulation flag. Turns on B<WHOLE_SECONDS>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:104
msgid "B<-T>, B<--sticky-timeouts>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--sticky-timeouts>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:106
msgid ""
"This makes B<select>(2), B<pselect>(2), and B<ppoll>(2) system calls "
"preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of "
"time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when I<program> "
"depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in "
"B<select>(2) manual page. Turns on B<STICKY_TIMEOUTS>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:109
msgid "B<-X>, B<--read-implies-exec>"
msgstr "B<-X>, B<--read-implies-exec>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:111
msgid ""
"If this is set then B<mmap>(3p) B<PROT_READ> will also add the B<PROT_EXEC> "
"bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
"automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
"B<READ_IMPLIES_EXEC>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:114
msgid "B<-Z>, B<--mmap-page-zero>"
msgstr "B<-Z>, B<--mmap-page-zero>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:116
msgid ""
"SVr4 bug emulation that will set B<mmap>(3p) page zero as read-only. Use "
"when I<program> depends on this behavior, and the source code is not "
"available to be fixed. Turns on B<MMAP_PAGE_ZERO>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:136
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"setarch --addr-no-randomize mytestprog\n"
"setarch ppc32 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 -v -vL3 rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild bar.src.rpm\n"
"setarch ppc32 --32bit rpmbuild --target=ppc --rebuild foo.src.rpm\n"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:148
msgid "B<personality>(2), B<select>(2)"
msgstr "B<personality>(2), B<select>(2)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/setarch.8:155
msgid ""
"The B<setarch> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<setarch> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "SFDISK"
msgstr "SFDISK"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:32
msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
msgstr "sfdisk - ディスクパーティションテーブルの表示や操作を行う"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:35
msgid "B<sfdisk> [options] I<device> [B<-N> I<partition-number>]"
msgstr "B<sfdisk> [options] I<device> [B<-N> I<partition-number>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:37
msgid "B<sfdisk> [options] I<command>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk> [options] I<command>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:40
msgid ""
"B<sfdisk> is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It "
"runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a "
"terminal)."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は、 ブロックデバイスのパーティション操作を行うスクリプト指向のツー"
"ルである。 端末上で実行されたときは (標準入力が端末を指しているときは）、 対"
"話モードになる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:42
msgid ""
"Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.26 以降、 MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN, SGI のディスクラベ"
"ルをサポートしているが、 CHS (シリンダー/ヘッド/セクター) によるアドレッシン"
"グの機能は提供していない。 CHS は Linux において重要となったことはなく、 この"
"アドレッシングの考え方は、 最近のデバイスでは意味がない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:44
msgid ""
"B<sfdisk> protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The "
"option B<--wipe always> disables this protection. Note that B<fdisk>(8) and "
"B<cfdisk>(8) completely erase this area by default."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> によるディスクラベルの新規生成時には、 第 1 ディスクセクターは保護"
"される。 オプション B<--wipe always> は、 その保護を無効にする。 なお "
"B<fdisk>(8) と B<cfdisk>(8) は、 デフォルトではこの領域を完全に消去する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:46
msgid ""
"B<sfdisk> (since version 2.26) B<aligns the start and end of partitions> to "
"block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default "
"values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for "
"sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or "
"enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in "
"sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は、 (バージョン 2.26 以来) デフォルトの値が使用された場合や、 パー"
"ティションの開始点に相対的なサイズが指定された場合、 あるいは、 サイズに "
"(MiB などの) 乗数を表すサフィックスが使用された場合に、 B<パーティションの開"
"始点と終了点を>ブロックデバイスの B<I/O リミットに合わせて整える>ようになって"
"いる。 開始オフセットがセクターで厳密に指定された場合でも、 パーティションの"
"サイズが相対的な形で、 すなわち乗数サフィックスをつけて指定されているなら"
"ば、 I/O リミットに揃えるために、 パーティションサイズの最適化が行われるかも"
"しれない (すなわち、 サイズが増減されるかもしれない)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:48
msgid ""
"The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
"partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case B<sfdisk> aligns all "
"partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
"to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
"behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
"offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case B<sfdisk> entirely follows "
"specified numbers without any optimization."
msgstr ""
"推奨される方法は、 開始オフセットを全く指定せず、 パーティションサイズを "
"MiB, GiB などの単位で指定する方法である。 その場合 B<sfdisk> は、 すべての"
"パーティションをブロックデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて整える (I/O リミット"
"では細かすぎる場合には、 ディスクレイアウトに可搬性があるように、 メガバイト"
"レベルの境界に揃える)。 デフォルトのこの動作が望ましくない場合は (よくあるこ"
"ととして、 非常に小さなパーティションを作りたい場合)、 オフセットとサイズをセ"
"クターで指定すればよい。 その場合 B<sfdisk> は、 指定された数値に全面的に従"
"い、 最適化を一切行わない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:50
msgid ""
"B<sfdisk> does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN "
"disk labels like B<fdisk>(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all "
"partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は B<fdisk> と違って、 SGI や SUN のディスクラベルのために標準的な"
"システムパーティションを作成しない。 ディスク全体を表すシステムパーティション"
"を含めて、 すべてのパーティションを明示的に作成する必要がある。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:52
msgid ""
"B<sfdisk> uses B<BLKRRPART> (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that "
"the device is not used by system or other tools (see also B<--no-reread>). It"
"\\(cqs possible that this feature or another B<sfdisk> activity races with "
"B<systemd-udevd>(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is "
"to use B<--lock> option. The exclusive lock will cause B<systemd-udevd> to "
"skip the event handling on the device."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は (パーティションテーブルの再読み込みを行う) BLKRRPART ioctl を使"
"用して、 対象とするデバイスがシステムや他のツールによって使用されていないこと"
"を確認する (B<--no-reread> オプションを参照)。 この機能や B<sfdisk> の他の動"
"作が B<systemd-udevd>(8) と競合する可能性がある。 衝突が起きないようにするた"
"めの推奨方法は、 B<--lock> オプションを使用することである。 排他的ロックがな"
"されていると、 B<systemd-udevd> はそのデバイスにおけるイベントハンドリングを"
"スキップする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:54
msgid ""
"The B<sfdisk> prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
"number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
"B<-N> not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> のプロンプトは、 ユーザーに対してのヒントでしかなく、 パーティショ"
"ン番号が表示されても、 (B<-N> が指定されていなければ) そのパーティションテー"
"ブルエントリーが生成されるわけではない。 これはギャップ (gap) を持つテーブル"
"においては、 特にそうである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:57
msgid "The commands are mutually exclusive."
msgstr "以下のコマンドはどれか一つしか使えない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:59
msgid "[B<-N> I<partition-number>] I<device>"
msgstr "[B<-N> I<partition-number>] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:61
msgid ""
"The default B<sfdisk> command is to read the specification for the desired "
"partitioning of I<device> from standard input, and then create a partition "
"table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
"input format. If standard input is a terminal, then B<sfdisk> starts an "
"interactive session."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトによる B<sfdisk> コマンドは、 I<device> にどんなパーティションを作"
"成するかの具体的な指示を標準入力から読み込んで、 その指示に従ってパーティショ"
"ンテーブルを作成する。 入力の書式がどのようなものになるかは、 後述の説明を参"
"照のこと。 標準入力が端末の場合 B<sfdisk> は対話セッションを開始する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:63
msgid ""
"If the option B<-N> is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
"partition addressed by I<partition-number>. The unspecified fields of the "
"partition are not modified."
msgstr ""
"オプションの B<-N> が指定されている場合は、 I<partition-number> で指示された"
"パーティションに変更が適用される。 そのパーティションのフィールドでも、 具体"
"的な指定のないフィールドは、 変更されない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:65
msgid ""
"Note that it\\(cqs possible to address an unused partition with B<-N>. For "
"example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
"partitions may be smaller. In this case B<sfdisk> follows the default values "
"from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
"partition given with B<-N>. See also B<--append>."
msgstr ""
"なお B<-N> を用いて、 未使用のパーティションを指定することもできる。 たとえ"
"ば MBR には、 いつでも 4 個のパーティションを登録できるが、 現在使用している"
"パーティションは、 それより少ないことがある。 その場合 B<sfdisk> は、 B<-N> "
"で指定された未使用のパーティションについては、 パーティションテーブルから取得"
"されるデフォルトの値に従い、 プログラムに埋め込まれたデフォルトは使用しな"
"い。 B<--append> も参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:68
msgid "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"
msgstr "B<-A>, B<--activate> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:70
msgid ""
"Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
"bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder \\(aq-"
"\\(aq may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the "
"bootable flag on all partitions."
msgstr ""
"指定されたパーティション (複数指定可) のブート可能フラグを ON に切り替え、 指"
"定されなかったすべてのパーティションのブート可能フラグを OFF にする。 すべて"
"のパーティションのブート可能フラグを OFF にするには、 パーティションナンバー"
"ではなく、 特別な引数 \\(aq-\\(aq を使えばよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:72
msgid ""
"The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
"detected, then B<sfdisk> prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
msgstr ""
"このアクティベーションコマンドは、 MBR と PMBR (Protective MBR) に対してのみ"
"サポートされている。 GPT のディスクラベルが検出された場合、 sfdisk は警告メッ"
"セージを表示し、 自動的に PMBR にブートフラグを記入する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:74
msgid ""
"If no I<partition-number> is specified, then list the partitions with an "
"enabled flag."
msgstr ""
"I<partition-number> が指定されていない場合は、 ブート可能フラグのついたパー"
"ティションを一覧表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:77
msgid "B<--backup-pt-sectors> I<device>"
msgstr "B<--backup-pt-sectors> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:79
msgid ""
"Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See "
"the B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE> section."
msgstr ""
"現在のパーティションテーブルセクターを、 バイナリ形式でバックアップして終了す"
"る。 B<パーティションテーブルのバックアップ> セクションを参照。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:82
msgid "B<--delete> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"
msgstr "B<--delete> I<device> [I<partition-number>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:84
msgid "Delete all or the specified partitions."
msgstr "全パーティション、 あるいは指定パーティションを削除する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:87
msgid "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<device>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--dump> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:89
msgid ""
"Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
"B<sfdisk>. See the B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE> section."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> の入力に使用できるフォーマットでデバイスのパーティションをダンプす"
"る。 B<パーティションテーブルのバックアップ> セクション参照。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:92
msgid "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--show-geometry> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:94
msgid ""
"List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
"compatibility the deprecated option B<--show-pt-geometry> have the same "
"meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
"全デバイス、 あるいは指定デバイスのジオメトリを一覧表示する。 後方互換のため"
"に、 非推奨のオプション B<--show-pt-geometry> も、 このコマンドと同じ意味を"
"持っている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:97
msgid "B<-J>, B<--json> I<device>"
msgstr "B<-J>, B<--json> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:99
msgid ""
"Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that B<sfdisk> is not "
"able to use JSON as input format."
msgstr ""
"JSON フォーマットでデバイスのパーティションをダンプする。 B<sfdisk> は、 入力"
"書式として JSON フォーマットを使用できない点に注意すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:102
msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:104
msgid ""
"List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
"used together with B<--verify>."
msgstr ""
"全デバイス、あるいは指定デバイスのパーティションを一覧表示する。 このコマンド"
"は B<--verify> とともに使うことができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:107
msgid "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--list-free> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:109
msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices."
msgstr ""
"全デバイス、 あるいは指定デバイスに対して、 パーティションが切られていない未"
"使用領域を一覧表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:112
msgid "B<--part-attrs> I<device partition-number> [I<attributes>]"
msgstr "B<--part-attrs> I<device partition-number> [I<attributes>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:114
msgid ""
"Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If I<attributes> is not specified, "
"then print the current partition settings. The I<attributes> argument is a "
"comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
"the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
"supported attribute bits are:"
msgstr ""
"GPT パーティションの属性ビット (attribute bits) を変更する。 I<attributes> の"
"指定がない場合は、 現在のパーティション設定を表示する。 引数 I<attributes> "
"は、 カンマまたはスペースで区切ったビット数値またはビット名のリストである。 "
"たとえば \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" という文字列は、 3 個のビットを設定す"
"る。  現在サポートされている属性ビットは以下のとおり。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:116
msgid "B<Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)>"
msgstr "B<ビット 0 (RequiredPartition)>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:118
msgid ""
"If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
"The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
"contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
"to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
"removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
msgstr ""
"このビットがセットされている場合、 パーティションは、 プラットフォームが機能"
"するために必要なものである。 つまりパーティション内容を削除または修正する"
"と、 プラットフォーム機能を失ったり、 プラットフォームの起動や操作に失敗した"
"りすることにつながる。 このことをパーティション生成が示しているものである。 "
"このパーティションを削除すると、 システムは正常に動作しない。 したがってシス"
"テムハードウェアの一部分であるものとして捉えるべきである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:121
msgid "B<Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)>"
msgstr "B<ビット 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:123
msgid ""
"EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
"from it."
msgstr ""
"EFI ファームウェアはパーティション内容を無視し、 そこからの読み込みは行おうと"
"しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:126
msgid "B<Bit 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)>"
msgstr "B<ビット 2 (LegacyBIOSBootable)>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:128
msgid "The partition may be bootable by legacy BIOS firmware."
msgstr ""
"このパーティションは、 レガシーな BIOS ファームウェアによってブート可能であ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:131
msgid "B<Bits 3-47>"
msgstr "B<ビット 3-47>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:133
msgid ""
"Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
"UEFI specification."
msgstr ""
"未定義でありゼロとしなければならない。 UEFI 仕様の将来版への拡張として予約さ"
"れている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:136
msgid "B<Bits 48-63>"
msgstr "B<ビット 48-63>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:138
msgid ""
"Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
"the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
"61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
"disable automount."
msgstr ""
"GUID に固有の目的で予約されている。 このビットの使用は、 パーティションタイプ"
"によってさまざまである。 たとえば Microsoft では、 読み込み専用をビット 60、"
"別パーティションのシャドーコピーを 61、隠しパーティションを 62、自動マウント"
"無効を 63 として使用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:142
msgid "B<--part-label> I<device partition-number> [I<label>]"
msgstr "B<--part-label> I<device partition-number> [I<label>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:144
msgid ""
"Change the GPT partition name (label). If I<label> is not specified, then "
"print the current partition label."
msgstr ""
"GPT パーティションの名前 (ラベル) を変更する。 I<label> の指定がない場合は、 "
"現在のパーティションラベルを表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:147
msgid "B<--part-type> I<device partition-number> [I<type>]"
msgstr "B<--part-type> I<device partition-number> [I<type>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:149
msgid ""
"Change the partition type. If I<type> is not specified, then print the "
"current partition type."
msgstr ""
"パーティションタイプを変更する。 I<type> の指定がない場合は、 現在のパーティ"
"ションタイプを表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:151
msgid ""
"The I<type> argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
"\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. \\(aqL\\(aq). For backward compatibility "
"the options B<-c> and B<--id> have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
"I<type> 引数は、 MBR では 16 進数値、 GPT では GUID であり、 またタイプエイリ"
"アス (たとえば \"linux\") やタイプのショートカット (たとえば \\(aqL\\(aq) で"
"ある。 後方互換のため、 オプション B<-c> と B<--id> も、 このコマンドと同じ意"
"味を持っている。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:154
msgid "B<--part-uuid> I<device partition-number> [I<uuid>]"
msgstr "B<--part-uuid> I<device partition-number> [I<uuid>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:156
msgid ""
"Change the GPT partition UUID. If I<uuid> is not specified, then print the "
"current partition UUID."
msgstr ""
"GPT パーティションの UUID を変更する。 I<uuid> の指定がない場合は、 現在の"
"パーティション UUID を表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:159
msgid "B<--disk-id> I<device> [I<id>]"
msgstr "B<--disk-id> I<device> [I<id>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:161
msgid ""
"Change the disk identifier. If I<id> is not specified, then print the "
"current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for "
"MBR."
msgstr ""
"ディスク識別子を変更する。 I<id> の指定がない場合は、 現在の識別子を表示す"
"る。 識別子は GPT に対しては UUID であり、 MBR に対しては負でない整数である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:164
msgid "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<device>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reorder> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:166
msgid "Renumber the partitions, ordering them by their start offset."
msgstr ""
"パーティションの番号をつけ直す。 すなわち、 パーティションの番号を開始オフ"
"セットの順番にする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:169
msgid "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--show-size> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:171
msgid ""
"List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
"This command is DEPRECATED in favour of B<blockdev>(8)."
msgstr ""
"すべての、 または指定されたデバイスのサイズを、1024 バイト単位で一覧表示す"
"る。 このコマンドは「非推奨」である。 B<blockdev>(8) の使用をお勧めする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:174
msgid "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--list-types>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:176
msgid ""
"Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
"by B<--label>."
msgstr ""
"現在のディスクラベル、 または B<--label> オプションで指定されたディスクラベル"
"でサポートされているパーティションのタイプ (type) のすべてを表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:179
msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:181
msgid "Test whether the partition table and partitions seem correct."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルとパーティションが、 正しく見えるかどうかを検査する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:184
msgid "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<device>"
msgstr "B<--relocate> I<oper> I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:186
msgid ""
"Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
"header only. The argument I<oper> can be:"
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルヘッダーを再配置する。 本コマンドが現在サポートしている"
"のは GTP ヘッダーのみである。 引数 I<oper> は以下のいずれかである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:188
msgid "B<gpt-bak-std>"
msgstr "B<gpt-bak-std>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:190
msgid ""
"Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
msgstr "GPT バックアップヘッダーを、 デバイス最終の標準位置に移動する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:193
msgid "B<gpt-bak-mini>"
msgstr "B<gpt-bak-mini>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:195
msgid ""
"Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
"requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
"can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
msgstr ""
"GPT バックアップヘッダーを、 最終パーティションの後ろに移動する。 なお UEFI "
"規格においては、 このバックアップヘッダーはデバイスの最終位置にあることが必要"
"である。 またパーティショニングツールでは、 この規格に準拠するように、 ヘッ"
"ダーの自動的な再配置を行っている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:200
msgid "B<-a>, B<--append>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--append>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:202
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt create a new partition table, but only append the specified "
"partitions."
msgstr ""
"新しいパーティションテーブルを作成しない。 既存のパーティションテーブルに対し"
"て、 指定されたパーティションの追加のみを行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:204
msgid ""
"Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
"the last partition in the partition table. See also B<-N> to specify entry "
"in the partition table."
msgstr ""
"なお上の場合に、 それがパーティションテーブルの最終パーティションではなかった"
"としても、 未使用パーティションが再利用されるかもしれない点に注意すること。 "
"パーティションテーブル内のエントリーを指定する方法については B<-N> も参照のこ"
"と。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:207 original/man8/wipefs.8:60
msgid "B<-b>, B<--backup>"
msgstr "B<-b>, B<--backup>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:209
msgid ""
"Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
"partitioning. The default backup file name is I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-"
"E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>; to use another name see option B<-O>, B<--backup-"
"file>. See section B<BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE> for more details."
msgstr ""
"パーティショニングを始める前に、 現在のパーティションテーブルが格納されている"
"セクターをバックアップする。 デフォルトのバックアップファイル名は、 I<~/"
"sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> である。 別の名前を使う場合"
"は、 オプション B<-O>, B<--backup-file> の説明を参照のこと。 さらに詳しいこと"
"は B<パーティションテーブルのバックアップ> セクションを参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:212
msgid "B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"
msgstr "B<--color>[B<=>I<when>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:219
msgid "Disable all consistency checking."
msgstr "整合性チェックを一切行わないようにする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:222
msgid "B<--Linux>"
msgstr "B<--Linux>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:224
msgid ""
"Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
"(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
msgstr ""
"非推奨なオプションであり無視される。 パーティションの作成は、 Linux (あるいは"
"今日のオペレーティングシステム) で問題なく使えるのがデフォルトである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:232 original/man8/wipefs.8:90
msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:234
msgid "Do everything except writing to the device."
msgstr "デバイスへの書き込み以外をすべて行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:237
msgid "B<--no-reread>"
msgstr "B<--no-reread>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:239
msgid ""
"Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
"in use."
msgstr ""
"デバイスが使用中かどうかを、 パーティションテーブルの再読み込みを行う ioctl "
"によってチェックしない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:242
msgid "B<--no-tell-kernel>"
msgstr "B<--no-tell-kernel>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:244
msgid ""
"Don\\(cqt tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is "
"recommended together with B<--no-reread> to modify a partition on used disk. "
"The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
msgstr ""
"パーティションの変更についてカーネルに通知しない。 使用中のディスクのパーティ"
"ションを変更する場合、 このオプションを B<--no-reread> とともに使用することを"
"お勧めする。 変更したパーティションは、 使用 (たとえばマウントなどを) するべ"
"きではない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:247
msgid "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--backup-file> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:249
msgid ""
"Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
"are always appended to the file name."
msgstr ""
"バックアップファイルの名前をデフォルトから変更する。 ファイル名の末尾に、 デ"
"バイス名とオフセットが必ず追加されることに注意すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:252
msgid "B<--move-data>[B<=>I<path>]"
msgstr "B<--move-data>[B<=>I<path>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:254
msgid ""
"Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
"of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
"to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
"requires option B<-N> in order to be processed on one specific partition "
"only."
msgstr ""
"たとえば、 パーティションの先頭をディスクの別の位置に移動するといった場合"
"に、 パーティションの再配置をした後で、 データを移動する。 パーティションのサ"
"イズは、 操作の前後で同じでなければならない。 新旧の位置は、 オーバーラップし"
"ていても構わない。 このオプションは、 B<-N> オプションを必須とする。 特定の "
"1 パーティションに対してのみ、 処理を行うためである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:256
msgid ""
"The optional I<path> specifies log file name. The log file contains "
"information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
"\"@default\" as a I<path> forces B<sfdisk> to use I<~/sfdisk-"
"E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move> for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
msgstr ""
"任意指定の引数 I<path> にはログファイルを指定する。 このログファイルには、 "
"パーティションのデータに関するすべての read/wite 操作の情報が含まれる。 "
"I<path> に \"@default\" という語を指定すると、 B<sfdisk> はログファイルとし"
"て I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>devnameE<gt>.move> を使う。 このログは、 v2.35 以降、 任意"
"生成のものとなった。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:258
msgid ""
"Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. B<Don\\(cqt forget to "
"backup your data!>"
msgstr ""
"この操作は危険であり、 アトミックでもないことに注意すること。 したがって B<"
"データのバックアップを取ることを忘れないこと！>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:260
msgid "See also B<--move-use-fsync>."
msgstr " B<--move-use-fsync> も参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:262
msgid ""
"In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
"the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
"next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
"and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
"sdc1 will become sdc2)."
msgstr ""
"次の例では、 最初のコマンドは、 第 1 パーティションの前に 100MiB の空き領域を"
"作成し、 第 1 パーティションのデータ (ファイルシステムなど) を後方に移動して"
"いる。 2 番目のコマンドは、 今作った空き領域に (オフセット 2048 から) 新パー"
"ティションを作っている。 最後のコマンドは、 ディスク上の順番と一致するよう"
"に、 パーティションの番号をつけ直している (元の sdc1 が sdc2 になる)。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:264
msgid ""
"B<echo \\(aq+100M,\\(aq | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1> B<echo \\(aq2048,"
"\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append> B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"
msgstr ""
"B<echo \\(aq+100M,\\(aq | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1> B<echo \\(aq2048,"
"\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdc --append> B<sfdisk /dev/sdc --reorder>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:267
msgid "B<--move-use-fsync>"
msgstr "B<--move-use-fsync>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:269
msgid ""
"Use the B<fsync>(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
"location by B<--move-data>."
msgstr ""
"B<--move-data> でデータを新しい場所に移動する際、 書き込みをするたびにシステ"
"ムコール B<fsync>(2) を使用する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:281
msgid "Suppress extra info messages."
msgstr "追加情報のメッセージを出さないようにする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:284
msgid "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"
msgstr "B<-u>, B<--unit S>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:286
msgid ""
"Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
"supported when using the B<--show-size> command."
msgstr ""
"非推奨オプションである。 使用できる単位がセクターのみになる。 このオプション"
"は、 B<--show-size> コマンドを使用しているときは、 サポートされない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:289
msgid "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"
msgstr "B<-X>, B<--label> I<type>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:291
msgid ""
"Specify the disk label type (e.g., B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...). If this option is "
"not given, then B<sfdisk> defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
"label on the device yet, then the type defaults to B<dos>. The default or "
"the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" script "
"header line. The option B<--label> does not force B<sfdisk> to create empty "
"disk label (see the B<EMPTY DISK LABEL> section below)."
msgstr ""
"ディスクラベルの型を指定する (たとえば B<dos>, B<gpt>, ...)。 このオプション"
"が指定されていない場合、 B<sfdisk> は、 デバイスにすでに存在しているディスク"
"ラベルをデフォルトとして使用するが、 デバイスにまだディスクラベルが存在しない"
"ときは、 デフォルトのラベル型を B<dos> にする。 こうしたデフォルトや現在のラ"
"ベルは、 スクリプトのヘッダー行 \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" で上書きすることが"
"できる。 この B<--label> オプションを指定しても、 B<sfdisk> が空のディスクラ"
"ベルを生成することはない (以下の「B<空のディスクラベル>」セクションを参照)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:294
msgid "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"
msgstr "B<-Y>, B<--label-nested> I<type>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:296
msgid ""
"Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
"already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
"devices with GPT."
msgstr ""
"ネストしたディスクラベルを強制的に編集する。 プライマリーなディスクラベルはあ"
"らかじめ存在していなければならない。 このオプションを使えば、 たとえば GPT の"
"デバイス上で hybrid/protective MBR を編集することができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:301
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can be B<auto>, "
"B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the default is "
"B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; "
"except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before "
"create a new partition-table if the argument I<when> is not B<never>. The "
"B<auto> mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is "
"necessary to use the B<always> mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected "
"signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is "
"created. See also the B<wipefs>(8) command."
msgstr ""
"デバイスからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテーブルのシグナチャーを"
"消去する。 衝突が起きないようにするためである。 引数の I<when> には、 "
"B<auto>, B<never>, B<always> のいずれかを指定する。 このオプションが指定され"
"なかった場合のデフォルトは B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナチャーが消去される"
"のは、 原則として対話モードのときだけである。 古いパーティションテーブルシグ"
"ナチャーだけは例外で、 引数の I<when> が B<never> でないかぎり、 新しいパー"
"ティションテーブルが作成される前に、 必ず消去される。 B<auto> モードの場合"
"も、 第 1 セクター (ブートセクター) の消去は行わない。 この領域を消去するに"
"は B<always> モードを用いることが必要である。 いずれの場合でも検出されたシグ"
"ナチャーが、 警告メッセージとして通知されて、 その後に新しいパーティション"
"テーブルが生成される。 B<wipefs>(8) コマンドも参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:306
msgid ""
"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
"partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument I<when> can "
"be B<auto>, B<never> or B<always>. When this option is not given, the "
"default is B<auto>, in which case signatures are wiped only when in "
"interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected "
"signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is "
"created. See also B<wipefs>(8) command."
msgstr ""
"新たに生成するパーティションからファイルシステムや RAID やパーティションテー"
"ブルのシグナチャーを消去する。 これは衝突が起きないようにするためである。 引"
"数 I<when> には B<auto>, B<never>, B<always> を指定する。 このオプションが指"
"定されない場合のデフォルトは B<auto> であり、 その場合シグナチャーが消去され"
"るのは、 対話モードのときであり、 ユーザーが承認した後である。 いずれの場合で"
"も、 検出されたシグナチャーは警告メッセージとして通知され、 それは新たなパー"
"ティションが生成された後である。 B<wipefs>(8) コマンドも参照のこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:309
msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
msgstr "B<-v>, B<--version>"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:317
#, no-wrap
msgid "INPUT FORMATS"
msgstr "入力書式"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:320
msgid "B<sfdisk> supports two input formats and generic header lines."
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は 2 種類の入力書式と、 両方に共通するヘッダー行をサポートしてい"
"る。"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:320
#, no-wrap
msgid "Header lines"
msgstr "ヘッダー行"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:323
msgid ""
"The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
"partition table. The header-line format is:"
msgstr ""
"任意指定のヘッダー行では、 パーティションテーブル全体に適用される情報を指定す"
"る。 ヘッダー行の書式は以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:325
msgid "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<E<lt>nameE<gt>: E<lt>valueE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:327
msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
msgstr "現在のところ、 認識されるヘッダーは以下のものである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:329
msgid "B<unit>"
msgstr "B<unit>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:331
msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is B<sectors>."
msgstr ""
"パーティション分割で使う単位を指定する。 サポートされている単位は、 "
"B<sectors> (セクター数) だけである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:334
msgid "B<label>"
msgstr "B<label>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:336
msgid "Specify the partition table type. For example B<dos> or B<gpt>."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルの型 (partition table type) を指定する。 たとえば "
"B<dos> や B<gpt> である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:339
msgid "B<label-id>"
msgstr "B<label-id>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:341
msgid ""
"Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
"(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルの識別名を指定する。 識別名は、 MBR では (前に 0x のつ"
"いた) 16 進数であり、 GPT では UUID である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:344
msgid "B<first-lba>"
msgstr "B<first-lba>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:346
msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions."
msgstr "GPT パーティションで使用できる最初のセクターを指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:349
msgid "B<last-lba>"
msgstr "B<last-lba>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:351
msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions."
msgstr "GPT パーティションで使用できる最後のセクターを指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:354
msgid "B<table-length>"
msgstr "B<table-length>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:356
msgid "Specify the maximal number of GPT partitions."
msgstr "GPT パーティションの最大数を指定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:359
msgid "B<grain>"
msgstr "B<grain>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:361
msgid ""
"Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
"default is 1MiB and it\\(cqs strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
"modify this variable if you\\(cqre not sure."
msgstr ""
"パーティションの開始、終了位置を整えるとき、 計算に使用する最小のサイズをバイ"
"ト単位で指定する。 デフォルトは 1MiB であり、 このデフォルトの使用を強くお勧"
"めする。 不明な場合は、 この変数を変更しないこと。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:364
msgid "B<sector-size>"
msgstr "B<sector-size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:366
msgid ""
"Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when "
"B<sfdisk> creates a new partition table, in this case the real device "
"specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
msgstr ""
"セクターのサイズを指定する。 このヘッダーは参考用にあるだけであり、 "
"B<sfdisk> が新しいパーティションテーブルを作成するときに使うわけではない。 そ"
"のときは、 実際のデバイスに固有な値が常に使用され、 ダンプによって取得したセ"
"クターサイズは無視される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:369
msgid ""
"Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
"is specified in the input."
msgstr ""
"なおヘッダー行が使用できるのは、 入力中で最初のパーティションを指定する前だけ"
"である。 "

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:369
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unnamed-fields format"
msgstr "フィールド名なしの書式"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:374
msgid "I<start size type bootable>"
msgstr "I<start size type bootable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:379
msgid "where each line fills one partition descriptor."
msgstr "こうした各行は、 1 つのパーティションについての記述になっている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:381
msgid ""
"Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon "
"possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. "
"Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a "
"field is absent, empty or specified as \\(aq-\\(aq a default value is used. "
"But when the B<-N> option (change a single partition) is given, the default "
"for each field is its previous value."
msgstr ""
"フィールドは、 ホワイトスペース、 カンマ (これを推奨)、セミコロンによって区切"
"られる。 その後ろにはホワイトスペースがあってもよい。 先頭と末尾のホワイトス"
"ペースは無視される。 数値には 8 進、10 進、16 進数が使える。 デフォルトは 10 "
"進数である。 フィールドが存在しない場合、 空の場合、 \\(aq-\\(aq として指定さ"
"れている場合は、 デフォルト値が使用される。 ただし B<-N> オプション (単一パー"
"ティションへの変更) が指定されているときは、 各フィールドのデフォルトは、 前"
"回と同じ値になる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:383
msgid ""
"The default value of I<start> is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
"according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
"partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted "
"as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the B<-N> option (change a single "
"partition) is given, a \\(aq+\\(aq can be used to enlarge partition by move "
"start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
msgstr ""
"I<start> のデフォルト値は、 位置やサイズをデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて整"
"えたセクターの、 まだ割り当てられていない最初のものである。 ただし、 最初の"
"パーティションのデフォルト開始オフセットは 1 MiB である。 指定するオフセット"
"には、 乗数を表すサフィックスを続けることができる (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, "
"EiB, ZiB, YiB)。 この場合、 数値はバイト単位のオフセットと解釈される。 v2.38 "
"からは B<-N> オプション (単一パーティションへの変更) が追加された。 パーティ"
"ションの前方に未使用領域がある場合には、パーティション先頭を移動させること"
"で、 パーティションサイズを拡張するものとして利用できる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:385
msgid ""
"The default value of I<size> indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
"the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
"interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
"of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
"then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
"is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A \\(aq+\\(aq can be "
"used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
"\\(aq+\\(aq is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
"existing partitions will be resized as required."
msgstr ""
"I<size> のデフォルト値は「できるだけ大きく」である。 すなわち、 次のパーティ"
"ションまで、 またはデバイスの終わりまでである。 数値の指定は、 デフォルトでは"
"セクター数と解釈されるが、 数値に乗数を表すサフィックスの 1 つ (KiB, MiB, "
"GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) が続く場合は、 バイト単位のパーティションサ"
"イズと解釈され、 その上でデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせてサイズが整えられ"
"る。 数値に代えて、 1 個の \\(aq+\\(aq を使用することもでき、 その場合は、 "
"パーティションをできるだけ大きく広げる。 \\(aq+\\(aq は、 新規パーティション"
"では、 デフォルトの動作と同じであることに注意すること。 すでに存在している"
"パーティションは、 必要に応じてサイズが変更される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:387
msgid ""
"The partition I<type> is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
"optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It\\(cqs "
"recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between "
"deprecated shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq and \\(aq0E\\(aq MBR hex code. For backward "
"compatibility B<sfdisk> tries to interpret I<type> as a shortcut as a first "
"possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. B<--part-"
"type> command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
msgstr ""
"パーティションタイプ I<type> は、 MBR (DOS) に対しては 16 進数で指定し、プレ"
"フィックス 0x をつけるかどうかは任意である。 また GPT に対しては GUID とす"
"る。 ショートカットやエイリアス指定も可能である。 非推奨となっているショート"
"カットである \\(aqE\\(aq や \\(aq0E\\(aq の16 進数コードとの衝突を避けるた"
"め、 MBR 16 進コードには 2 文字の英字を用いることが推奨される。 後方互換のた"
"め、 B<sfdisk> が I<type> を解釈する際には、 パーティショニングスクリプト内で"
"はショートカットであるものとして初めに解釈しようとする。 一方で別の場面 (たと"
"えば B<--part-type> コマンド) では、 最後の可能性としてショートカットと解釈し"
"ようとする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:389
msgid ""
"Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
"shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
msgstr ""
"v2.36 以降 libfdisk は、 ショートカットの拡張として、 パーティションタイプの"
"エイリアスをサポートしている。 エイリアスにはわかりやすい語句が用いられてい"
"る (たとえば  \"linux\")。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:391
msgid ""
"Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
"case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
"the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
msgstr ""
"v2.37 以降 libfdisk は、 入力としてパーティションタイプ名をサポートしてい"
"る。 その際には、 大文字小文字の別や、 英数字以外の文字は無視される (たとえ"
"ば \"Linux /usr x86\" は \"linux usr-x86\" と同じになる)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:393
msgid "Supported shortcuts and aliases:"
msgstr "サポートされているショートカットとエイリアスは、 以下のとおりである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:395
msgid "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<L - alias \\(aqlinux\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:397
msgid ""
"Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
msgstr ""
"Linux。 MBR では 83 を意味し、 GPT では 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 "
"を意味する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:400
msgid "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<S - alias \\(aqswap\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:402
msgid ""
"swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
msgstr ""
"swap 領域。 MBR では 82 を意味し、 GPT では 0657FD6D-"
"A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F を意味する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:405
msgid "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<Ex - alias \\(aqextended\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:407
msgid ""
"MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut \\(aqE\\(aq "
"is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
msgstr ""
"MBR 拡張パーティション。 MBR では 05 を意味する。 元々のショートカット \\(aqE"
"\\(aq は、 0x0E MBR パーティションタイプと衝突するため、 非推奨になっている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:410
msgid "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<H - alias \\(aqhome\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:412
msgid "home partition; means 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 for GPT"
msgstr ""
"ホームパーティション。 GPT では 933AC7E1-2EB4-4F13-B844-0E14E2AEF915 を意味す"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:415
msgid "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<U - alias \\(aquefi\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:417
msgid ""
"EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
msgstr ""
"EFI システムパーティション。 MBR では EF を意味し、 GPT では C12A7328-"
"F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B を意味する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:420
msgid "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<R - alias \\(aqraid\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:422
msgid ""
"Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
msgstr ""
"Linux RAID。 MBR では FD を意味し、 GPT では A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-"
"A006-743F0F84911E を意味する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:425
msgid "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"
msgstr "B<V - alias \\(aqlvm\\(aq>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:427
msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT"
msgstr ""
"LVM。 MBR では 8E を意味し、 GPT では E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 を"
"意味する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:430
msgid "The default I<type> value is I<linux>."
msgstr "I<type> のデフォルトの値は、 I<linux> である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:432
msgid ""
"The shortcut \\(aqX\\(aq for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in "
"favour of \\(aqEx\\(aq."
msgstr ""
"Linux 拡張パーティション (85) に対するショートカットは、 \\(aqEx\\(aq に置き"
"換えられており、 \\(aqX\\(aq は推奨されていない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:434
msgid ""
"I<bootable> is specified as [B<*>|B<->], with as default not-bootable. The "
"value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been "
"booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for "
"other operating systems."
msgstr ""
"I<bootable> は [B<*>|B<->] という形で指定する。 デフォルトは not-bootable で"
"ある。 このフィールドの値は、 Linux には関係がない (Linux が動いているなら、 "
"すでに問題なくブートしているわけだ)。 だが、 ブートローダーやオペレーティング"
"システムによっては、 何らかの役割を果たしていることもあり得る。 "

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:434
#, no-wrap
msgid "Named-fields format"
msgstr "フィールド名のある書式"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:437
msgid ""
"This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
"additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
"to keep your scripts more readable."
msgstr ""
"この書式は、 フィールド名なしの書式とくらべて、 より読みやすく、 堅牢であ"
"り、 拡張性もあって、 追加の情報 (たとえば、 UUID) を指定することも可能にな"
"る。 こちらの書式を使用して、 作成するスクリプトをより読みやすくしておくこと"
"をお勧めする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:441
msgid "[I<device> B<:>] I<name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."
msgstr "[I<device> B<:>] I<name>[B<=>I<value>], ..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:446
msgid ""
"The I<device> field is optional. B<sfdisk> extracts the partition number "
"from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. "
"This functionality is mostly used by B<--dump>. Don\\(cqt use it if you are "
"not sure."
msgstr ""
"I<device> フィールドの指定は任意である。 B<sfdisk> は、 パーティション番号を"
"このデバイス名から取り出す。 そこで、 これを使用すれば、 パーティションを任意"
"の順番で指定することが可能になる。 この機能は、 主に B<--dump> で使用されてい"
"る。 パーティション番号に確信がない場合は、 I<device> フィールドを使用しては"
"いけない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:448
msgid ""
"The I<value> can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
"name\"). The fields B<start=> and B<size=> support \\(aq+\\(aq and \\(aq-"
"\\(aq in the same way as B<Unnamed-fields format>."
msgstr ""
"I<value> は、 引用符で囲むことができる (たとえば、 name=\"This is partition "
"name\")。 フィールド B<start=> および B<size=> は、 B<フィールド名なしの書式>"
"と同様に \\(aq+\\(aq と \\(aq-\\(aq をサポートする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:450
msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
msgstr "現在のところ、 サポートされているヘッダーは以下である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:452
msgid "B<start=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<start=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:454
msgid ""
"The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
"default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is "
"followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
"and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
msgstr ""
"デフォルトは、 位置やサイズをデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて整えたセクター"
"の、 まだ割り当てられていない最初のもの。 ただし、 最初のパーティションのデ"
"フォルトの開始オフセットは 1 MiB である。 指定するオフセットには、 乗数を表す"
"サフィックス (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB) を続けた場合、 数値はバ"
"イト単位のオフセットと解釈される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:457
msgid "B<size=>I<number>"
msgstr "B<size=>I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:459
msgid ""
"Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
"multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it"
"\\(cqs interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
"device I/O limits."
msgstr ""
"パーティションのサイズをセクター数で指定する。 数値には乗数を表すサフィックス"
"を続けることができる (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB)。 その場合、 数"
"値はバイト単位のサイズと解釈され、 サイズがデバイスの I/O リミットに合わせて"
"整えられる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:462
msgid "B<bootable>"
msgstr "B<bootable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:464
msgid "Mark the partition as bootable."
msgstr "パーティションにブート可能の印をつける。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:467
msgid "B<attrs=>I<string>"
msgstr "B<attrs=>I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:469
msgid ""
"Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See B<--part-"
"attrs> for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
msgstr ""
"パーティションの属性。 普通は、 GPT パーティションの属性ビットである。 GPT-"
"bits ストリングのフォーマットについては、 B<--part-attrs> を参照のこと。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:472
msgid "B<uuid=>I<string>"
msgstr "B<uuid=>I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:474
msgid "GPT partition UUID."
msgstr "GPT パーティションの UUID。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:477
msgid "B<name=>I<string>"
msgstr "B<name=>I<string>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:479
msgid "GPT partition name."
msgstr "GPT パーティションの名前。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:482
msgid "B<type=>I<code>"
msgstr "B<type=>I<code>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:484
msgid ""
"A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
"partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type="
"\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format "
"for more details. For backward compatibility the B<Id=> field has the same "
"meaning."
msgstr ""
"MBR パーティションでは (0x を前につけない) 16 進数、 GPT パーティションでは "
"GUID。 フィールド名なしの書式、またはタイプ名 (たとえば type=\"Linux /usr "
"(x86)\") と同様に、 短縮表記も使える。 フィールド名なしの書式についての詳細"
"は、前節を参照のこと。 後方互換のために、 B<Id=> フィールドも同じ意味を持って"
"いる。 "

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:485
#, no-wrap
msgid "EMPTY DISK LABEL"
msgstr "空のディスクラベル"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:488
msgid ""
"B<sfdisk> does not create partition table without partitions by default. The "
"lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty "
"partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" "
"script header line without any partitions lines. For example:"
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> は、 デフォルトではパーティションの存在しないパーティションテーブル"
"を作成しない。 デフォルトでは、 パーティションを記述する行が、 スクリプト中に"
"存在しなければならない。 そこで、 空のパーティションテーブルを作りたかった"
"ら、 それを明示的に要求しなければならない。 すなわち、 スクリプトヘッダー行"
"の \"label: E<lt>nameE<gt>\" を使用して、 パーティションを記述する行を一切指"
"定しないようにする。 たとえば以下のとおり。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:492
msgid "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"
msgstr "B<echo \\(aqlabel: gpt\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:497
msgid ""
"creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the B<--append> disables this "
"feature."
msgstr ""
"上記のコマンドは、 空の GPT パーティションテーブルを作成する。 なお、 B<--"
"append> オプションは、 この動作を無効にすることに注意すること。"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:497
#, no-wrap
msgid "BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE"
msgstr "パーティションテーブルのバックアップ"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:500
msgid ""
"It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. B<sfdisk> supports two "
"ways."
msgstr ""
"使用しているデバイスのレイアウトを保存しておくことが推奨される。 B<sfdisk> "
"は 2 種類の方法をサポートしている。"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:500
#, no-wrap
msgid "Dump in sfdisk compatible format"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:504
msgid ""
"Use the B<--dump> command to save a description of the device layout to a "
"text file.  The dump format is suitable for later B<sfdisk> input. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"B<--dump> コマンドを使えば、 デバイスレイアウトの明細をテキストファイルに保存"
"できる。  このダンプのフォーマットは、 後日 B<sfdisk> の入力に使えるものであ"
"る。 たとえば次のようにする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:508
msgid "B<sfdisk --dump /dev/sda E<gt> sda.dump>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk --dump /dev/sda E<gt> sda.dump>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:513
msgid "This can later be restored by:"
msgstr "保存した状態は、 次のようにして後に復元することができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:517
msgid "B<sfdisk /dev/sda E<lt> sda.dump>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk /dev/sda E<lt> sda.dump>"

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:520
#, no-wrap
msgid "Full binary backup"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:523
msgid ""
"If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition "
"table is stored, then use the B<--backup-pt-sectors> command. It writes the "
"sectors to I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> files. The "
"default name of the backup file can be changed with the B<--backup-file> "
"option. The backup files contain only raw data from the I<device>. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""
"パーティションテーブルが格納されているセクターすべての完全なバイナリバック"
"アップを行いたい場合は、 B<--backup-pt-sectors> コマンドを使用する。 これを行"
"うと、 該当するセクターが I<~/sfdisk-E<lt>deviceE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> "
"といったファイルに書き出される。 バックアップファイルのこのデフォルト名は、 "
"B<--backup-file> オプションで変更することができる。 こうしたバックアップファ"
"イルには、 I<device> にあった raw data しか含まれていない。 以下はその例であ"
"る。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:527
msgid "B<sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:532
msgid "The GPT header can later be restored by:"
msgstr "次のようにすれば GPT ヘッダーを後に復元することができる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:536
msgid ""
"B<dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 "
"conv=notrunc>"
msgstr ""
"B<dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 "
"conv=notrunc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:541
msgid ""
"It\\(cqs also possible to use the B<--backup> option to create the same "
"backup immediately after startup for other B<sfdisk> commands. For example, "
"backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:545
msgid "B<sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:550
msgid "The same concept of backup files is used by B<wipefs>(8)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:552
msgid ""
"Note that B<sfdisk> since version 2.26 no longer provides the B<-I> option "
"to restore sectors. B<dd>(1) provides all necessary functionality."
msgstr ""
"なお B<sfdisk> は、 バージョン 2.26 以降、 セクターを復元するための B<-I> オ"
"プションを提供していない。 必要な機能はすべて B<dd> コマンドが提供している。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:560
msgid "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable>"
msgstr "I</etc/terminal-colors.d/sfdisk.disable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:565
msgid "for the B<sfdisk> command or for all tools by"
msgstr ""
"これは B<sfdisk> コマンドに対してのみであり、 ツール全体に対しては以下のファ"
"イルを用いる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:580
msgid "The logical color names supported by B<sfdisk> are:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:598
msgid "B<SFDISK_DEBUG>=all"
msgstr "B<SFDISK_DEBUG>=all"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:600
msgid "enables B<sfdisk> debug output."
msgstr "B<sfdisk> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:624
msgid ""
"Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> no longer provides the B<-R> or B<--re-read> "
"option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use B<blockdev --"
"rereadpt> instead."
msgstr ""
"バージョン 2.26 以降 B<sfdisk> は、 カーネルにパーティションテーブルを再読込"
"させる B<-R> や B<--re-read> オプションを提供していない。 代わりに "
"B<blockdev --rereadpt> を使用すること。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:626
msgid ""
"Since version 2.26 B<sfdisk> does not provide the B<--DOS>, B<--IBM>, B<--"
"DOS-extended>, B<--unhide>, B<--show-extended>, B<--cylinders>, B<--heads>, "
"B<--sectors>, B<--inside-outer>, B<--not-inside-outer> options."
msgstr ""
"バージョン 2.26 以降 B<sfdisk> は、 以下のオプションを提供していない。 B<--"
"DOS>, B<--IBM>, B<--DOS-extended>, B<--unhide>, B<--show-extended>, B<--"
"cylinders>, B<--heads>, B<--sectors>, B<--inside-outer>, B<--not-inside-"
"outer>。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:629
msgid "B<sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:631
msgid "Print protective MBR on device with GPT disk label."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:634
msgid ""
"B<echo -e \\(aq,10M,L\\(rsn,10M,L\\(rsn,,+\\(rsn\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:636
msgid ""
"Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first "
"two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on "
"the device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:639
msgid ""
"B<echo -e \\(aqsize=10M, type=L\\(rsn size=10M, type=L\\(rsn size=+\\(rsn"
"\\(aq | sfdisk /dev/sdc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:641
msgid "The same as the previous example, but in named-fields format."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:644
msgid "B<echo -e \\(aqtype=swap\\(aq | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc>"
msgstr "B<echo -e \\(aqtype=swap\\(aq | sfdisk -N 3 /dev/sdc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:646
msgid "Set type of the 3rd partition to \\(aqswap\\(aq."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:649
msgid "B<sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:651
msgid "The same as the previous example, but without script use."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:654
msgid "B<sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2>"
msgstr "B<sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:656
msgid "Delete 2nd partition."
msgstr "2 つめのパーティションを削除する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:659
msgid "B<echo \",\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:661
msgid ""
"Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space "
"before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the "
"partition, and move partition data too."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:667
msgid ""
"The current B<sfdisk> implementation is based on the original B<sfdisk> from "
"Andries E. Brouwer."
msgstr ""
"現在の B<sfdisk> の実装は、 Andries E. Brouwer による最初の B<sfdisk> を元に"
"している。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:674
msgid "B<fdisk>(8), B<cfdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"
msgstr "B<fdisk>(8), B<cfdisk>(8), B<parted>(8), B<partprobe>(8), B<partx>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sfdisk.8:681
msgid ""
"The B<sfdisk> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<sfdisk> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "SULOGIN"
msgstr "SULOGIN"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:32
msgid "sulogin - single-user login"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:35
msgid "B<sulogin> [options] [I<tty>]"
msgstr "B<sulogin> [options] [I<tty>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:38
msgid ""
"B<sulogin> is invoked by B<init> when the system goes into single-user mode."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:40
msgid "The user is prompted:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:42
msgid ""
"Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
"startup):"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:44
msgid ""
"If the root account is locked and B<--force> is specified, no password is "
"required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:46
msgid ""
"B<sulogin> will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional "
"I<tty> device that can be specified on the command line (typically I</dev/"
"console>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:48
msgid ""
"When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
"prompt, the system will continue to boot."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:51
msgid "B<-e>, B<--force>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--force>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:53
msgid ""
"If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
"B<getpwnam>(3) fails, then examine I</etc/passwd> and I</etc/shadow> to get "
"the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root "
"account is locked by \\(aq!\\(aq or \\(aq*\\(aq at the begin of the password "
"then B<sulogin> will B<start a root shell without asking for a password>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:55
msgid ""
"Only use the B<-e> option if you are sure the console is physically "
"protected against unauthorized access."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:58
msgid "B<-p>, B<--login-shell>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--login-shell>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:60
msgid ""
"Specifying this option causes B<sulogin> to start the shell process as a "
"login shell."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:63
msgid "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<seconds>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--timeout> I<seconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:65
msgid ""
"Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
"B<sulogin> will wait forever."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:79
msgid ""
"B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
"determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
"will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, it "
"will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:82
msgid ""
"B<sulogin> was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later "
"ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/sulogin.8:89
msgid ""
"The B<sulogin> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<sulogin> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "SWAPLABEL"
msgstr "SWAPLABEL"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:32
msgid "swaplabel - print or change the label or UUID of a swap area"
msgstr "swaplabel - スワップ領域のラベル/UUID の表示または変更"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:35
msgid "B<swaplabel> [B<-L> I<label>] [B<-U> I<UUID>] I<device>"
msgstr "B<swaplabel> [B<-L> I<label>] [B<-U> I<UUID>] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:38
msgid ""
"B<swaplabel> will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition "
"located on I<device> (or regular file)."
msgstr ""
"B<swaplabel> は、 I<device> (または通常ファイル) 上にあるスワップパーティショ"
"ンに対して、 そのラベルまたは UUID の表示または変更を行う。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:40
msgid ""
"If the optional arguments B<-L> and B<-U> are not given, B<swaplabel> will "
"simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of I<device>."
msgstr ""
"任意の引数 B<-L> と B<-U> が指定されなかった場合、 B<swaplabel> は I<device> "
"における、 その時点でのスワップ領域のラベルと UUID を単に表示するのみである。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:42
msgid ""
"If an optional argument is present, then B<swaplabel> will change the "
"appropriate value on I<device>. These values can also be set during swap "
"creation using B<mkswap>(8). The B<swaplabel> utility allows changing the "
"label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
msgstr ""
"任意指定の引数が存在する場合、 B<swaplabel> は I<device> 上の所定の値を変更す"
"る。 この値は B<mkswap>(8) によってスワップを生成する際に指定することもでき"
"る。 B<swaplabel> ユーティリティーは、 現在使用中のスワップデバイスに対し"
"て、 そのラベルや UUID を変更することが可能である。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:57
msgid ""
"Specify a new I<label> for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
"16 characters long. If I<label> is longer than 16 characters, B<swaplabel> "
"will truncate it and print a warning message."
msgstr ""
"デバイスに対して新たな I<label> を指定する。 スワップパーティションのラベルの"
"文字数は最大 16 文字である。 I<label> が 16 文字を超える場合、 B<swaplabel> "
"は文字を切り詰めて、 警告メッセージを表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:62
msgid ""
"Specify a new I<UUID> for the device. The I<UUID> must be in the standard "
"8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by B<uuidgen>(1)."
msgstr ""
"デバイスに対して新たな I<UUID> を指定する。 I<UUID> は標準的な 8-4-4-4-12 文"
"字のフォーマットでなければならない。 たとえばこれは B<uuidgen>(1) によって出"
"力される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:72
msgid "B<swaplabel> was written by"
msgstr "B<swaplabel> の作者は以下である "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:80
msgid "B<uuidgen>(1), B<mkswap>(8), B<swapon>(8)"
msgstr "B<uuidgen>(1), B<mkswap>(8), B<swapon>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swaplabel.8:87
msgid ""
"The B<swaplabel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<swaplabel> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/swapon.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "SWAPON"
msgstr "SWAPON"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:32
msgid ""
"swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:35
msgid "B<swapon> [options] [I<specialfile>...]"
msgstr "B<swapon> [options] [I<specialfile>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:37
msgid "B<swapoff> [B<-va>] [I<specialfile>...]"
msgstr "B<swapoff> [B<-va>] [I<specialfile>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:40
msgid ""
"B<swapon> is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to "
"take place."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:42
msgid ""
"The device or file used is given by the I<specialfile> parameter. It may be "
"of the form B<-L> I<label> or B<-U> I<uuid> to indicate a device by label or "
"uuid."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:44
msgid ""
"Calls to B<swapon> normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
"devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
"across several devices and files."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:46
msgid ""
"B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the B<-"
"a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files "
"(as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:51
msgid ""
"All devices marked as \"swap\" in I</etc/fstab> are made available, except "
"for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
"swap are silently skipped."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:54
msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--discard>[B<=>I<policy>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:56
msgid ""
"Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
"trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
"but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
"swap discard policies:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:58
msgid "B<--discard=once>"
msgstr "B<--discard=once>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:60
msgid ""
"to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
"swapon; or"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:63
msgid "B<--discard=pages>"
msgstr "B<--discard=pages>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:65
msgid ""
"to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
"reuse."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:68
msgid ""
"If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
"types. The I</etc/fstab> mount options B<discard>, B<discard=once>, or "
"B<discard=pages> may also be used to enable discard flags."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:71
msgid "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"
msgstr "B<-e>, B<--ifexists>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:73
msgid ""
"Silently skip devices that do not exist. The I</etc/fstab> mount option "
"B<nofail> may also be used to skip non-existing device."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:76
msgid "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--fixpgsz>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:78
msgid ""
"Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
"that of the current running kernel. B<mkswap>(8) initializes the whole "
"device and does not check for bad blocks."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:81
msgid "B<-L> I<label>"
msgstr "B<-L> I<label>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:83
msgid ""
"Use the partition that has the specified I<label>. (For this, access to I</"
"proc/partitions> is needed.)"
msgstr ""
"指定された I<label> を持つパーティションを用いる。 (そのため I</proc/"
"partitions> へのアクセスが必要である。)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:88
msgid ""
"Specify swap options by an I<fstab>-compatible comma-separated string. For "
"example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:90
msgid "B<swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2>"
msgstr "B<swapon -o pri=1,discard=pages,nofail /dev/sda2>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:92
msgid ""
"The I<opts> string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
"options."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:95
msgid "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priority>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--priority> I<priority>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:97
msgid ""
"Specify the priority of the swap device. I<priority> is a value between -1 "
"and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See B<swapon>(2) for a "
"full description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field "
"of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>. When no priority is defined, it "
"defaults to -1."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:100
msgid "B<-s>, B<--summary>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--summary>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:102
msgid ""
"Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to B<cat /proc/swaps>. This "
"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of B<--show> that provides better "
"control on output data."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:105
msgid "B<--show>[B<=>I<column>...]"
msgstr "B<--show>[B<=>I<column>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:107
msgid ""
"Display a definable table of swap areas. See the B<--help> output for a list "
"of available columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:115
msgid "B<--noheadings>"
msgstr "B<--noheadings>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:117
msgid "Do not print headings when displaying B<--show> output."
msgstr "B<--show> による出力を表示する際に、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:122
msgid "Display B<--show> output without aligning table columns."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:125
msgid "B<--bytes>"
msgstr "B<--bytes>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:127
msgid ""
"Display swap size in bytes in B<--show> output instead of in user-friendly "
"units."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:130
msgid "B<-U> I<uuid>"
msgstr "B<-U> I<uuid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:132
msgid "Use the partition that has the specified I<uuid>."
msgstr "指定された I<uuid> を持つパーティションを用いる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:151
msgid "B<swapoff> has the following exit status values since v2.36:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:160
msgid "system has insufficient memory to stop swapping (OOM)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:165
msgid "B<swapoff>(2) syscall failed for another reason"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:170
msgid "non-B<swapoff>(2) syscall system error (out of memory, ...)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:175
msgid "usage or syntax error"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:180
msgid "all swapoff failed on B<--all>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:185
msgid "some swapoff succeeded on B<--all>"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:188
msgid ""
"The command B<swapoff --all> returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
"64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:191
msgid ""
"+ The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means "
"success in all versions."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:205
msgid "I</dev/sd??>"
msgstr "I</dev/sd??>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:207
msgid "standard paging devices"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:212
msgid "ascii filesystem description table"
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/swapon.8:214
#, no-wrap
msgid "Files with holes"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:217
msgid ""
"The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
"the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
"problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
"Btrfs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:219
msgid ""
"Commands like B<cp>(1) or B<truncate>(1) create files with holes. These "
"files will be rejected by B<swapon>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:221
msgid ""
"Preallocated files created by B<fallocate>(1) may be interpreted as files "
"with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
"supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:223
msgid ""
"The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use B<dd>(1) and I</"
"dev/zero>."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/swapon.8:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "Btrfs"
msgstr "Btrfs"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:226
msgid ""
"Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with B<nocow> "
"attribute. See the B<btrfs>(5) manual page for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/swapon.8:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "NFS"
msgstr "NFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:229
msgid "Swap over B<NFS> may not work."
msgstr ""

#. type: SS
#: original/man8/swapon.8:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:232
msgid ""
"B<swapon> automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old "
"software suspend data (e.g., B<S1SUSPEND>, B<S2SUSPEND>, ...). The problem "
"is that if we don\\(cqt do it, then we get data corruption the next time an "
"attempt at unsuspending is made."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:235
msgid "The B<swapon> command appeared in 4.0BSD."
msgstr "B<swapon> コマンドは 4.0BSD から登場した。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:245
msgid ""
"B<swapoff>(2), B<swapon>(2), B<fstab>(5), B<init>(8), B<fallocate>(1), "
"B<mkswap>(8), B<mount>(8), B<rc>(8)"
msgstr ""
"B<swapoff>(2), B<swapon>(2), B<fstab>(5), B<init>(8), B<fallocate>(1), "
"B<mkswap>(8), B<mount>(8), B<rc>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/swapon.8:252
msgid ""
"The B<swapon> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<swapon> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "SWITCH_ROOT"
msgstr "SWITCH_ROOT"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:32
msgid ""
"switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
msgstr "switch_root - 別ファイルシステムをマウントツリーのルートとして変更"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:35
msgid "B<switch_root> [B<-hV>]"
msgstr "B<switch_root> [B<-hV>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:37
msgid "B<switch_root> I<newroot init> [I<arg>...]"
msgstr "B<switch_root> I<newroot init> [I<arg>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:40
msgid ""
"B<switch_root> moves already mounted I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys> and I</run> "
"to I<newroot> and makes I<newroot> the new root filesystem and starts "
"I<init> process."
msgstr ""
"B<switch_root> はすでにマウントされている I</proc>, I</dev>, I</sys>, I</"
"run> を I<newroot> に移動して、 I<newroot> を新たなルートファイルシステムとし"
"ます。 そして I<init> プロセスを起動します。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:42
msgid ""
"B<WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the "
"current root filesystem.>"
msgstr ""
"B<警告: switch_root は現在のルートファイルシステムに対して、 ファイルおよび"
"ディレクトリをすべて再帰的に削除します。>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:56
msgid "B<switch_root> returns 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr "B<switch_root> は、 処理成功時に 0、 失敗時に 1 を返します。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:59
msgid ""
"B<switch_root> will fail to function if I<newroot> is not the root of a "
"mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this "
"requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any "
"directory into a mount point:"
msgstr ""
"I<newroot> がマウントルートではなかった場合、 B<switch_root> の処理は失敗しま"
"す。 この条件を満たさないディレクトリに対してルート変更をしたい場合は、 バイ"
"ンドマウントを使って、 任意のディレクトリをマウントポイントにすれば実現できま"
"す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"
msgstr "mount --bind $DIR $DIR\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:78
msgid "B<chroot>(2), B<init>(8), B<mkinitrd>(8), B<mount>(8)"
msgstr "B<chroot>(2), B<init>(8), B<mkinitrd>(8), B<mount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/switch_root.8:85
msgid ""
"The B<switch_root> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<switch_root> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウン"
"ロードできます。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "TUNELP"
msgstr "TUNELP"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:32
msgid "tunelp - set various parameters for the lp device"
msgstr "tunelp - lp デバイスへのさまざまなパラメーター設定"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:35
msgid "B<tunelp> [options] I<device>"
msgstr "B<tunelp> [options] I<device>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:38
msgid ""
"B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for better "
"performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won\\(cqt work "
"without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using "
"interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device "
"characteristics accordingly."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:41
msgid "B<-i>, B<--irq> I<argument>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--irq> I<argument>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:43
msgid ""
"specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
"to something non-zero, B<-t> and B<-c> have no effect. If your port does not "
"use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command B<tunelp -i "
"0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
"work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
"printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
"desirable."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:45
msgid ""
"B<NOTE>: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since "
"the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for "
"example via I</proc/parport/*/irq>. Read I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
"admin-guide/parport.rst> for more details on parport."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:48
msgid "B<-t>, B<--time> I<milliseconds>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time> I<milliseconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:50
msgid ""
"is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn"
"\\(cqt take a character for the number of tries dictated by the B<-c> "
"parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
"and don\\(cqt care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don"
"\\(cqt care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow "
"printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give "
"you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing "
"graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:53
msgid "B<-c>, B<--chars> I<characters>"
msgstr "B<-c>, B<--chars> I<characters>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:55
msgid ""
"is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
"sleeping for B<-t> I<TIME>. It is the number of times around a loop that "
"tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for "
"most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
"printers that become jerky otherwise, but you I<must> set this to "
"\\(aq1\\(aq to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using "
"interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more "
"sense even if in polling mode. If you have a I<really> old printer, you can "
"increase this further."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:57
msgid ""
"Setting B<-t> I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting B<-c> I<CHARS> to "
"infinity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:60
msgid "B<-w>, B<--wait> I<milliseconds>"
msgstr "B<-w>, B<--wait> I<milliseconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:62
msgid ""
"is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
"most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
"printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
"possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
"longer cables. It\\(cqs also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
"printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:65
msgid "B<-a>, B<--abort> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--abort> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:67
msgid ""
"This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
"are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
"and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
"aren\\(cqt, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the "
"printer isn\\(cqt ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice "
"is yours."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:70
msgid "B<-o>, B<--check-status> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-o>, B<--check-status> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:72
msgid ""
"This option is much like B<-a>. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device check "
"to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
"other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of B<lpd>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:75
msgid "B<-C>, B<--careful> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-C>, B<--careful> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:77
msgid ""
"This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
"the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
"any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
"useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:79
msgid ""
"B<NOTE>: This option is obsolete because it\\(cqs the default in 2.1.131 "
"kernel or later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:82
msgid "B<-s>, B<--status>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--status>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:84
msgid ""
"This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
"from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, "
"B<-q> off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:89
msgid ""
"This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
"later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:92
msgid "B<-q>, B<--print-irq> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"
msgstr "B<-q>, B<--print-irq> I<E<lt>on|offE<gt>>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:94
msgid "This option sets printing the display of the current IRQ setting."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:99
msgid "I</dev/lp?>, I</proc/parport/*/*>"
msgstr "I</dev/lp?>, I</proc/parport/*/*>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:102
msgid ""
"B<-o>, B<-C>, and B<-s> all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or "
"later."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:104
msgid "B<-C> requires a Linux version prior to 2.1.131."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/tunelp.8:111
msgid ""
"The B<tunelp> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<tunelp> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/umount.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "UMOUNT"
msgstr "UMOUNT"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:32
msgid "umount - unmount filesystems"
msgstr "umount - ファイルシステムをアンマウントする"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:35
msgid "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"
msgstr "B<umount> B<-a> [B<-dflnrv>] [B<-t> I<fstype>] [B<-O> I<option>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:37
msgid "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}"
msgstr "B<umount> [B<-dflnrv>] {I<directory>|I<device>}"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:39
msgid "B<umount> B<-h>|B<-V>"
msgstr "B<umount> B<-h>|B<-V>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:42
msgid ""
"The B<umount> command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
"hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
"been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
"also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
"was mounted on more than one directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:44
msgid ""
"Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is \\(aqbusy\\(aq - for "
"example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its "
"working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending "
"process could even be B<umount> itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn "
"may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but "
"it may introduce other issues. See B<--lazy> description below."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:49
msgid ""
"All of the filesystems described in I</proc/self/mountinfo> (or in "
"deprecated I</etc/mtab>) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, "
"sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
"replaced by B<--types> umount option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:52
msgid "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"
msgstr "B<-A>, B<--all-targets>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:54
msgid ""
"Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
"filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
"device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with B<--"
"recursive>, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
"unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where I</etc/mtab> is a "
"symlink to I</proc/mounts>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:59
msgid ""
"Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on B<stat>(2) "
"and B<readlink>(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
"(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
"with canonical path to the mount point."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:61
msgid "This option is silently ignored by B<umount> for non-root users."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:63
msgid ""
"For more details about this option see the B<mount>(8) man page. Note that "
"B<umount> does not pass this option to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> helpers."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:66
msgid "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"
msgstr "B<-d>, B<--detach-loop>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:68
msgid ""
"When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
"This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by B<mount>(8), in this "
"case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:71
msgid "B<--fake>"
msgstr "B<--fake>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:73
msgid ""
"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
"helper execution; this \\(aqfakes\\(aq unmounting the filesystem. It can be "
"used to remove entries from the deprecated I</etc/mtab> that were unmounted "
"earlier with the B<-n> option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:78
msgid "Force an unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:80
msgid ""
"Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
"It\\(cqs strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to "
"avoid unwanted B<readlink>(2) and B<stat>(2) system calls on unreachable NFS "
"in B<umount>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:83
msgid "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--internal-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:85
msgid ""
"Do not call the B</sbin/umount.>I<filesystem> helper even if it exists. By "
"default such a helper program is called if it exists."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:88
msgid "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"
msgstr "B<-l>, B<--lazy>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:90
msgid ""
"Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
"up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:92
msgid ""
"A system reboot would be expected in near future if you\\(cqre going to use "
"this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
"recommended use-case for B<umount -l> is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
"an unreachable network share where a normal B<umount> will hang due to a "
"downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be "
"possible."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:97
msgid ""
"Perform B<umount> in the mount namespace specified by I<ns>. I<ns> is either "
"PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
"namespace."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:99
msgid ""
"B<umount> switches to the namespace when it reads I</etc/fstab>, writes I</"
"etc/mtab> (or writes to I</run/mount>) and calls B<umount>(2) system call, "
"otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount "
"namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements "
"necessary to execute B<umount>(2) command."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:106
msgid "Unmount without writing in I</etc/mtab>."
msgstr "I</etc/mtab> への書き込みを行わずにアンマウントする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:109
msgid "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--test-opts> I<option>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:111
msgid ""
"Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in I</etc/"
"fstab>. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
"Each option can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate that no action should be "
"taken for this option."
msgstr ""
"指定されたオプションが I</etc/fstab> において設定されている場合に、 そのよう"
"なファイルシステムのみをアンマウントする。複数オプションを指定するには、 カン"
"マで区切ったリストとする。 各オプションには、 プレフィックスとして B<no> をつ"
"けることができる。 その場合には、そのオプションに対してアクションを行わないこ"
"とを示す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:116
msgid "Suppress \"not mounted\" error messages."
msgstr "「マウントされていない」というメッセージを出力しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:119
msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
msgstr "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:121
msgid ""
"Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
"will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
"relationship between mountpoints is determined by I</proc/self/mountinfo> "
"entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
"unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
"umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
"mountpoint)."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:126
msgid "When an unmount fails, try to remount the filesystem read-only."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:129
msgid "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--types> I<type>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:131
msgid ""
"Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
"specified I<type>. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
"list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with B<no> to indicate "
"that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
"B<umount> reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (I</proc/"
"mounts>) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
"the I</etc/fstab> (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/umount.8:147
#, no-wrap
msgid "NON-SUPERUSER UMOUNTS"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:150
msgid ""
"Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when I<fstab> "
"contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
"filesystem. For more details see B<mount>(8) man page."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:152
msgid ""
"Since version 2.34 the B<umount> command can be used to perform umount "
"operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user"
"\\(cqs ID. In this case I<fstab> B<user=> mount option is not required."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:154
msgid ""
"Since version 2.35 B<umount> command does not exit when user permissions are "
"inadequate by internal B<libmount> security rules. It drops suid permissions "
"and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
"where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
"namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/umount.8:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP DEVICE"
msgstr "ループデバイス"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:157
msgid ""
"The B<umount> command will automatically detach loop device previously "
"initialized by B<mount>(8) command independently of I</etc/mtab>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:159
msgid ""
"In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
"B<losetup>(8) output for more details), otherwise it\\(cqs necessary to use "
"the option B<--detach-loop> or call B<losetup -d> I<device>. The autoclear "
"feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:162
msgid "The syntax of external unmount helpers is:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:166
msgid ""
"B<umount.>I<suffix> {I<directory>|I<device>} [B<-flnrv>] [B<-N> "
"I<namespace>] [B<-t> I<type>.I<subtype>]"
msgstr ""
"B<umount.>I<suffix> {I<directory>|I<device>} [B<-flnrv>] [B<-N> "
"I<namespace>] [B<-t> I<type>.I<subtype>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:171
msgid ""
"where I<suffix> is the filesystem type (or the value from a B<uhelper=> or "
"B<helper=> marker in the mtab file). The B<-t> option can be used for "
"filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:175
msgid "B<umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>"
msgstr "B<umount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:180
msgid ""
"A B<uhelper=>I<something> marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the I</"
"etc/mtab> file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
"that is not defined in I</etc/fstab> (for example for a device that was "
"mounted by B<udisks>(1))."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:182
msgid ""
"A B<helper=>I<type> marker in the I<mtab> file will redirect all unmount "
"requests to the B</sbin/umount.>I<type> helper independently of UID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:184
msgid ""
"Note that I</etc/mtab> is currently deprecated and B<helper=> and other "
"userspace mount options are maintained by B<libmount>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:189
msgid ""
"overrides the default location of the I<fstab> file (ignored for B<suid>)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:194
msgid ""
"overrides the default location of the I<mtab> file (ignored for B<suid>)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:199
msgid "enables B<libmount> debug output"
msgstr "B<libmount> デバッグ出力を有効にする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:205
msgid ""
"table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
"I</proc/mounts>)"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:210
msgid "table of known filesystems"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:213
msgid "I</proc/self/mountinfo>"
msgstr "I</proc/self/mountinfo>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:215
msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
msgstr "マウントされているファイルシステムの一覧。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:219
msgid "A B<umount> command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "B<umount> コマンドは Version 6 の AT&T UNIX から導入された。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:225
msgid "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"
msgstr "B<umount>(2), B<losetup>(8), B<mount_namespaces>(7), B<mount>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/umount.8:232
msgid ""
"The B<umount> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<umount> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "UUIDD"
msgstr "UUIDD"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:32
msgid "uuidd - UUID generation daemon"
msgstr "uuidd - UUID 生成デーモン"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:35
msgid "B<uuidd> [options]"
msgstr "B<uuidd> [options]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:38
msgid ""
"The B<uuidd> daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
"running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:43
msgid ""
"Run B<uuidd> in debugging mode. This prevents B<uuidd> from running as a "
"daemon."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:46
msgid "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--no-fork>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:48
msgid "Do not daemonize using a double-fork."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:51
msgid "B<-k>, B<--kill>"
msgstr "B<-k>, B<--kill>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:53
msgid "If currently a uuidd daemon is running, kill it."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:56
msgid "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-n>, B<--uuids> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:58
msgid ""
"When issuing a test request to a running B<uuidd>, request a bulk response "
"of I<number> UUIDs."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:61
msgid "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"
msgstr "B<-P>, B<--no-pid>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:63
msgid "Do not create a pid file."
msgstr "pid ファイルを生成しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:66
msgid "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--pid> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:68
msgid ""
"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
"pid file is written to I<{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:73
msgid "Suppress some failure messages."
msgstr "失敗を表す一部のメッセージを出力しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:76
msgid "B<-r>, B<--random>"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--random>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:78
msgid ""
"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
"return a random-based UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:81
msgid "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"
msgstr "B<-S>, B<--socket-activation>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:83
msgid ""
"Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
"process. This implies B<--no-fork> and B<--no-pid>. This option is intended "
"to be used only with B<systemd>(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
"option."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:86
msgid "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<path>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--socket> I<path>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:88
msgid ""
"Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
"pathname used is I<{runstatedir}/uuidd/request>. This option is primarily "
"for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the B<libuuid> "
"library."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:91
msgid "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--timeout> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:93
msgid "Make B<uuidd> exit after I<number> seconds of inactivity."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:96
msgid "B<-t>, B<--time>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--time>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:98
msgid ""
"Test B<uuidd> by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
"to return a time-based UUID."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:112
msgid "Start up a daemon, print 42 random keys, and then stop the daemon:"
msgstr "デーモンを起動し、 42 個の乱数キーを表示して、 デーモンを終了する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:119
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
msgstr ""
"uuidd -p /tmp/uuidd.pid -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -r -n 42 -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"
"uuidd -d -k -s /tmp/uuidd.socket\n"

#. type: SH
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
msgstr "作者"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:125
msgid "The B<uuidd> daemon was written by"
msgstr "B<uuidd> デーモンを書いたのは、"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:130
msgid "B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"
msgstr "B<uuid>(3), B<uuidgen>(1)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/uuidd.8:137
msgid ""
"The B<uuidd> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<uuidd> コマンドは、 util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/vipw.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "VIPW"
msgstr "VIPW"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:32
msgid "vipw, vigr - edit the password or group file"
msgstr "vipw, vigr - パスワードファイル、グループファイルを編集する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:35
msgid "B<vipw> [options]"
msgstr "B<vipw> [options]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:37
msgid "B<vigr> [options]"
msgstr "B<vigr> [options]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:40
msgid ""
"B<vipw> edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and "
"does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the "
"password file is already locked for editing by another user, B<vipw> will "
"ask you to try again later. The default editor for B<vipw> and B<vigr> is "
"B<vi>(1). B<vigr> edits the group file in the same manner as B<vipw> does "
"the passwd file."
msgstr ""
"B<vipw> はパスワードファイルを編集するものであり、 事前に適切なファイルロック"
"を行う。 またパスワードファイルのロックを解除する際に、 必要となる処理を行"
"う。 パスワードファイルが、 他ユーザーの編集によってロックされている場合、 "
"B<vipw> は、 後で実行するように指示する。 B<vipw> と B<vigr> におけるデフォル"
"トエディターは B<vi>(1) である。 B<vipw> が passwd ファイルを編集することと同"
"じように、 B<vigr> はグループファイルを編集する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:54
msgid ""
"If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by B<vipw> "
"and B<vigr>:"
msgstr "以下の環境変数が存在している場合、 B<vipw> と B<vigr> が利用する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:56
msgid "B<EDITOR>"
msgstr "B<EDITOR>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:58
msgid ""
"The editor specified by the string B<EDITOR> will be invoked instead of the "
"default editor B<vi>(1)."
msgstr ""
"起動するエディターを、 デフォルトエディターである B<vi>(1) ではなく、 "
"B<EDITOR> の文字列により指定されるものとする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:62
msgid ""
"The B<vipw> command appeared in 4.0BSD. The B<vigr> command appeared in Util-"
"Linux 2.6."
msgstr ""
"B<vipw> コマンドは 4.0BSD から登場した。 B<vigr> コマンドは Util-Linux 2.6 か"
"ら提供されている。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:68
msgid "B<vi>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<flock>(2), B<passwd>(5)"
msgstr "B<vi>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<flock>(2), B<passwd>(5)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/vipw.8:71
msgid ""
"The B<vigr> and B<vipw> commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
"available from"
msgstr ""
"B<vigr> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロードで"
"きる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "WDCTL"
msgstr "WDCTL"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:32
msgid "wdctl - show hardware watchdog status"
msgstr "wdctl - ハードウェアのウォッチドッグ (watchdog) の状態を表示する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:35
msgid "B<wdctl> [options] [I<device>...]"
msgstr "B<wdctl> [options] [I<device>...]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:38
msgid ""
"Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is I</dev/watchdog>. If "
"more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
"line."
msgstr ""
"ハードウェアウォッチドッグステータスを表示する。 デフォルトのデバイスは I</"
"dev/watchdog> である。 複数のデバイスが指定された場合は、 出力内容が、 1 つず"
"つの空行で区切って出力される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:40
msgid ""
"If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
"device, then B<wdctl> reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
"supported features (flags) might be missing."
msgstr ""
"デバイスがすでに利用中であるか、 ユーザーがデバイス読み込み権限を持っていない"
"場合、 B<wdctl> は sysfs からデータ読み込みを行う。 その場合、 サポートされて"
"いる機能 (フラグ) は、 表示されないことがある。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:42
msgid ""
"Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
msgstr ""
"なお、 サポートされているウォッチドッグ機能の数は、 ハードウェアに依存する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:45
msgid "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--flags> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:47
msgid "Print only the specified flags."
msgstr "指定されたフラグのみ表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:50
msgid "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"
msgstr "B<-F>, B<--noflags>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:52
msgid "Do not print information about flags."
msgstr "フラグに関する情報を表示しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:55
msgid "B<-I>, B<--noident>"
msgstr "B<-I>, B<--noident>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:57
msgid "Do not print watchdog identity information."
msgstr "ウォッチドッグの識別情報を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:62
msgid "Do not print a header line for flags table."
msgstr "フラグテーブルに関するヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:67
msgid ""
"Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
"arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use B<--help> to get "
"list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
"ウォッチドッグフラグの表内で利用する出力カラムを定義する。 出力配置の方法が指"
"定されなかった場合、 デフォルトセットが使用される。 B<--help> オプションを使"
"用すれば、 サポートされているカラム一覧が取得できる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:70
msgid "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--oneline>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:72
msgid ""
"Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
msgstr "必要な情報を 1 行内に、 key=\"value\" の形式で出力する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:75
msgid "B<-p>, B<--setpretimeout> I<seconds>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--setpretimeout> I<seconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:80
msgid ""
"Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a "
"notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur "
"in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is "
"handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or "
"by B<--setpregovernor>."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:83
msgid "B<-g>, B<--setpregovernor> I<governor>"
msgstr "B<-g>, B<--setpregovernor> I<governor>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:85
msgid ""
"Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default B<wdctl> "
"output."
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:93
msgid "B<-s>, B<--settimeout> I<seconds>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--settimeout> I<seconds>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:95
msgid "Set the watchdog timeout in seconds."
msgstr "ウォッチドッグタイムアウトを秒単位で指定する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:98
msgid "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"
msgstr "B<-T>, B<--notimeouts>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:100
msgid "Do not print watchdog timeouts."
msgstr "ウォッチドッグタイムアウトを表示しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:103
msgid "B<-x>, B<--flags-only>"
msgstr "B<-x>, B<--flags-only>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:105
msgid "Same as B<-I -T>."
msgstr "B<-I -T> に同じ。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wdctl.8:127
msgid ""
"The B<wdctl> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<wdctl> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "WIPEFS"
msgstr "WIPEFS"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:32
msgid "wipefs - wipe a signature from a device"
msgstr "wipefs - デバイスからシグナチャーを消去する"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:35
msgid "B<wipefs> [options] I<device>..."
msgstr "B<wipefs> [options] I<device>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:37
msgid "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-o> I<offset device>..."
msgstr "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-o> I<offset device>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:39
msgid "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-a> I<device>..."
msgstr "B<wipefs> [B<--backup>] B<-a> I<device>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:42
msgid ""
"B<wipefs> can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic "
"strings) from the specified I<device> to make the signatures invisible for "
"libblkid. B<wipefs> does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data "
"from the device."
msgstr ""
"B<wipefs> を使えば、 指定された I<device> からファイルシステム、 raid、 パー"
"ティションテーブルなどのシグナチャー (signatures, マジックストリング) を消去"
"して、 シグナチャーを libblkid から見えなくすることができる。 B<wipefs> は、 "
"デバイスからファイルシステムそのものを消去するわけではない。 また、 シグナ"
"チャー以外のいかなるデータも消去しない。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:44
msgid ""
"When used without any options, B<wipefs> lists all visible filesystems and "
"the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
"change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using B<--output> "
"I<columns-list> in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
"B<wipefs> は、 オプションなしで使用すると、 見ることが可能なすべてのファイル"
"システムと、 その基本的なシグナチャーのオフセットを一覧表示する。 デフォルト"
"で何を出力するかは、 バージョンによって違うことがよくあるので、 スクリプトで"
"使うときは、 デフォルトの出力の使用は、 なるべく避けた方がよい。 いつでも一定"
"の出力が必要な場合には、 B<--output> I<column-list> を使用して、 表示させたい"
"項目が何と何かを、 必ず明確に指定するべきである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:46
msgid ""
"B<wipefs> calls the B<BLKRRPART> ioctl when it has erased a partition-table "
"signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the "
"last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are "
"already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partitions "
"devices as well as partition table on a disk device, for example by B<wipefs "
"-a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc>."
msgstr ""
"B<wipefs> は、 パーティションテーブルのシグナチャーの消去が済むと、"
"B<BLKRRPART> ioctl を呼んで、 変更についてカーネルに知らせる。 ioctl を呼ぶの"
"は、 最後のステップなので、 そのときには、 指定されたすべてのデバイスの、 指"
"定されたすべてのシグナチャーは、 すでに消去されているわけである。 この機能"
"は、 パーティションデバイスの内容消去と、 ディスクデバイスのパーティション"
"テーブル消去に用いることができる。 たとえば、 B<wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/"
"sdc2 /dev/sdc> のように実行する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:48
msgid ""
"Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
"strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The B<wipefs> command (since "
"v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムやパーティションテーブルによっては、 複数のマジックストリング"
"をデバイスに保存するものがある (たとえば、 FAT, ZFS, GPT など)。 B<wipefs> コ"
"マンドは (v2.31 以来) マジックストリングを検出したすべてのオフセット位置を列"
"挙する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:50
msgid ""
"When option B<-a> is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
"B<libblkid>(3) are erased. In this case the B<wipefs> scans the device again "
"after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
msgstr ""
"オプション B<-a> を使用すると、 B<libblkid>(3) から見えるすべてのマジックスト"
"リングが消去される。 その際、 B<wipefs> は、 変更 (消去) を行うごとに、 デバ"
"イスを再度スキャンして、 マジックストリングがひとつも見つからなくなるまで、 "
"それを繰り返す。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:52
msgid ""
"Note that by default B<wipefs> does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
"whole disk devices. For this the option B<--force> is required."
msgstr ""
"気をつけていただきたいが、 B<wipefs> は、 デフォルトでは、 ディスク全体ではな"
"いデバイスにある、 ネストしたパーティションテーブルを消去しない。 そうするた"
"めには、 B<--force> オプションが必要である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:57
msgid ""
"Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
"restricted with the B<-t> option."
msgstr ""
"処理可能なシグナチャーをすべて消去する。 消去するシグナチャーを何と何にするか"
"は、 B<-t> オプションによって絞り込むことができる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:62
msgid ""
"Create a signature backup to the file I<$HOME/wipefs-E<lt>devnameE<gt>-"
"E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak>. For more details see the B<EXAMPLE> section."
msgstr ""
"ファイル I<$HOME/wipefs-E<lt>devnameE<gt>-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> にシグナ"
"チャーのバックアップを作成する。 詳しくは、 「B<用例>」をご覧いただきたい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:67
msgid ""
"Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
"to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
msgstr ""
"ファイルシステムがマウントされている場合でも、 消去を強行する。 このオプショ"
"ンは、 ブロックデバイス上のパーティションテーブルシグナチャーを消去するために"
"必要である。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:77
msgid ""
"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
"I<mode> can be B<yes>, B<no> (or 1 and 0) or B<nonblock>. If the I<mode> "
"argument is omitted, it defaults to B<\"yes\">. This option overwrites "
"environment variable B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE>. The default is not to use any "
"lock at all, but it\\(cqs recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or "
"other tools."
msgstr ""
"操作するデバイスやファイルに対して、 排他 BSD ロックを用いる。 I<mode> は任意"
"の引数であり、 B<yes>,  B<no> (あるいは 1 か 0) または B<nonblock> の指定が可"
"能である。 I<mode> 引数が省略された場合、 そのデフォルトは B<\"yes\"> であ"
"る。 このオプションは、 環境変数 B<$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE> を上書きする。 デフォ"
"ルトは、 ロックを一切利用しない。 ただし、 udevd と他のツールを用いる際の衝突"
"は避けることが推奨される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:80
msgid "B<-i>, B<--noheadings>"
msgstr "B<-i>, B<--noheadings>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:85
msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<list>"
msgstr "B<-O>, B<--output> I<list>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:92
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the B<write>(2) call."
msgstr "B<write>(2) 呼び出し以外のすべてを行うようにする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:97
msgid ""
"Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
"the device. The I<offset> number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the "
"number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify "
"multiple B<-o> options."
msgstr ""
"デバイスから消去すべきシグナチャーの位置を (バイト単位で) 指定する。 "
"I<offset> にはプレフィックス　\"0x\" をつけてもよく、 その場合は、 数値が 16 "
"進数と見なされることになる。 複数の B<-o> オプションを指定することもできる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:99
msgid ""
"The I<offset> argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
"and YB."
msgstr ""
"引数 I<offset> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサ"
"フィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使え"
"る。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味"
"である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサフィックスをつけて"
"もよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:102
msgid "B<-p>, B<--parsable>"
msgstr "B<-p>, B<--parsable>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:104
msgid ""
"Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
"unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
"\\(aq\\(rsx\\(aq."
msgstr ""
"人間に見やすい (printable) フォーマットではなく、 プログラムが解析しやすい "
"(parsable) フォーマットで出力する。 文字列中の問題を起こしそうな文字はすべ"
"て、 対応する \\(aq\\(rsx\\(aq を頭に点けた 16 進数にエンコードされる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:109
msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
msgstr "シグナチャーの消去に成功した場合は、 いかなるメッセージも表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:114
msgid ""
"Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
"specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
"prefixed with \\(aqno\\(aq to specify the types on which no action should be "
"taken. For more details see B<mount>(8)."
msgstr ""
"表示または消去するシグナチャーを絞り込む。 複数のタイプを指定するには、 カン"
"マで区切ったリストにすればよい。 リスト、 または個々のタイプの前に、 \\(aqno"
"\\(aq というプレフィックスをつけることができ、 その場合は、 作業の対象にすべ"
"きではないタイプを指定することになる。 もっと詳しく知りたければ、 "
"B<mount>(8) のマニュアルをご覧になるとよい。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:130
msgid "enables B<libblkid>(3) debug output."
msgstr "B<libblkid>(3) デバッグ出力を有効にする。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:139
msgid "B<wipefs /dev/sda>*"
msgstr "B<wipefs /dev/sda>*"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:141
msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
msgstr "sda と sda 上のすべてのパーティションの情報を表示する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:144
msgid "B<wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb>"
msgstr "B<wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:146
msgid ""
"Erases all signatures from the device I</dev/sdb> and creates a signature "
"backup file I<~/wipefs-sdb-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> for each signature."
msgstr ""
"デバイス I</dev/sdb> からすべてのシグナチャーを消去し、 シグナチャーそれぞれ"
"に対して、 I<~/wipefs-sdb-E<lt>offsetE<gt>.bak> というバックアップファイルを"
"作成する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:149
msgid ""
"B<dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 "
"conv=notrunc>"
msgstr ""
"B<dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 "
"conv=notrunc>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:151
msgid ""
"Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file I<~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
"bak>."
msgstr ""
"バックアップファイル  I<~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak> から ext2 のシグナチャー"
"を復元する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:159
msgid "B<blkid>(8), B<findfs>(8)"
msgstr "B<blkid>(8), B<findfs>(8)"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/wipefs.8:166
msgid ""
"The B<wipefs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<wipfs> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロード"
"できる。 "

#. type: TH
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "ZRAMCTL"
msgstr "ZRAMCTL"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:32
msgid "zramctl - set up and control zram devices"
msgstr "zramctl - zram デバイスの設定と制御を行う"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:37
msgid "B<zramctl> [options]"
msgstr "B<zramctl> [options]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:40
msgid "Reset zram:"
msgstr "zram をリセットする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:42
msgid "B<zramctl> B<-r> I<zramdev>..."
msgstr "B<zramctl> B<-r> I<zramdev>..."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:45
msgid "Print name of first unused zram device:"
msgstr "zram デバイスに対して、 利用していない最初のデバイス名を表示する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:47
msgid "B<zramctl> B<-f>"
msgstr "B<zramctl> B<-f>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:50
msgid "Set up a zram device:"
msgstr "zram デバイスをセットアップする。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:52
msgid ""
"B<zramctl> [B<-f> | I<zramdev>] [B<-s> I<size>] [B<-t> I<number>] [B<-a> "
"I<algorithm>]"
msgstr ""
"B<zramctl> [B<-f> | I<zramdev>] [B<-s> I<size>] [B<-t> I<number>] [B<-a> "
"I<algorithm>]"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:56
msgid ""
"B<zramctl> is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram "
"devices, and to query the status of used zram devices."
msgstr ""
"B<zramctl> は zram デバイスのパラメーターを、 すぐに用意するために利用され"
"る。 つまり zram デバイスのリセット時や、 使用中 zram デバイスのステータス検"
"索時などである。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:58
msgid "If no option is given, all non-zero size zram devices are shown."
msgstr ""
"オプションが指定されなかった場合、 サイズが 0 以外の zram デバイスがすべて表"
"示される。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:60
msgid ""
"Note that I<zramdev> node specified on command line has to already exist. "
"The command B<zramctl> creates a new I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> nodes only when "
"B<--find> option specified. It\\(cqs possible (and common) that after system "
"boot I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> nodes are not created yet."
msgstr ""
"コマンドラインから指定する I<zramdev> ノードは、 あらかじめ存在しているもので"
"なければならない。 コマンド B<zramctl> が、 新たに I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> と"
"いうノードを生成するのは、 B<--find> オプションが指定されたときだけである。 "
"システム起動後に、 I</dev/zramE<lt>NE<gt>> が生成されていなくてもかまわない "
"(それが普通である)。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:63
msgid "B<-a>, B<--algorithm lzo>|B<lz4>|B<lz4hc>|B<deflate>|B<842>|B<zstd>"
msgstr "B<-a>, B<--algorithm lzo>|B<lz4>|B<lz4hc>|B<deflate>|B<842>|B<zstd>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:65
msgid ""
"Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
"device."
msgstr ""
"zram デバイス内において、 圧縮データに用いられる圧縮アルゴリズムを設定する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:68
msgid "B<-f>, B<--find>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--find>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:70
msgid ""
"Find the first unused zram device. If a B<--size> argument is present, then "
"initialize the device."
msgstr ""
"利用していない最初の zram デバイスを検索する。 B<--size> 引数が指定された場"
"合、 そのデバイスは初期化される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:75
msgid "Do not print a header line in status output."
msgstr "ステータスの出力時に、 ヘッダー行を表示しない。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:80
msgid ""
"Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
"specified, then a default set is used. Use B<--help> to get a list of all "
"supported columns."
msgstr ""
"ステータスの出力として使用するカラムを定義する。 出力配置の方法が指定されな"
"かった場合、 デフォルトセットが使用される。 B<--help> オプションを使用すれ"
"ば、 サポートされているカラム一覧が取得できる。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:90
msgid "Use the raw format for status output."
msgstr "ステータスの出力にあたって、 そのままのフォーマットを用いる。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:95
msgid ""
"Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
"be changed only after a reset."
msgstr ""
"指定された zram デバイスのオプションをリセットする。 zram デバイスの設定は、 "
"リセットした後のみ、 変更が反映される。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:98
msgid "B<-s>, B<--size> I<size>"
msgstr "B<-s>, B<--size> I<size>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:100
msgid ""
"Create a zram device of the specified I<size>. Zram devices are aligned to "
"memory pages; when the requested I<size> is not a multiple of the page size, "
"it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
"the unit of the I<size> parameter is bytes."
msgstr ""
"zram デバイスを、 指定された I<size> で生成する。 zram デバイスは、 メモリ"
"ページに割り当てられる。 したがって、 要求された I<size> が、 ページサイズの"
"倍数になっていなかった場合、 次の倍数値にまで切り上げられる。 When not "
"otherwise specified, the unit of the I<size> parameter is bytes."

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:102
msgid ""
"The I<size> argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
"suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
"YB."
msgstr ""
"引数 I<offset> には、 KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) のような乗数を表すサ"
"フィックスをつけることができる。 GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, YiB も同様に使え"
"る。 (\"iB\" を続けるのは任意であり、 たとえば、 \"K\" は \"KiB\" と同じ意味"
"である)。 あるいは、 KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000) といったサフィックスをつけて"
"もよい。 GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, YB も同様に使える。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:105
msgid "B<-t>, B<--streams> I<number>"
msgstr "B<-t>, B<--streams> I<number>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:107
msgid ""
"Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
"device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
"4.6."
msgstr ""
"デバイスにおいて利用可能な圧縮ストリームの最大数を設定する。 デフォルトは、 "
"カーネル 4.6 よりも古い場合、 全 CPU を利用して、 1 ストリームを利用する。 "

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:121
msgid "B<zramctl> returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure."
msgstr "B<zramctl> は処理成功時に 0 を返し、 失敗時に 0 以外を返す。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:124
msgid "I</dev/zram[0..N]>"
msgstr "I</dev/zram[0..N]>"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:126
msgid "zram block devices"
msgstr "zram ブロックデバイス。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:130
msgid ""
"The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
"use it as swap device."
msgstr ""
"以下のコマンドは、 1 ギガバイトサイズの zram デバイスをセットアップして、 こ"
"れをスワップデバイスとして利用する。"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:141
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
" /dev/zram0\n"
" # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
" # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
" ...\n"
" # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
" # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"
msgstr ""
" # zramctl --find --size 1024M\n"
" /dev/zram0\n"
" # mkswap /dev/zram0\n"
" # swapon /dev/zram0\n"
" ...\n"
" # swapoff /dev/zram0\n"
" # zramctl --reset /dev/zram0\n"

#. type: Plain text
#: original/man8/zramctl.8:158
msgid ""
"The B<zramctl> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
"downloaded from"
msgstr ""
"B<zramctl> コマンドは util-linux パッケージの一部であり、 以下からダウンロー"
"ドできる。 "

#~ msgid "B<--help>"
#~ msgstr "B<--help>"

#~ msgid "Display a usage message and exit."
#~ msgstr "使用方法を表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid "Display version number and exit."
#~ msgstr "バージョン番号を表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file I</etc/"
#~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable>."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "自動的なカラー表示は、 I</etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable> という空"
#~ "ファイルを作ることで無効にできる。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5) for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "カラー表示の設定についての詳細は B<terminal-colors.d>(5) を参照のこと。"

#~ msgid "Print a short help text, then exit."
#~ msgstr "ヘルプテキストを表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid "Print the version number, then exit."
#~ msgstr "バージョン番号を表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid "Display a help text and exit."
#~ msgstr "ヘルプテキストを表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5) for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<fdisk> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "カラー表示の設定についての詳細は、 B<terminal-colors.d>(5) を参照のこと。 "
#~ "B<fdisk> は、 以下の論理カラー名をサポートしている。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Print the SIZE, USED and AVAIL columns in bytes rather than in a human-"
#~ "readable format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "SIZE、 USED、 AVAIL の各項目を、 人間に読みやすい表記ではなく、 バイト単位"
#~ "で表示する。"

#~ msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
#~ "still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters "
#~ "are hex-escaped (\\(rsxE<lt>codeE<gt>). The key (variable name) will be "
#~ "modified to contain only characters allowed for a shell variable "
#~ "identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE"
#~ "%."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "key=\"value\" ペアの形で出力を生成する。 出力にあたって、 依存関係順は変わ"
#~ "らない。 問題を起こす可能性のある文字は、 すべて 16 進数にエスケープされ"
#~ "る (\\exE<lt>codeE<gt>)。 キー (変数名) は、シェル変数識別子として利用でき"
#~ "る文字のみに修正される。 たとえば MIN-IO や FSUSE% は、 MIN_IO や "
#~ "FSUSE_PCT となる。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir> B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir "
#~ "newdir>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount --bind> I<olddir newdir> B<mount -o remount,bind,ro> I<olddir "
#~ "newdir>"

#~ msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in human-readable format."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "出力項目 (column) SIZE を、 読みやすい形ではなく、 バイト単位で表示する。"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "See B<terminal-colors.d>(5) for more details about colorization "
#~ "configuration. The logical color names supported by B<sfdisk> are:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "カラー表示の設定についての詳細は、 B<termianl-colors.d>(5) を参照のこと。 "
#~ "B<sfdisk> は、 以下の論理カラー名をサポートしている。 "

#~ msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"

#~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h, --help>"

#~ msgid "B<-V, --version>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V, --version>"

#~ msgid "Output version information and exit."
#~ msgstr "バージョン情報を表示して終了する。"

#~ msgid "Display help screen and exit."
#~ msgstr "ヘルプ画面を表示して終了する。"